10-K

U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020

Commission File Number 000-51371

LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

New Jersey	57-1150621
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(IRS Employer Identification No.)

200 Executive Drive, Suite 340

West Orange, NJ 07052

(Address of principal executive offices)

(973) 736-9340

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class	Trading Symbol	Name of exchange on which
		registered
Common Stock, no par	LINC	The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
value per share

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  ☐  No  ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes  ☐ No  ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  ☒ No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).  Yes ☒  No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,”  “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  ☐	Accelerated filer  ☒	Non-accelerated filer ☐	Smaller reporting company ☒
			Emerging growth company ☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐  No  ☒

The aggregate market value of the 20,077,331 shares of common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2020, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was $78,301,591. This amount is based on the closing price of the common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market of $3.90 per share on that date.  Shares of common stock held by executive officers and directors and persons who own 5% or more of the outstanding common stock have been excluded since such persons may be deemed affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not a determination for any other purpose.

The number of shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding as of March 3, 2021 was 26,988,965.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

Certain information required in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K will be included in a definitive proxy statement for the registrant’s annual meeting of shareholders or an amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, in either case filed with the Commission within 120 days after December 31, 2020, and is incorporated by reference herein.

 LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

INDEX TO FORM 10-K

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020

PART I.			1
	ITEM 1.	BUSINESS	1
	ITEM 1A.	RISK FACTORS	22
	ITEM 1B.	UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS	33
	ITEM 2.	PROPERTIES	34
	ITEM 3.	LEGAL PROCEEDINGS	34
	ITEM 4.	MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES	34
PART II.			35
	ITEM 5.	MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES	35
	ITEM 6.	SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA	35
	ITEM 7.	MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS	36
	ITEM 7A.	QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK	47
	ITEM 8.	FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA	47
	ITEM 9.	CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE	47
	ITEM 9A.	CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES	47
	ITEM 9B.	OTHER INFORMATION	48
PART III.			49
	ITEM 10.	DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE	49
	ITEM 11.	EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION	49
	ITEM 12.	SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS	49
	ITEM 13.	CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE	49
	ITEM 14.	PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES	49
PART IV.			50
	ITEM 15.	EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES	50

Forward-Looking Statements

This Annual Report on Form 10-K and the documents incorporated by reference contain “forward-looking statements,” within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which include information relating to future events, future financial performance, strategies, expectations, competitive environment, regulation and availability of resources. These forward-looking statements include, without limitation, statements regarding: proposed new programs; expectations that regulatory developments or other matters will or will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity; statements concerning projections, predictions, expectations, estimates or forecasts as to our business, financial and operating results and future economic performance; and statements of management’s goals and objectives and other similar expressions concerning matters that are not historical facts. Words such as “may,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “predicts,” “potential,” “continue,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “future,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “estimates,” and similar expressions, as well as statements in future tense, identify forward-looking statements.

Forward-looking statements should not be read as a guarantee of future performance or results, and will not necessarily be accurate indications of the times at, or by, which such performance or results will be achieved. Forward-looking statements are based on information available at the time those statements are made and/or management’s good faith belief as of that time with respect to future events, and are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual performance or results to differ materially from those expressed in or suggested by the forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause such differences include, but are not limited to:

• our failure to comply with the extensive existing regulatory framework applicable to our industry or our failure to obtain timely regulatory approvals in connection with a change of control of our company or acquisitions;

• the promulgation of new regulations in our industry as to which we may find compliance challenging;

• our success in updating and expanding the content of existing programs and developing new programs in a cost-effective manner or on a timely basis;

• our ability to implement our strategic plan;

• risks associated with changes in applicable federal laws and regulations including pending rulemaking by the U.S. Department of Education;

• uncertainties regarding our ability to comply with federal laws and regulations regarding the 90/10 Rule and cohort default rates;

• risks associated with maintaining accreditation

• risks associated with opening new campuses and closing existing campuses;

• risks associated with integration of acquired schools;

• industry competition;

• conditions and trends in our industry;

• general economic conditions; and

• other factors discussed under the headings “Business,” “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date the statements are made.  Except as required under the federal securities laws and rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, we undertake no obligation to update or revise forward-looking statements to reflect actual results, changes in assumptions or changes in other factors affecting forward-looking information.  We caution you not to unduly rely on the forward-looking statements when evaluating the information presented herein.

PART I.

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Overview

Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”, “we”, “our” and “us”, as applicable) provide diversified career-oriented post-secondary education to recent high school graduates and working adults.  The Company, which currently operates 22 campuses in 14 states, offers programs in automotive technology, skilled trades (which include HVAC, welding and computerized numerical control and electrical and electronic systems technology, among other programs), healthcare services (which include nursing, dental assistant and medical administrative assistant, among other programs), hospitality services (which include culinary, therapeutic massage, cosmetology and aesthetics) and information technology (which consists of information technology programs).  The schools operate under Lincoln Technical Institute, Lincoln College of Technology, Lincoln Culinary Institute, and Euphoria Institute of Beauty Arts and Sciences and associated brand names.  Most of the campuses serve major metropolitan markets and each typically offers courses in multiple areas of study.  Five of the campuses are destination schools, which attract students from across the United States and, in some cases, from abroad. The Company’s other campuses primarily attract students from their local communities and surrounding areas.  All of the campuses are nationally or regionally accredited and are eligible to participate in federal financial aid programs by the U.S. Department of Education (the “DOE”) and applicable state education agencies and accrediting commissions which allow students to apply for and access federal student loans as well as other forms of financial aid. The Company was incorporated in New Jersey in 2003 as the successor-in-interest to various acquired schools including Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc. which opened its first campus in Newark, New Jersey in 1946.

Our business is organized into three reportable business segments: (a) Transportation and Skilled Trades, (b) Healthcare and Other Professions, or “HOPS”, and (c) Transitional, which refers to campus operations that have been closed.  As of December 31, 2020, we had 12,217 students enrolled at 22 campuses which excludes 102 students on leave of absence due to the coronavirus disease (“COVID-19”).  Our average enrollment for the year ended December 31, 2020 was 11,729 students which represented an increase of 6.8% from average enrollment in 2019 which excludes 375 average enrollments on leave of absence due to COVID-19.  For the year ended December 31, 2020, our revenues were $293.1 million, which represented an increase of 7.2% from the prior year.  For more information, relating to our revenues, profits and financial condition, please refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We believe that we provide our students with the highest quality career-oriented training available for our areas of study in our markets. We offer programs in areas of study that we believe are typically underserved by traditional providers of post-secondary education and for which we believe there exists significant demand among students and employers. Furthermore, we believe our convenient class scheduling, career-focused curricula and emphasis on job placement offer our students valuable advantages that have been neglected by the traditional academic sector. By combining substantial distance training with traditional classroom-based training led by experienced instructors, we believe we offer our students a unique opportunity to develop practical job skills in many of the key areas of expected job demand. We believe these job skills enable our students to compete effectively for employment opportunities and to pursue salary and career advancement.

Impact of COVID-19 on the Company

During the first quarter of 2020, COVID-19 began to spread worldwide and has caused significant disruptions to the U.S. and world economies.  In early March 2020, the Company began seeing the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business. On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the COVID-19 outbreak to be a pandemic. On March 13, 2020, a national emergency was declared, which made federal funds available to respond to the crisis. Beginning on March 15, 2020, many businesses closed or reduced hours throughout the U.S. to combat the spread of COVID-19. All 50 states have reported cases of COVID-19 and the states have implemented various containment efforts, including lockdowns on non-essential businesses. The circumstances related to COVID-19 are unprecedented, dynamic and evolving and currently, with variants of the virus arising, remain unpredictable.  As the economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic continues to change, we could see significant changes to our operations.

To date, the impact of COVID-19 has primarily related to transitioning classes from in-person, hands-on learning to online, remote learning and back.  As part of this transition, the Company has incurred additional expenses.  Related to this transition, 102 students have been placed on leave of absence as they could not complete their externships.

Additionally, certain programs were extended due to restricted access to externship sites and classroom labs.   In response to COVID-19, we have also implemented initiatives to safeguard our students and our employees in this time of crisis. Due to phased re-opening on a state-by-state basis, our schools have been reopening since May 2020. As of December 31, 2020, all of our schools are open and we expect the majority of the students who were placed on leave or otherwise deferred their programs to finish their programs.

1

Transition to Distance Learning

In the first and second quarters of 2020, the Company quickly transitioned all of its programs from in-person, hands-on learning to online, remote learning.  The Company obtained approvals from the Department of Education (the “DOE”), certain states and agencies to transition to distance learning.  The Company worked with its book vendors to obtain e-books for the students.  The Company has ensured that all students have either received laptops or tablets or that they already owned a device.  The Company has enhanced its education platform for online learning through a software program.  As schools have reopened, we are adhering to social distancing protocols which may differ from school-to-school depending on physical circumstances as well as other factors and we are limiting the number of students on campus at one time.  The schools continue to teach a portion of each program through distance learning and labs are generally taught in-person.

Employees

Our employees have been affected by COVID-19 in many ways, including disruptions due to unexpected school and day-care closings, family underemployment or unemployment, and learning how to work remotely and, in some cases, with new tools and technology to learn and to support that work. Our goal has been to support our employees during the present uncertainty while remaining focused on meeting the needs of our students and business continuity. Early in the crisis, we provided employees with information about best practices to prevent the spread of COVID-19 and other viruses and illnesses. We recommended that non-student interfacing employees work from home and we reduced the density and provided physical space for us to implement social distancing protocols for the employees who were required to work in our offices. Later, we enabled substantially all of our workforce to work remotely. In addition, we have limited in-person meetings, non-employee visits to our locations, and non-essential business travel.

To further protect the health and welfare of our employees we have also encouraged employees who potentially have been exposed to COVID-19 to self-quarantine for 14 days while we continue to pay them. To ease access to medical assistance, we are waiving co-payments for COVID-19 testing and telemedicine for those employees enrolled in our health insurance plans.  The Company’s vacation policy was enhanced in the second quarter of 2020 to include up to two weeks of payments for unused vacation days for instructors.

Community

We understand that the communities in which our employees live, work, and serve are also suffering distress as a result of COVID-19. Due to the growing needs of our neighbors, healthcare providers and many of the organizations in place to provide assistance are overburdened. In March 2020, several campuses in the Tri-State (NY, NJ & CT) area donated medical supplies and personal protective equipment to major medical facilities throughout the region.

Operations

We have robust pandemic and business continuity plans that include our business units and technology environments. When COVID-19 advanced to a pandemic, we activated our business continuity plan (the “Continuity Plan”). As an element of the Continuity Plan, we activated our Health Communications Response Team (“HCRT”), a group of the corporate senior managers, who directed a series of activities to address the health and safety of our workforce, to assist students, to sustain business operations, to coordinate communication and to address our management of other ongoing pandemic activities.

In response to a growing infected population across the United States, as noted above, we executed plans for social-distancing in our facilities and implemented work-from-home contingencies. As the virus spread, we created remote-working capabilities for our employees. We also completed a series of additional steps to appropriately ensure compliance with our telecommuting policy. The policy is designed to create a secure at-home work environment that protects our students’ information and transactions while also providing the necessary technology capabilities to enable effective remote-working for our staff.

There has been a modest decline in productivity for certain departments as our personnel have been adjusting to this significant change in work environment. We currently believe our technology infrastructure is sufficient to maintain a remote-working environment for the vast majority of our workforce for the foreseeable future and that productivity should improve as our staff adjust to this significant change in work environment. The level and ability of our employees to continue working from home could change, however, as conditions surrounding COVID-19 evolve and should infections increase, or if there are interruptions in the internet infrastructure where our employees live or if our internet service providers are otherwise adversely affected.

Return to In-Person Operations

Due to the phase-in of reopening which has been addressed on a state-by-state basis, we reopened our schools and we continue to follow the guidelines released by each state and city in which our schools are located.  The HCRT is continuing to closely monitor the guidelines released by each state and city in which our schools are located for any change.  As part of reopening our schools, we purchased personal protective equipment, are limiting the number of students in classrooms, have separated students by at least 6 feet, have closed/limited all common areas, have increased the sanitation of our facilities, require everyone at the schools to wear a cloth face mask and maintain a daily log of anyone at the school and monitor body temperatures of those at the school through non-contact thermometers.  In a similar way, we are also rotating employees’ schedules to limit/control the number of employees in spaces.

2

Student Population and Financial Results

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had placed 102 students on leave of absence due to COVID-19.  It is expected that a majority of these students will complete their externships.

The Company has extended the length and graduation dates of a few programs in which distance learning can only be utilized for a small percentage of these programs.

The Company has campuses where students live in dorms that are operated by either the Company itself, Collegiate Housing or other housing options.  The majority of the students had returned home and their dorm charges have been reversed.  In addition, at campuses where students have meal plans, the Company’s cafeterias have been closed and all charges for meal plans have been reversed.  For students that remain in dorms, the Company has given the students gift cards to assist in replacing their meal plans.  As the students are returning to campus the dorms have reopened and the schools have limited the number of students in dorms to adhere to social distancing.

Extended Student Financing Programs

COVID-19 is having far reaching, negative impacts on individuals, businesses, and, consequently, the overall economy. Specifically, COVID-19 has materially disrupted business operations resulting in significantly higher levels of unemployment or underemployment. As a consequence, we expect many of our individual students will experience financial hardship, making it difficult, if not impossible, to meet their payment obligations to us without temporary assistance.

As a result of the negative impact on employment from COVID-19, we are observing higher levels of financial hardship for our students, which we expect will lead to higher levels of forbearance, delinquency and defaults. We expect that, left unabated, this deterioration in forbearance, delinquency and default rates will persist until such time as the economy and employment return to relatively normal levels.

We expect that, as the economic impact of COVID-19 evolves, we will continue to evaluate the measures we have put in place to assist our students during this unprecedented challenge. We continue to adapt and evolve our collections practices to meet the needs of our students.

Business Strategy

We strive to strengthen our position as a leading provider of career‑oriented post-secondary education by continuing to pursue the following strategy:

• Expand Existing Areas of Study and Existing Facilities.  We believe we can leverage our operations to expand our program offerings in existing areas of study and new high-demand areas of study in the Transportation and Skilled Trades segment to capitalize on demand from students and employers in our target markets. Whenever possible, we seek to replicate programs across our campuses.

• Maximize Utilization of Existing Facilities.  We are focused on improving capacity utilization of existing facilities through increased enrollments, the introduction of new programs and partnerships with industry.

• Expand Market.  We plan to deploy our resources to strengthen our brand, invest in new programs and seek opportunities to expand our footprint in new markets.  We have a solid portfolio of corporate and industry partners and they are constantly asking us to explore new geographies to serve them better. Regardless of whether we expand our current campuses to take advantage of the operating leverage or establish new campuses, our goal is to remain competitive and prudently deploy our resources.

• Expand Teaching Platform.  Using the lessons learned from the COVID-19 pandemic, we believe we can continue to transform our in-person education model to a hybrid in-person/virtual training model that combines instructor-facilitated online teaching and demonstrations with hands-on labs.

Programs and Areas of Study

We structure our program offerings to provide our students with a practical, career-oriented education and position them for attractive entry-level job opportunities in their chosen fields. Our diploma/certificate programs typically take between 19 to 136 weeks to complete, with tuition ranging from $8,000 to $46,000.  Our associate’s degree programs typically take between 64 to 98 weeks to complete, with tuition ranging from $30,000 to $40,000.  As of December 31, 2020, all of our schools offer diploma and certificate programs and nine of our schools are currently approved to offer associate’s degree programs.  In order to accommodate the schedules of our students and maximize classroom utilization at some of our campuses, we typically offer courses four to five days a week in three shifts per day and start new classes every month.  We update and expand our programs frequently to reflect the latest technological advances in the field, providing our students with the specific skills and knowledge required in the current marketplace. Classroom instruction combines lectures and demonstrations by our experienced faculty with comprehensive hands-on laboratory exercises in simulated workplace environments.

3

The following table lists the programs offered as of December 31, 2020:

Current Programs Offered
Area of Study	Associate’s Degree	Diploma and Certificate
Automotive	Automotive Service Management, Collision Repair & Refinishing Service Management,  Diesel & Truck Service Management, Heavy Equipment Maintenance Service Management	Automotive Mechanics, Automotive Technology, Automotive Technology with Audi, Automotive Technology with BMW FastTrack, Automotive Technology with Mopar X-Press, Automotive Technology with High Performance, Automotive Technology with Volkswagen, Collision Repair and Refinishing Technology, Diesel & Truck Mechanics, Diesel & Truck Technology, Diesel & Truck Technology with Alternate Fuel Technology, Diesel & Truck Technology with Transport Refrigeration, Diesel & Truck with Automotive Technology,  Heavy Equipment Maintenance Technology, Heavy Equipment and Truck Technology
Skilled Trades	Electronic Engineering Technology, Electronics Systems Service Management	Electrical & Electronics Systems Technician, Electrician Training, HVAC, Welding Technology, Welding and Metal Fabrication Technology, Welding with Introduction to Pipefitting, CNC, Advanced Manufacturing with Robotics
Health Sciences	Medical Assisting Technology	Medical Office Assistant, Medical Assistant, Patient Care Technician,  Medical Coding & Billing, Dental Assistant, Licensed Practical Nursing
Hospitality Services		Culinary Arts & Food Services, Cosmetology, Aesthetics, International Baking and Pastry, Nail Technology, Therapeutic Massage & Bodywork Technician
Information Technology	Computer Networking and Support	Computer & Network Support Technician, Computer Systems Support Technician

Automotive Technology.    Automotive technology is our largest area of study, with 33% of our total average student enrollment for the year ended December 31, 2020. Our automotive technology programs are 28 to 136 weeks in length, with tuition rates of $16,000 to $46,000. We believe we are a leading provider of automotive technology education in each of our local markets. Graduates of our programs are qualified to obtain entry-level employment ranging from positions as technicians and mechanics to various apprentice level positions. Our graduates are employed by a wide variety of companies, ranging from automotive and diesel dealers, to independent auto body paint and repair shops to trucking and construction companies.

As of December 31, 2020, 12 campuses offered programs in automotive technology and most of these campuses offer other technical programs. Our campuses in East Windsor, Connecticut; Nashville, Tennessee; Grand Prairie, Texas; Indianapolis, Indiana; and Denver, Colorado are destination campuses, attracting students throughout the United States and, in some cases, from abroad.

Skilled Trades.    For the year ended December 31, 2020, skilled trades were our second largest area of study, representing 32% of our total average student enrollment.  Our skilled trades programs are 28 to 98 weeks in length, with tuition rates of $18,000 to $36,000. Our skilled trades programs include electrical, heating and air conditioning repair, welding, computerized numerical control and electronic & electronic systems technology. Graduates of our programs are qualified to obtain entry-level employment positions such as electrician, cable installer, welder, wiring and heating, ventilating and air conditioning, or HVAC installer. Our graduates are employed by a wide variety of employers, including residential and commercial construction, telecommunications installation companies and architectural firms. As of December 31, 2020, we offered skilled trades programs at 14 campuses.

4

Health Sciences.    For the year ended December 31, 2020, 27% of our total average student enrollment was in our health science program. Our health science programs are 31 to 104 weeks in length, with tuition rates of $8,000 to $33,000. Graduates of our programs are qualified to obtain positions such as licensed practical nurse, registered nurse, dental assistant, medical assistant, medical administrative assistant, and claims examiner. Our graduates are employed by a wide variety of employers, including hospitals, laboratories, insurance companies, and doctors’ offices. Our practical nursing and medical assistant programs are our largest health science programs. As of December 31, 2020, we offered health science programs at 10 of our campuses.

Hospitality Services.    For the year ended December 31, 2020, 7% of our total average student enrollment was in our hospitality services programs. Our hospitality services programs are 19 to 75 weeks in length, with tuition rates of $10,000 to $24,000.  Our hospitality programs include culinary, therapeutic massage, cosmetology and aesthetics.  Graduates work in salons, spas, cruise ships or are self-employed.  We offer massage programs at three campus and cosmetology programs at one campus.  Our culinary graduates are employed by restaurants, hotels, cruise ships and bakeries.  As of December 31, 2020, we offered culinary programs at two campuses.

Information Technology.    For the year ended December 31, 2020, 2% of our total average student enrollment was in our information technology programs. Our information technology programs are 42 to 78 weeks in length, with tuition rates of $22,000 to $34,000.  We have focused our current information technology, or IT, program offerings on those that are most in demand, such as our computer and network support technician. Our graduates obtain entry-level positions with both small and large corporations.  As of December 31, 2020, we offered these programs at six of our campuses.

Marketing and Student Recruitment

We utilize a variety of marketing and recruiting methods to attract students and increase enrollment. Our marketing and recruiting efforts are targeted at prospective students who are high school graduates entering the workforce, or who are currently underemployed or unemployed and require additional training to enter or re-enter the workforce.

Marketing and Advertising.    We utilize a fully integrated marketing approach in our lead generation and admissions process that includes the use of traditional media such as television, radio, billboards, direct mail, a variety of print media and event marketing campaigns intended to raise brand awareness. In addition, we continually grow and enhance our digital marketing efforts, which include paid search, search engine optimization, online video and display advertising and social media channels. These channels currently drive the majority of our new student leads and enrollments. Our fully integrated marketing campaigns direct prospective students to contact us directly, visit the Lincoln website or other customized landing pages on the internet where they will find details regarding our programs and campuses and can request additional information regarding the programs that interest them.  Our internal systems enable us to closely monitor and track the effectiveness of each marketing execution on a daily or weekly basis and make adjustments accordingly to enhance our efficiency and limit our student acquisition costs.

Referrals.    Referrals from current students, high school counselors and satisfied graduates and their employers have historically represented 16% of our new student starts. Due to COVID-19 referrals were approximately 13% of our new student starts.  Our school administrators actively work with our current students to encourage them to recommend our programs to prospective students. We endeavor to build and retain strong relationships with high school guidance counselors and instructors by offering annual seminars at our training facilities to further familiarize these individuals on the strengths of our programs.

Recruiting.    Our recruiting efforts are conducted by a group of approximately 250 campus-based and field representatives who meet directly with prospective students during presentations conducted at high schools, in the prospective students’ homes or during a visit to one of our campuses.  We also recruit adult career-seekers or career-changers through our campus based representatives.

During 2020, we recruited approximately 23% of our students directly out of high school.  Field sales continue to be a large part of our business and developing local community relationships is one of our most important functions.

During 2020, COVID-19 has impacted our recruitment efforts in many ways. Many of our students do not need a physical tour in order to commit to a Lincoln school. In addition, representative efficiencies can be had with a virtual interview thus reducing the time frame from student inquiry to application.  The current remote learning in high schools has made it difficult to get in front of high school students as they make career plans.  This has impacted overall student inquiries for 2020 but has only marginally impacted student applications. The Company continues to adapt to these changes and finds different process improvements and efficiencies.

Student Admissions, Enrollment and Retention

Admissions.    In order to attend our schools, students must have either a high school diploma or a high school equivalency certificate (or General Education Development Certificate, GED). In addition, students must complete an admissions interview and complete a learner assessment. We take admissions requirements very seriously as they are the best indicators of our students’ likelihood for program success and completion thus leading to successful employment in the industry. The learner assessment is a questionnaire designed to discover student challenges and address them prior to attending. While each of our programs has different admissions criteria, we screen all applications and counsel prospective students on the most appropriate program to increase the likelihood that our students complete the requisite coursework and obtain and sustain employment following graduation.

5

Enrollment.    We enroll students continuously throughout the year, with our largest classes enrolling in late summer or early fall following high school graduation. As of December 31, 2020, we had 12,217 students enrolled at 22 campuses which excludes 102 students on leave of absence due to COVID-19 and our average enrollment for the year ended December 31, 2020 was 11,729 students which represented an increase of 6.8% from average enrollment in 2019 which excludes 375 average enrollments on leave of absence due to COVID-19.

Retention.       To maximize student retention, the staff at each school is trained to recognize the early warning signs of a potential drop and to assist and advise students on academic, financial and employment matters. We monitor our retention rates by instructor, course, program and school. When we become aware that a particular instructor or program is experiencing a higher than normal dropout rate, we quickly seek to determine the cause of the problem and attempt to correct it. When we identify that a student is experiencing difficulty academically, we offer tutoring. As we moved to online delivery of instruction we saw a slight decline in our student retention rate but we believe this is temporary and will improve as our as faculty become better skilled at online delivery and to ensure that this happens we have developed online teacher training for all faculty.

Job Placement

We believe that assisting our graduates in securing employment after completing their program of study is critical to our mission as a post-secondary educational institution as well as to our ability to attract high quality students and enhance our reputation in the industry.  In addition, we believe that high job placement rates result in low student loan default rates, an important requirement for continued participation in Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (“Title IV Programs”). See Part I, Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment—Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs.”  Accordingly, we dedicate significant resources to maintaining an effective graduate placement program. Our non-destination schools work closely with local employers to ensure that we are training students with skills that local employers seek. Each school has an advisory council comprised of local employers who provide us with direct feedback on how well we are preparing our students to succeed in the workplace. This enables us to tailor our programs to the marketplace. The placement staff in each of our destination schools maintains databases of potential employers throughout the country, allowing us to more effectively assist our graduates in securing employment in their career field upon graduation. Throughout the year, we hold numerous job fairs at our facilities where we provide the opportunity for our students to meet and interact with potential employers.  In addition, many of our schools have internship programs that provide our students with opportunities to work with employers prior to graduation. For example, some of the students in our automotive programs have the opportunity to complete a portion of their hands-on training in an actual work environment. In addition, some of our students in health sciences programs are required to participate in an externship program during which they work in the field as part of their career training. We also assist students with resume writing, interviewing and other job search skills. As a result of COVID-19, many employers temporarily ceased hiring or scaled back their needs while they assessed the impact to their business from the virus.  Consequently, our placement rates declined slightly in 2020, but as more and more businesses reopen, we have seen increased demand for our graduates and we expect that the pressures of the skills gap will once again provide strong employment opportunities for our students.

Human Capital Management

Overview

We believe that each of our employees plays an important role in our enterprise.  This is particularly true of our faculty.  We are focused on attracting and retaining highly qualified personnel needed to support of our objectives of providing superior education in the programs which our schools address.

As of December 31, 2020, we had approximately 1,933 employees, including 491 full-time instructors and 391 part-time instructors, and approximately 1,051 employees serving in various administrative and management positions.  We had no seasonal workers. The number of individuals comprising our workforce has stayed largely the same in the last few years and we currently have no expectation of a significant change.

Our Board of Directors regularly reviews with management the following areas regarding our human capital management:

Staffing Our Schools

Our schools typically are staffed by a school president, a director of career services, a director of education, a director of financial-aid, a director of administrative services, a director of admissions and, of course, a variety of instructors, all of whom are industry professionals with experience in the areas of study at that particular school.

Our average student/teacher ratio is approximately 16 to 1, however, in 2020 due to COVID-19, our average in-person student/teacher ratio has decreased slightly based on social distancing requirements which varied on a state-by-state basis.

6

Diversity and Inclusion

We strive to create a culture of diversity and inclusion through our human capital management practices.  The achievement of workforce diversity is one important goal in the outreach efforts for professional acquisition.  As a result, since January 1, 2017, our minority workforce percentage has increased from 33.5% to 40.1%.  Further, the generational range of our workforce, at the end of 2020, was approximately equally divided among Baby Boomers, GenXers and Millennials.  Our human resources programs work to eliminate discrimination and harassment in all forms.

Development, Training and Retention

The Company employs a staff to attract and engage talent and applies fully integrated recruiting software to track and manage hiring processes for our campuses and corporate functions.  We hire our faculty in accordance with established criteria, including relevant work experience, educational background and accreditation and state regulatory standards. We require meaningful industry experience of our teaching staff in order to maintain the high quality of instruction in all of our programs that we expect and to address current and industry-specific issues in our course content. In addition, we provide intensive instructional training and continuing education, including quarterly instructional development seminars, annual reviews, technical upgrade training, faculty development plans and weekly staff meetings.

The Company acknowledges the relevance of managing productivity and efficiency of its workforce.  The Company uses current technology resources for sales and student services tasks, education support, graduate placement services, and internal talent management. Through the application of these technology tools, productivity data are obtained for key positions and used for process improvement, training, and evaluative purposes.

The Company recognizes the value to both the Company and our students of employee knowledge and skill development throughout their careers and of preparing current employees for succession opportunities.  Therefore, employees receive position-based training, as well as online access to a multitude of programs designed to support their effectiveness and growth-potential.  The Company identifies high-performing employee participants for acceleration training programs to develop internal candidates for succession opportunities in key functions.

Labor Relations

We believe that we have good relationships with all of our employees.  At six of our 22 campuses, the teaching professionals are represented by various unions. These approximately 161 employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements that expire between 2021 and 2023.  Those expiring in the short term are in the process of renegotiation.  We believe that we have good relationships with these unions and with the employees covered by these collective bargaining agreements and do not foresee issues with entering into satisfactory new agreements.

Health and Safety; COVID-19 Response

The Company considers the well-being and safety of our employees to be of significant importance.  In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we applied CDC guidance and safety protocols; developed work-from-home options where possible; covered COVID-19 testing and vaccination 100% through our health plans; and reduced the number of personnel and students onsite at any time.   Our COVID-19 management procedures resulted in continuing operations with strong student support and no reductions in force in 2020.

Our Management

We believe our management team has the experience necessary to effectively implement our growth strategy and continue to drive positive educational and employment outcomes for our students. Under the circumstances of the challenging and changing landscape of COVID-19, our management demonstrated its abilities in innovation and resilience.  For discussion of the risks relating to the attraction and retention of management and executive management employees, see Item 1A. “Risk Factors.”

Competition

The for-profit, post-secondary education industry is highly competitive and highly fragmented with no one provider controlling significant market share.  Direct competition between career-oriented schools like ours and traditional four-year colleges or universities is limited. Thus, our main competitors are other for-profit, career-oriented schools, not-for-profit public schools and private schools, and public and private two-year junior and community colleges, most of which are eligible to receive funding under the federal programs of student financial aid authorized by Title IV Programs. Competition is generally based on location, the type of programs offered, the quality of instruction, placement rates, reputation, recruiting and tuition rates; therefore, our competition is different in each market depending on, among other things, the availability of other options. Public institutions are generally able to charge lower tuition than our schools, due in part to government subsidies and other financial sources not available to for-profit schools. In addition, some of our other competitors have a more extensive network of schools and campuses which enables them to recruit students more efficiently from a wider geographic area. Nevertheless, we believe that we are able to compete effectively in our local markets because of the diversity of our program offerings, quality of instruction, the strength of our brands, our reputation and our graduates’ success in securing employment after completing their program of study.

7

Our competition differs in each market depending on the curriculum that we offer. For example, a school offering automotive technology, healthcare services and skilled trades programs will have a different group of competitors than a school offering healthcare services and IT technology programs. Also, because schools can add new programs within six to twelve months, competition can emerge relatively quickly. Moreover, with the introduction of online education, the number of competitors in each market has increased because students can now attend classes from an online institution. On average, each of our schools has at least three direct competitors and at least a dozen indirect competitors.

Environmental Matters

We use hazardous materials at our training facilities and campuses, and generate small quantities of regulated waste such as used oil, antifreeze, paint and car batteries. As a result, our facilities and operations are subject to a variety of environmental laws and regulations governing, among other things, the use, storage and disposal of solid and hazardous substances and waste, and the clean-up of contamination at our facilities or off-site locations to which we send or have sent waste for disposal. We are also required to obtain permits for our air emissions and to meet operational and maintenance requirements at certain of our campuses. In the event we do not maintain compliance with any of these laws and regulations, or are responsible for a spill or release of hazardous materials, we could incur significant costs for clean-up, damages, and fines or penalties. Climate change has not had and is not expected to have a significant impact on our operations.

Regulatory Environment

Students attending our schools finance their education through a combination of personal resources, family contributions, private loans and federal and state financial aid programs. Each of our schools participates in the Title IV Programs, which are administered by the DOE. For the year ended December 31, 2020, approximately 77% (calculated based on cash receipts) of our revenues were derived from the Title IV Programs. Students obtain access to federal student financial aid through a DOE prescribed application and eligibility certification process.

In connection with the students’ receipt of federal financial aid under the Title IV Programs, our schools are subject to extensive regulation by governmental agencies and licensing and accrediting bodies. In particular, the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended the (“HEA”), and the regulations issued by the DOE subject us to significant regulatory scrutiny in the form of numerous standards that each of our schools must satisfy in order to participate in the Title IV Programs. To participate in the Title IV Programs, a school must be authorized to offer its programs of instruction by the applicable state education agencies in the states in which it is physically located, be accredited by an accrediting commission recognized by the DOE and be certified as an eligible institution by the DOE. All of our schools are currently offering both online and in-person learning due to the COVID-19 pandemic.  The DOE, accrediting agencies and state agencies have waived certain requirements related to distance education and are permitting our schools to offer programs via distance education.  The DOE defines an eligible institution to consist of both a main campus and its additional locations, if any.  Our schools are either a main campus or an additional location of a main campus. Each of our schools is subject to extensive regulatory requirements imposed by state education agencies, accrediting commissions, and the DOE. Because the DOE periodically revises its regulations and changes its interpretations of existing laws and regulations, we cannot predict with certainty how Title IV Program requirements will be applied in all circumstances. Our schools also participate in other federal and state financial aid programs that assist students in paying the cost of their education and that impose standards that we must satisfy.

State Authorization

Each of our schools must be authorized by the applicable education agencies in the states in which the school is physically located, and in some cases other states, in order to operate on ground and online and to grant degrees, diplomas or certificates to its students. State agency authorization is also required in each state in which a school is physically located in order for the school to become and remain eligible to participate in Title IV Programs.  If we are found not to be in compliance with the applicable state regulations and a state seeks to restrict one or more of our business activities within its boundaries, we may not be able to recruit or enroll students in that state and may have to stop providing services in that state, which could have a significant impact on our business and results of operations.  Currently, each of our schools is authorized by the applicable state education agencies in the states in which the school is physically located and in which it recruits students.

Our schools are subject to extensive, ongoing regulation by each of these states. State laws typically establish standards for instruction, curriculum, qualifications of faculty, location and nature of facilities and equipment, administrative procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial operations, student outcomes and other operational matters. State laws and regulations may limit our ability to offer educational programs and to award degrees, diplomas or certificates. It is possible that states could change their state laws and regulations in the future that could impact the Company and its schools. Some states prescribe standards of financial responsibility that are different from, and in certain cases more stringent than, those prescribed by the DOE. Some states require schools to post a surety bond. We have posted surety bonds on behalf of our schools and education representatives with multiple states in a total amount of approximately $12.3 million.

8

The DOE published regulations that took effect on July 1, 2011, that expanded the requirements for an institution to be considered legally authorized in the state in which it is physically located for Title IV Program purposes.  In some cases, the regulations required states to revise their current requirements and/or to license schools in order for institutions to be deemed legally authorized in those states and, in turn, to participate in Title IV Programs.  If the states do not amend their requirements where necessary and if schools do not receive approvals where necessary that comply with these new requirements, then the institution could be deemed to lack the state authorization necessary to participate in Title IV Programs.  The DOE stated when it published the final regulations that it will not publish a list of states that meet, or fail to meet, the requirements, and it is uncertain how the DOE will interpret these requirements in each state.

If any of our schools fail to comply with state licensing requirements, they are subject to the loss of state licensure or authorization. If any one of our schools lost its authorization from the education agency of the state in which the school is located, or failed to comply with the DOE’s state authorization requirements, that school would lose its eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs, the Title IV Program eligibility of its related additional locations could be affected, the impacted schools would be unable to offer its programs, and we could be forced to close the schools. If one of our schools lost its state authorization from a state other than the state in which the school is located, the school would not be able to recruit students or to operate in that state.

Due to state budget constraints in certain states in which we operate, it is possible that those states may continue to reduce the number of employees in, or curtail the operations of, the state education agencies that oversee our schools. A delay or refusal by any state education agency in approving any changes in our operations that require state approval could prevent us from making such changes or could delay our ability to make such changes.  States periodically change their laws and regulations applicable to our schools and such changes could require us to change our practices and could have a significant impact on our business and results of operations.

Accreditation

Accreditation is a non-governmental process through which a school submits to ongoing qualitative and quantitative review by an organization of peer institutions. Accrediting commissions primarily examine the academic quality of the school’s instructional programs, and a grant of accreditation is generally viewed as confirmation that the school’s programs meet generally accepted academic standards. Accrediting commissions also review the administrative and financial operations of the schools they accredit to ensure that each school has the resources necessary to perform its educational mission.

Accreditation by an accrediting commission recognized by the DOE is required for an institution to be certified to participate in Title IV Programs. In order to be recognized by the DOE, accrediting commissions must adopt specific standards for their review of educational institutions. As of December 31, 2020, all 22 of our campuses are nationally accredited by the Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges, or ACCSC.  The following is a list of the dates on which each campus was accredited by its accrediting commission and the date by which its accreditation must be renewed.

9

Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges Reaccreditation Dates

School	Last Accreditation Letter	Next Accreditation
Philadelphia, PA2	November 26, 2018	May 1, 2023
Union, NJ1	May 24, 2019	February 1, 2024
Mahwah, NJ1	December 4, 2019	August 1, 2024
Melrose Park, IL2	December 2, 2019	November 1, 2024
Denver, CO1	June 14, 2016	February 1, 20214
Columbia, MD	March 8, 2017	February 1, 2022
Grand Prairie, TX1	June 20, 2017	August 1, 20214
Allentown, PA2	March 8, 2017	February 1, 2022
Nashville, TN1	September 6, 2017	May 1, 2022
Indianapolis, IN	May 15, 2018	November 1, 20214
New Britain, CT	June 5, 2018	January 1, 2023
Shelton, CT2	March 1, 2019	September 1, 2023
Queens, NY1	September 4, 2018	June 1, 2023
East Windsor, CT2	October 17, 2017	February 1, 2023
South Plainfield, NJ1	December 2, 2019	August 1, 2024
Iselin, NJ	May 15, 2018	May 15, 2023
Moorestown, NJ3	May 15, 2018	May 15, 2023
Paramus, NJ3	May 15, 2018	May 15, 2023
Lincoln, RI3	May 15, 2018	May 15, 2023
Somerville, MA3	May 15, 2018	May 15, 2023
Summerlin, NV3	May 15, 2018	May 15, 2023
Marietta, GA3	May 15, 2018	May 15, 2022

1 Branch campus of main campus in Indianapolis, IN

2 Branch campus of main campus in New Britain, CT

3 Branch campus of main campus in Iselin, NJ

4 Campus going through reaccreditation

In early February 2019, the Company received a letter dated January 31, 2019 from ACCSC, which indicated that the ACCSC commission voted to continue our schools on financial reporting with a subsequent review scheduled for ACCSC’s August 2019 meeting.  The commission continued the financial reporting status based on the net working capital deficit, accumulated deficit, and net loss reported in the nine-month financial statements submitted to ACCSC.  The commission recognized the Company’s continued efforts to improve its financial position through, among other things, closing underperforming schools and growing student enrollments, and determined that, while improvements are being realized, additional monitoring of the Company’s financial position is warranted.  The letter required us to submit certain financial information to ACCSC by July 12, 2019 which was timely submitted, and despite the passage of time, we have not received any further communications to date from ACCSC regarding this matter and we remain on financial reporting status.

If one of our schools fails to comply with accrediting commission requirements, the institution and its main and/or branch campuses are subject to the loss of accreditation or may be placed on probation or a special monitoring or reporting status which, if the noncompliance with accrediting commission requirements is not resolved, could result in loss of accreditation or restrictions on the addition of new locations, new programs, or other substantive changes. If any one of our schools loses its accreditation, students attending that school would no longer be eligible to receive Title IV Program funding, and we could be forced to close that school.

Programmatic accreditation is the process through which specific programs are reviewed and approved by industry and program-specific accrediting entities. Although programmatic accreditation is not generally necessary for Title IV Program eligibility, such accreditation may be required to allow students to sit for certain licensure exams or to work in a particular profession or career or to meet other requirements.  Failure to obtain or maintain such programmatic accreditation may lead to a decline in enrollments in such programs.

Nature of Federal and State Support for Post-Secondary Education

The federal government provides a substantial part of the support for post-secondary education through Title IV Programs, in the form of grants and loans to students who can use those funds at any institution that has been certified as eligible by the DOE. Most aid under Title IV Programs is awarded on the basis of financial need, generally defined as the difference between the cost of attending the institution and the expected amount a student and his or her family can reasonably contribute to that cost. A recipient of Title IV Program funds must maintain a satisfactory grade point average and progress in a timely manner toward completion of his or her program of study and must meet other applicable eligibility requirements for the receipt of Title IV Program funds. In addition, each school must ensure that Title IV Program funds are properly accounted for and disbursed in the correct amounts to eligible students and provide reports on recipient data.

10

Other Financial Assistance Programs

Some of our students receive financial aid from federal sources other than Title IV Programs, such as programs administered by the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs. In addition, some states also provide financial aid to our students in the form of grants, loans or scholarships. The eligibility requirements for state financial aid and these other federal aid programs vary among the funding agencies and by program. States that provide financial aid to our students are facing significant budgetary constraints and some of these have reduced the level of state financial aid available to our students.  Due to state budgetary shortfalls and constraints in certain states in which we operate, we believe that the overall level of state financial aid for our students is likely to continue to decrease in the near term, but we cannot predict how significant any such reductions will be or how long they will last. Federal budgetary shortfalls and constraints, or decisions by federal lawmakers to limit or prohibit access by our institutions or their students to federal financial aid, could result in a decrease in the level of federal financial aid for our students.

In 2020 we derived approximately 8% of our revenues, on a cash basis, from veterans’ benefits programs, which include the Post-9/11 GI Bill and Veteran Readiness and Employment services. To continue participation in veterans’ benefits programs, an institution must comply with certain requirements established by the VA, including that the institution report on the enrollment status of eligible students; maintain student records and make such records available for inspection; follow rules applicable to the individual benefits programs; and comply with applicable limits on the percentage of students receiving certain veterans’ benefits on a program and campus basis.

The VA shares responsibility for VA benefit approval and oversight with designated State Approving Agencies (“SAAs”). SAAs play a critical role in evaluating institutions and their programs to determine if they meet VA benefit eligibility requirements. Processes and approval criteria, as well as interpretation of applicable requirements, can vary from state to state. Therefore, approval in one state does not necessarily result in approval in all states.

The VA imposes limitations on the percentage of students per program receiving benefits under certain veterans’ benefits programs, unless the program qualifies for certain exemptions. If the VA determines that a program is out of compliance with these limitations, the VA will continue to provide benefits to current students, but new students will not be eligible to use their veterans’ benefits for an affected program until we demonstrate compliance. Additionally, the VA requires a campus be in operation for two years before it can apply to participate in VA benefit programs. All of our campuses are eligible to participate in VA education benefit programs.

During 2012, President Obama signed an Executive Order directing the DOD, Veterans Affairs and Education to establish “Principles of Excellence” (“Principles”), based on certain guidelines set forth in the Executive Order, to apply to educational institutions receiving federal funding for service members, veterans and family members. As requested, we provided written confirmation of our intent to comply with the Principles to the VA in June 2012. We are required to comply with the Principles to continue recruitment activities on military installations. Additionally, there is a requirement to possess a memorandum of understanding (“MOU”) with the DOD as well as with certain individual installations. Our access to bases for student recruitment has become more limited due to recent changes in the Transition Assistance Program (Transition Goals, Plans, Success) and increased enforcement of the MOU requirement. Each of our institutions has an MOU with the DOD. We have MOUs with certain key individual installations and are pursuing MOUs at additional locations; however, some installations will not provide MOUs to institutions that do not teach at the installation. We continue to strengthen and develop relationships with our existing contacts and with new contacts in order to maintain and rebuild our access to military installations.

In addition to Title IV Programs and other government-administered programs, all of our schools offer extended financing programs to their students. This extension of credit helps fill the gap between what the student receives from all financial aid sources and what the student may need to cover the full cost of his or her education. Students or their parents can apply to a number of different lenders for this funding at current market interest rates.  We are required to comply with applicable federal and state laws related to certain consumer and educational loans and credit extensions.

11

Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs

To participate in Title IV Programs, an institution must be authorized to offer its programs by the relevant state education agencies in the state in which it is physically located, be accredited by an accrediting commission recognized by the DOE and be certified as eligible by the DOE. The DOE will certify an institution to participate in Title IV Programs only after reviewing and approving an institution’s application to participate in the Title IV Programs. The DOE defines an institution to consist of both a main campus and its additional locations, if any. Under this definition, for DOE purposes as of December 31, 2020 we had the following three institutions, collectively consisting of three main campuses and 19 additional locations:

Main Institution/Campus(es)	Additional Location(s)
Iselin, NJ	Moorestown, NJ
	Paramus, NJ
	Somerville, MA
	Lincoln, RI
	Marietta, GA
	Las Vegas, NV (Summerlin)
New Britain, CT	Shelton, CT
	Philadelphia, PA
	East Windsor, CT
	Melrose Park, IL
	Allentown, PA
	Columbia, MD
Indianapolis, IN	Grand Prairie, TX
	Nashville, TN
	Denver, CO
	Union, NJ
	Mahwah, NJ
	Queens, NY
	South Plainfield, NJ

Each institution must periodically apply to the DOE for continued certification to participate in Title IV Programs. The institution also must apply for recertification when it undergoes a change in ownership resulting in a change of control. The institution also may come under DOE review when it undergoes a substantive change that requires the submission of an application, such as opening an additional location or raising the highest academic credential it offers.  All institutions are recertified on various dates for various periods of time.  The following table sets forth the expiration dates for each of our institutions’ current Title IV Program participation agreements:

Institution	Expiration Date of Current Program Participation Agreement
Iselin, NJ	December 31, 20221
Indianapolis, IN	September 30, 20221
New Britain, CT	December 31, 20221

1 Provisionally certified.

The DOE typically provides provisional certification to an institution following a change in ownership resulting in a change of control and also may provisionally certify an institution for other reasons, including, but not limited to, noncompliance with certain standards of administrative capability and financial responsibility.  All of our institutions are provisionally certified by the DOE.  These institutions generate 100% of the Company’s revenue based on revenues for the 2020 fiscal year.  All of our institutions are provisionally certified based on findings in recent audits of the institutions’ Title IV Program compliance that the DOE alleges identified deficiencies related to DOE regulations regarding an institutions’ level of administrative capability.  An institution that is provisionally certified receives fewer due process rights than those received by other institutions in the event the DOE takes certain adverse actions against the institution, is required to obtain prior DOE approvals of new campuses and educational programs, and may be subject to heightened scrutiny by the DOE.  Provisional certification makes it easier for the DOE to revoke or decline to renew our Title IV eligibility if the DOE under the new administration chooses to take such an action against us and other provisionally certified for-profit schools without undergoing a formal administrative appeal process.  Provisional certification does not otherwise limit an institution’s access to Title IV Program funds.

12

The DOE is responsible for overseeing compliance with Title IV Program requirements. As a result, each of our schools is subject to detailed oversight and review, and must comply with a complex framework of laws and regulations. Because the DOE periodically revises its regulations and changes its interpretation of existing laws and regulations, we cannot predict with certainty how the Title IV Program requirements will be applied in all circumstances.

Significant factors relating to Title IV Programs that could adversely affect us include the following:

Congressional Action. Political and budgetary concerns significantly affect Title IV Programs. Congress periodically revises the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (“HEA”) and other laws governing Title IV Programs.  Congress is currently considering reauthorization of Title IV Programs, but it is not known if or when Congress will pass final legislation that amends the Higher Education Act or other laws affecting U.S. Federal student aid.

In addition, Congress reviews and determines federal appropriations for Title IV Programs on an annual basis. Congress can also make changes in the laws affecting Title IV Programs in the annual appropriations bills and in other laws it enacts between the HEA reauthorizations. Because a significant percentage of our revenues are derived from Title IV Programs, any action by Congress or the DOE that significantly reduces Title IV Program funding, that limits or restricts the ability of our schools, programs, or students to receive funding through the Title IV Programs, or that imposes new restrictions or constraints upon our business or operations could reduce our student enrollment and our revenues, and could increase our administrative costs and require us to modify our practices in order for our schools to comply fully with Title IV Program requirements. The potential for changes that may be adverse to us and other for-profit schools like ours may increase as a result of the change in administration and changes in Congress.

Further, current requirements for student or school participation in Title IV Programs may change or one or more of the present Title IV Programs could be replaced by other programs with materially different student or school eligibility requirements.  If we cannot comply with the provisions of the HEA, as they may be amended, or if the cost of such compliance is excessive, or if funding is materially reduced, our revenues or profit margin could be materially adversely affected.

Gainful Employment.In October 2014, the DOE issued final gainful employment regulations requiring each educational program offered by our institutions to achieve threshold rates in at least one of two debt measure categories related to an annual debt to annual earnings ratio and an annual debt to discretionary income ratio.  On July 1, 2019, the DOE issued final regulations that rescind the gainful employment regulations.  The final regulations have an effective date of July 1, 2020, but the DOE stated in an electronic announcement dated June 28, 2019 that institutions may elect to implement immediately the new regulations and that institutions that early implement the regulations will not be required to report gainful employment data for the 2018-2019 award year, to comply with requirements for including a gainful employment disclosure template in their promotional materials or directly distributing the disclosure template to prospective students, to post the gainful employment template and any other gainful employment disclosures required under the gainful employment regulations on their web pages, or to comply with certification requirements for gainful employment.  The DOE stated in the electronic announcement that institutions that do not early implement the new regulations are expected to comply with the existing gainful employment regulations until July 1, 2020.  We have elected to implement the new regulations early and have documented our early implementation of the new regulations as required by the DOE. It is possible that Congress or the DOE could enact or establish new law or regulations that could restore the gainful employment requirements or similar and potentially stricter requirements, but we cannot predict the likelihood, timing or scope of such requirements.

Borrower Defense to Repayment Regulations.  The DOE published proposed regulations on July 31, 2018 that would modify the DOE’s defense to repayment regulations, including regulations regarding, among other things, (i) acts or omissions of an institution of higher education a borrower may assert as a defense to repayment of certain Title IV Program loans; (ii) permitting the use of arbitration clauses and class action waivers in enrollment agreements and (iii) triggering events that would result in recalculating a school’s financial responsibility score and require the school to post a letter of credit or other surety.  On September 23, 2019, the DOE published the final regulations which had a general effective date of July 1, 2020.

Among other things, the new regulations amend the processes for borrowers to receive from DOE a discharge of the obligation to repay certain Title IV Program loans first disbursed on or after July 1, 2020 based on certain acts or omissions by the institution or a covered party.  The new and existing DOE regulations establish detailed procedures and standards for the loan discharge processes for periods prior to July 1, 2017, between July 1, 2017 and June 30, 2020, and on or after July 1, 2020, including the information required for borrowers to receive a loan discharge, and the authority of the DOE to seek recovery from the institution of the amount of discharged loans.  The regulations also modify certain components of the financial responsibility regulations, including the list of triggering events that could result in the DOE determining that the institution lacks financial responsibility and must submit to the DOE a letter of credit or other form of acceptable financial protection and accept other conditions on the institution’s Title IV Program eligibility. See Part I, Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment – Financial Responsibility Standards.”  The final regulations also generally will permit the use of arbitration clauses and class action waivers while requiring institutions to make certain disclosures to students.

13

The current and future rules could have a material adverse effect on our schools’ business and results of operations, and the broad sweep of the rules may, in the future, require our schools to submit a letter of credit based on expanded standards of financial responsibility.  See Part I, Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment – Financial Responsibility Standards.”  It also is possible that Congress or the DOE could enact or establish new law or regulations that could restore prior versions of the borrower defense to repayment requirements or similar and potentially stricter requirements, but we cannot predict the likelihood, timing or scope of such requirements.

The “90/10 Rule.”   Under the HEA, a proprietary institution that derives more than 90% of its total revenue from Title IV Programs (its “90/10 Rule percentage”) for two consecutive fiscal years becomes immediately ineligible to participate in Title IV Programs and may not reapply for eligibility until the end of at least two fiscal years. An institution with revenues exceeding 90% for a single fiscal year will be placed on provisional certification and may be subject to other enforcement measures, including a potential requirement to submit a letter of credit.  See Part I, Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment – Financial Responsibility Standards.”  If an institution violated the 90/10 Rule and became ineligible to participate in Title IV Programs but continued to disburse Title IV Program funds, the DOE would require the institution to repay all Title IV Program funds received by the institution after the effective date of the loss of eligibility.

We have calculated that, for our 2020 fiscal year, our institutions’ 90/10 Rule percentages ranged from 74% to 83%.  For 2019, none of our existing institutions derived more than 90% of their revenues from Title IV Programs.  Our calculations are subject to review by the DOE.

If Congress or the DOE were to amend the 90/10 Rule to treat other forms of federal financial aid as Title IV Program revenue for 90/10 Rule purposes, lower the 90% threshold, or otherwise change the calculation methodology (each of which has been proposed by some Congressional members in proposed legislation), or make other changes to the 90/10 Rule, those changes could make it more difficult for our institutions to comply with the 90/10 Rule.  A loss of eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs for any of our institutions would have a significant impact on the rate at which our students enroll in our programs and on our business and results of operations.

Student Loan Defaults.  The HEA limits participation in Title IV Programs by institutions whose former students defaulted on the repayment of federally guaranteed or funded student loans above a prescribed rate (the “cohort default rate”).  The DOE calculates these rates based on the number of students who have defaulted, not the dollar amount of such defaults.  The cohort default rate is calculated on a federal fiscal year basis and measures the percentage of students who enter repayment of a loan during the federal fiscal year and default on the loan on or before the end of the federal fiscal year or the subsequent two federal fiscal years.

Under the HEA, an institution whose Federal Family Education Loan, or FFEL, and Federal Direct Loan, or FDL, cohort default rate is 30% or greater for three consecutive federal fiscal years loses eligibility to participate in the FFEL, FDL, and Pell programs for the remainder of the federal fiscal year in which the DOE determines that such institution has lost its eligibility and for the two subsequent federal fiscal years.  An institution whose FFEL and FDL cohort default rate for any single federal fiscal year exceeds 40% loses its eligibility to participate in the FFEL and FDL programs for the remainder of the federal fiscal year in which the DOE determines that such institution has lost its eligibility and for the two subsequent federal fiscal years.  If an institution’s three-year cohort default rate equals or exceeds 30% in two of the three most recent federal fiscal years for which the DOE has issued cohort default rates, the institution may be placed on provisional certification status and could be required to submit a letter of credit to the DOE.  See Part I, Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment – Financial Responsibility Standards.”

In September 2020, the DOE released the final cohort default rates for the 2017 federal fiscal year.  These are the most recent final rates published by the DOE.  The rates for our existing institutions for the 2017 federal fiscal year range from 8.0% to 11.0%.  None of our institutions had a cohort default rate equal to or greater than 30% for the 2017 federal fiscal year.

In February 2021, the DOE released draft three-year cohort default rates for the 2018 federal fiscal year.  The draft cohort default rates are subject to change pending receipt of the final cohort default rates, which the DOE is expected to publish in September 2021.  The draft rates for our institutions for the 2018 federal fiscal year range from 6.6% to 11.3%.  None of our institutions had draft cohort default rates of 30% or more.

Financial Responsibility Standards.

All institutions participating in Title IV Programs must satisfy specific standards of financial responsibility. The DOE evaluates institutions for compliance with these standards each year, based on the institution’s annual audited financial statements, as well as following a change in ownership resulting in a change of control of the institution.

The most significant financial responsibility measurement is the institution’s composite score, which is calculated by the DOE based on three ratios:

• The equity ratio, which measures the institution’s capital resources, ability to borrow and financial viability;

• The primary reserve ratio, which measures the institution’s ability to support current operations from expendable resources; and

• The net income ratio, which measures the institution’s ability to operate at a profit.

14

The DOE assigns a strength factor to the results of each of these ratios on a scale from negative 1.0 to positive 3.0, with negative 1.0 reflecting financial weakness and positive 3.0 reflecting financial strength. The DOE then assigns a weighting percentage to each ratio and adds the weighted scores for the three ratios together to produce a composite score for the institution. The composite score must be at least 1.5 for the institution to be deemed financially responsible without the need for further oversight.

If an institution’s composite score is below 1.5, but is at least 1.0, it is in a category denominated by the DOE as “the zone.” Under the DOE regulations, institutions that are in the zone typically may be permitted by the DOE to continue to participate in the Title IV Programs by choosing one of two alternatives:  1) the “Zone Alternative” under which an institution is required to make disbursements to students under the Heightened Cash Monitoring 1 (“HCM1”) payment method, or a different payment method other than the advance payment method, and to notify the DOE within 10 days after the occurrence of certain oversight and financial events or 2) submit a letter of credit to the DOE equal to 50 percent of the Title IV Program funds received by the institution during its most recent fiscal year.  The DOE permits an institution to participate under the “Zone Alternative” for a period of up to three consecutive fiscal years.  Under the HCM1 payment method, the institution is required to make Title IV Program disbursements to eligible students and parents before it requests or receives funds for the amount of those disbursements from the DOE.  As long as the student accounts are credited before the funding requests are initiated, an institution is permitted to draw down funds through the DOE’s electronic system for grants management and payments for the amount of disbursements made to eligible students.  Unlike the Heightened Cash Monitoring 2 (“HCM2”) and the reimbursement payment methods, the HCM1 payment method typically does not require schools to submit documentation to the DOE and wait for DOE approval before drawing down Title IV Program funds.  Effective July 1, 2016, a school under HCM1, HCM2 or reimbursement payment methods must also pay any credit balances due to a student before drawing down funds for the amount of those disbursements from the DOE, even if the student or parent provides written authorization for the school to hold the credit balance.

If an institution’s composite score is below 1.0, the institution is considered by the DOE to lack financial responsibility. If the DOE determines that an institution does not satisfy the DOE’s financial responsibility standards, depending on its composite score and other factors, that institution may establish its eligibility to participate in the Title IV Programs on an alternative basis by, among other things:

• Posting a letter of credit in an amount equal to at least 50% of the total Title IV Program funds received by the institution during the institution’s most recently completed fiscal year; or

• Posting a letter of credit in an amount equal to at least 10% of the Title IV Program funds received by the institution during its most recently completed fiscal year accepting provisional certification; complying with additional DOE monitoring requirements and agreeing to receive Title IV Program funds under an arrangement other than the DOE’s standard advance funding arrangement.

The DOE has evaluated the financial responsibility of our institutions on a consolidated basis. We submitted to the DOE our audited financial statements for the 2018 fiscal year reflecting a composite score of 1.1 based upon our calculations. The DOE indicated in a January 13, 2020 letter its determination that our institutions are “in the zone” based on our composite score for the 2018 fiscal year and that we are required to operate under the Zone Alternative requirements, including the requirement to make disbursements under the HCM1 payment method and to notify the DOE within 10 days of the occurrence of certain oversight and financial events. We also are required to submit to the DOE bi-weekly cash balance submissions outlining our available cash on hand, monthly actual and projected cash flow statements, and monthly student rosters.

Because of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, the DOE extended the deadline for institutions to submit audited financial statements.

We initially submitted to the DOE our audited financial statements for the 2019 fiscal year on July 2, 2020 and anticipated that our composite score for the year would be 1.6.  The DOE requested that we resubmit 2019 audited financials and composite score calculation utilizing new technical revisions to the composite score calculation that took effect on July 1, 2020.

We prepared an updated submission and composite score calculation in response to the DOE’s notice and resubmitted our financial statements for the 2019 fiscal year on November 13, 2020 with a recalculated composite score of 1.5. Subsequently, on February 16, 2021, we received a letter from the DOE confirming our composite score of 1.5 for fiscal year 2019 as well as removing the Company from the Zone Alternative requirements. However, the Company will remain on HCM1 until we meet certain requirements outlined by the DOE in its letter which we are hopeful will be complete within the next few months.

For the 2020 fiscal year, we calculated our composite score to be 2.7. This score is subject to determination by the DOE based on its review of our consolidated audited financial statements for the 2020 fiscal year, but we believe it is likely that the DOE will determine that our institutions comply with the composite score requirement.

On September 23, 2019, the DOE published final regulations with a general effective date of July 1, 2020 that, among other things, modified the list of triggering events that could result in the DOE determining that the institution lacks financial responsibility and must submit to the DOE a letter of credit or other form of acceptable financial protection and accept other conditions on the institution’s Title IV Program eligibility.  The regulations create lists of mandatory triggering events and discretionary triggering events.  An institution is not able to meet its financial or administrative obligations if a mandatory triggering event occurs.  The mandatory triggering events include:

15

• the institution’s recalculated composite score is less than 1.0 as determined by the DOE as a result of an institutional liability from a settlement, final judgment, or final determination in an administrative or judicial action or proceeding brought by a Federal or State entity;

• the institution’s recalculated composite score goes from less than 1.5 to less than 1.0 as determined by the DOE as a result of a withdrawal of owner’s equity from the institution;

• the SEC takes certain actions against the institution or the institution fails to comply with certain filing requirements; or

• the occurrence of two or more discretionary triggering events (as described below) within a certain time period.

The DOE also may determine that an institution lacks financial responsibility if one of the following discretionary triggering events occurs and the event is likely to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of the institution:

• a show cause or similar order from the institution’s accrediting agency that could result in the withdrawal, revocation or suspension of institutional accreditation;

• a notice from the institution’s state licensing agency of an intent to withdraw or terminate the institution’s state licensure if the institution does not take steps to comply with state requirements;

• a default, delinquency, or other event occurs as a result of an institutional violation of a security or loan agreement that enables the creditor to require an increase in collateral, a change in contractual obligations, an increase in interest rates or payment, or other sanctions, penalties or fees;

• a failure to comply with the 90/10 Rule during the institution’s most recently completed fiscal year;

• high annual drop-out rates from the institution as determined by the DOE; or

• official cohort default rates of at least 30 percent for the two most recent years unless a pending appeal could sufficiently reduce one of the rates.

The regulations require the institution to notify the DOE of the occurrence of a mandatory or discretionary triggering event and to provide certain information to the DOE to demonstrate why the event does not establish the institution’s lack of financial responsibility or require the submission of a letter of credit or imposition of other requirements.

The expanded financial responsibility regulations could result in the DOE recalculating and reducing our composite score to account for DOE estimates of potential losses under one or more of the extensive list of triggering circumstances and also could result in the imposition of conditions and requirements including a requirement to provide a letter of credit or other form of financial protection.

It is difficult to predict the amount or duration of any letter of credit requirement that the DOE might impose under the regulation.  The requirement to submit a letter of credit or to accept other conditions or restrictions could have a material adverse effect on our schools’ business and results of operations.

Return of Title IV Program Funds.    An institution participating in Title IV Programs must calculate the amount of unearned Title IV Program funds that have been disbursed to students who withdraw from their educational programs before completing them, and must return those unearned funds to the DOE or the applicable lending institution in a timely manner, which is generally within 45 days from the date the institution determines that the student has withdrawn.

If an institution is cited in an audit or program review for returning Title IV Program funds late for 5% or more of the students in the audit or program review sample or if the regulatory auditor identifies a material weakness in the institution’s report on internal controls relating to the return of unearned Title IV Program funds, the institution may be required to post a letter of credit in favor of the DOE in an amount equal to 25% of the total amount of Title IV Program funds that should have been returned for students who withdrew in the institution’s prior fiscal year.

On January 11, 2018, the DOE sent letters to our then Columbia, Maryland and Iselin, New Jersey institutions requiring each institution to submit a letter of credit to the DOE based on findings of late returns of Title IV Program funds in the annual Title IV Program compliance audits submitted to the DOE for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016.  Accordingly, we submitted letters of credit in the amounts of $0.5 million and $0.1 million to the DOE by the February 23, 2018 deadline and we continue to comply with the letter of credit requirement.  By letter dated February 16, 2021, the DOE notified us that our Columbia and Iselin institutions failed to comply with the refund requirements based on their 2017, 2018, and 2019 audits.  Consequently, the DOE has required us to maintain with the DOE a letter of credit in the amount of $600,020 until January 31, 2022.

Negotiated Rulemaking.  The DOE periodically issues new regulations and guidance that can have an adverse effect on our institutions.  We cannot predict the timing and content of any new regulations or guidance that the DOE may seek to impose or whether and to what extent the DOE under the new administration may issue new regulations and guidance that could adversely impact for-profit schools including our institutions.

16

On October 15, 2018, the DOE published a notice in the Federal Register announcing its intent to establish a negotiated rulemaking committee and three subcommittees to develop proposed regulations related to several matters, including, but not limited to, requirements for accrediting agencies in their oversight of member institutions and programs; criteria used by the DOE to recognize accrediting agencies; simplification of the DOE’s recognition and review of accrediting agencies; clarification of the core oversight responsibilities amongst accrediting agencies, states and the DOE to hold institutions accountable; clarification of the permissible arrangements between an institution of higher education and another organization to provide a portion of an educational program; roles and responsibilities of institutions and accrediting agencies in the teach-out process; regulatory changes required to ensure equitable treatment of brick-and-mortar and distance education programs; regulatory changes required to enable expansion of direct assessment programs, distance education, and competency-based education; regulatory changes required to clarify disclosure and other requirements of state authorization; protections to ensure that accreditors recognize and respect institutional mission and evaluate an institution’s policies and educational programs based on that mission; simplification of state authorization requirements related to distance education; defining “regular and substantive interaction” as it relates to distance education; defining the term “credit hour”; defining the requirements related to the length of educational programs and entry level requirements for the occupation; addressing regulatory barriers in the DOE’s institutional eligibility and general provision regulations; addressing direct assessment programs and competency-based education; and other matters. The DOE released draft proposed regulations for consideration and negotiation by the negotiated rulemaking committee and subcommittees that covered additional topics and made additional revisions and updates to the draft proposed regulations prior to subsequent meetings of the committee and subcommittee in early 2019, including, but not limited to, amendments to current regulations regarding the clock to credit hour conversion formula; the requirements for measuring the lengths of certain educational programs; the requirements for returning unearned Title IV Program funds received for students who withdraw before completing their educational programs; and the requirements for measuring a student’s satisfactory academic progress.  The committee and subcommittees completed their meetings in April 2019 and reached consensus on draft proposed regulations.  On June 12, 2019, the DOE published proposed regulations on some of the topics in a notice of proposed rulemaking in the Federal Register for public comment and to consider revisions to the regulations in response to the comments before publishing final versions of the regulations.  The regulations have a general effective date of July 1, 2020.

On April 2, 2020, the DOE published proposed regulations related primarily to distance education and to topics addressed during negotiated rulemaking committee meetings that took place in early 2019. The proposed regulations address topics including, among other things, correspondence courses, direct assessment programs, foreign institutions, written arrangements with ineligible institutions or organizations to provide a portion of an educational program, requirements for prompt action by the DOE on certain Title IV eligibility applications, requirements related to the length of educational programs and entry level requirements for the occupation, the clock to credit hour conversion formula, the requirements for returning unearned Title IV Program funds received for students who withdraw before completing their educational programs, and the requirements for measuring a student’s satisfactory academic progress. On September 2,2020, the DOE published the final regulations with some amendments and a general effective date of July 1, 2021.

Substantial Misrepresentation.  The DOE’s regulations prohibit an institution that participates in the Title IV Programs from engaging in substantial misrepresentation of the nature of its educational programs, financial charges, graduate employability or its relationship with the DOE. A “misrepresentation” includes any false, erroneous, or misleading statement (whether made in writing, visually, orally, or through other means) that is made by an eligible institution, by one of its representatives, or by a third party that provides to the institution educational programs, marketing, advertising, recruiting, or admissions services and that is made to a student, prospective student, any member of the public, an accrediting or state agency, or to DOE.  The DOE defines a “substantial misrepresentation” to include any misrepresentation on which the person to whom it was made could reasonably be expected to rely, or has reasonably relied, to that person’s detriment. The definition of “substantial misrepresentation” is broad and, therefore, it is possible that a statement made by the institution or one of its service providers or representatives could be construed by the DOE to constitute a substantial misrepresentation. If the DOE determines that one of our institutions has engaged in substantial misrepresentation, the DOE may impose sanctions or other conditions upon the institution including, but not limited to, initiating an action to fine the institution or limit, suspend, or terminate its eligibility to participate in the Title IV Programs and may seek to discharge students’ loans and impose liabilities upon the institution. See Part I, Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment – Borrower Defense To Repayment Regulations.”

School Acquisitions.    When a company acquires a school that is eligible to participate in Title IV Programs, that school undergoes a change of ownership resulting in a change of control as defined by the DOE. Upon such a change of control, a school’s eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs is generally suspended until it has applied for recertification by the DOE as an eligible school under its new ownership, which requires that the school also re-establish its state authorization and accreditation. The DOE may temporarily and provisionally certify an institution seeking approval of a change of control under certain circumstances while the DOE reviews the institution’s application. The time required for the DOE to act on such an application may vary substantially. The DOE recertification of an institution following a change of control will be on a provisional basis. Thus, any plans to expand our business through acquisition of additional schools and have them certified by the DOE to participate in Title IV Programs must take into account the approval requirements of the DOE and the relevant state education agencies and accrediting commissions.

17

Change of Control.   In addition to school acquisitions, other types of transactions can also cause a change of control. The DOE, most state education agencies and our accrediting commissions have standards pertaining to the change of control of schools, but these standards are not uniform. DOE regulations describe some transactions that constitute a change of control, including the transfer of a controlling interest in the voting stock of an institution or the institution’s parent corporation. For a publicly traded corporation, DOE regulations provide that a change of control occurs in one of two ways: (a) if a person acquires ownership and control of the corporation so that the corporation is required to file a Current Report on Form 8-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission disclosing the change of control or (b) if the corporation has a shareholder that owns at least 25% of the total outstanding voting stock of the corporation and is the largest shareholder of the corporation, and that shareholder ceases to own at least 25% of such stock or ceases to be the largest shareholder.  These standards are subject to interpretation by the DOE.   A significant purchase or disposition of our common stock could be determined by the DOE to be a change of control under this standard.

Most of the states and our accrediting commissions include the sale of a controlling interest of common stock in the definition of a change of control although some agencies could determine that the sale or disposition of a smaller interest would result in a change of control. A change of control under the definition of one of these agencies would require the affected school to reaffirm its state authorization or accreditation. Some agencies would require approval prior to a sale or disposition that would result in a change of control in order to maintain authorization or accreditation.  The requirements to obtain such reaffirmation from the states and our accrediting commissions vary widely.

A change of control could occur as a result of future transactions in which the Company or our schools are involved. Some corporate reorganizations and some changes in the board of directors of the Company are examples of such transactions. Moreover, the potential adverse effects of a change of control could influence future decisions by us and our shareholders regarding the sale, purchase, transfer, issuance or redemption of our stock. In addition, the adverse regulatory effect of a change of control also could discourage bids for shares of our common stock and could have an adverse effect on the market price of our shares.

Opening Additional Schools and Adding Educational Programs.    For-profit educational institutions must be authorized by their state education agencies and be fully operational for two years before applying to the DOE to participate in Title IV Programs. However, an institution that is certified to participate in Title IV Programs may establish an additional location and apply to participate in Title IV Programs at that location without reference to the two-year requirement, if such additional location satisfies all other applicable DOE eligibility requirements. Our expansion plans are based, in part, on our ability to open new schools as additional locations of our existing institutions and take into account the DOE’s approval requirements.

A student may use Title IV Program funds only to pay the costs associated with enrollment in an eligible educational program offered by an institution participating in Title IV Programs. Generally, unless otherwise required by the DOE or by DOE regulations, an institution that is eligible to participate in Title IV Programs may add a new educational program without DOE approval. However, institutions that are provisionally certified may be required to obtain approval of new educational programs.   Our Indianapolis, New Britain, and Columbia institutions are provisionally certified and required to obtain prior DOE approval of new locations and of new educational programs because of our composite score.  If an institution erroneously determines that an educational program is eligible for purposes of Title IV Programs, the institution would likely be liable for repayment of Title IV Program funds provided to students in that educational program. Our expansion plans are based, in part, on our ability to add new educational programs at our existing schools.

Some of the state education agencies and our accrediting commission also have requirements that may affect our schools’ ability to open a new campus, establish an additional location of an existing institution or begin offering a new educational program.

Closed School Loan Discharges.    The DOE may grant closed school loan discharges of Federal student loans based upon applications by qualified students. The DOE also may initiate discharges on its own for students who have not reenrolled in another Title IV Program eligible school within three years after the closure and who attended campuses that closed on or after November 1, 2013, as did some of our former campuses. If the DOE discharges some or all of these loans, the DOE may seek to recover the cost of the loan discharges from us. On September 3, 2020, we received determination letters asserting liabilities for closed school loan discharges in connection with the closure of three campuses. We subsequently provided additional documentation to the DOE that support reductions in the liability amounts. The DOE subsequently issued letters reducing the liabilities for two of the campuses to approximately $81,000 and $46,000, respectively.  We have paid these amounts to the DOE.  We are currently waiting for the DOE to respond to our response for the third campus.  The DOE asserted liabilities of $412,000, but we provided documentation demonstrating that the liabilities should be reduced to $104,000.  On February 11, 2021, we received a determination letter from the DOE for closed school loan discharges for the closure of a fourth campus in the amount of approximately $74,000.  We expect to provide documentation demonstrating that the liabilities should be reduced to approximately $64,000.  We cannot predict the timing or amount of the outcome of the DOE’s consideration of our response for the third and fourth campuses, nor can we predict any additional loan discharges that the DOE may approve or the liabilities that the DOE may seek from us for these campuses or other campuses that have closed in the past. We have the right to appeal any asserted liabilities under an administrative appeal process within the DOE. We cannot predict the timing or potential outcome of any administrative appeals of any such liabilities.

Administrative Capability.    The DOE assesses the administrative capability of each institution that participates in Title IV Programs under a series of separate standards. Failure to satisfy any of the standards may lead the DOE to find the institution ineligible to participate in Title IV Programs or to place the institution on provisional certification as a condition of its participation. These criteria require, among other things, that the institution:

18

• Comply with all applicable federal student financial aid requirements;

• Have capable and sufficient personnel to administer the federal student Title IV Programs;

• Administer Title IV Programs with adequate checks and balances in its system of internal controls over financial reporting;

• Divide the function of authorizing and disbursing or delivering Title IV Program funds so that no office has the responsibility for both functions;

• Establish and maintain records required under the Title IV Program regulations;

• Develop and apply an adequate system to identify and resolve discrepancies in information from sources regarding a student’s application for financial aid under the Title IV Program;

• Have acceptable methods of defining and measuring the satisfactory academic progress of its students;

• Refer to the Office of the Inspector General any credible information indicating that any applicant, student, employee, third party servicer or other agent of the school has been engaged in any fraud or other illegal conduct involving Title IV Programs;

• Not be, and not have any principal or affiliate who is, debarred or suspended from federal contracting or engaging in activity that is cause for debarment or suspension;

• Provide adequate financial aid counseling to its students;

• Submit in a timely manner all reports and financial statements required by the Title IV Program regulations; and

• Not otherwise appear to lack administrative capability.

The DOE has placed three of our institutions on provisional certification based on findings in recent audits of the institutions’ Title IV compliance that the DOE alleges identified deficiencies in regulations related to DOE regulations regarding an institutions’ level of administrative capability.  See Part I. Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment – Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs.”  Failure by us to satisfy any of these or other administrative capability criteria could cause our institutions to be subject to sanctions or other actions by the DOE or to lose eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs, which would have a significant impact on our business and results of operations.

Restrictions on Payment of Commissions, Bonuses and Other Incentive Payments.    An institution participating in Title IV Programs may not provide any commission, bonus or other incentive payment based directly or indirectly on success in securing enrollments or financial aid to any person or entity engaged in any student recruiting or admission activities or in making decisions regarding the awarding of Title IV Program funds. The DOE’s regulations established twelve “safe harbors” identifying types of compensation that could be paid without violating the incentive compensation rule.  On October 29, 2010, the DOE adopted final rules that took effect on July 1, 2011 and amended the incentive compensation rule by, among other things, eliminating the twelve safe harbors (thereby reducing the scope of permissible compensatory payments under the rule) and expanding the scope of compensatory payments and employees subject to the rule.  We cannot predict how the DOE will interpret and enforce the revised incentive compensation rule and the limited published guidance that the DOE has provided, nor how it will apply the rule and guidance to our past, present, and future compensation practices.  The implementation of the final regulations required us to change our compensation practices and has had and will continue to have a significant impact the productivity of our employees, on the retention of our employees and on our business and results of operations.

Compliance with Regulatory Standards and Effect of Regulatory Violations.    Our schools are subject to audits, program reviews, site visits, and other reviews by various federal and state regulatory agencies, including, but not limited to, the DOE, the DOE’s Office of Inspector General (“OIG”), state education agencies and other state regulators, the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs and other federal agencies, and by our accrediting commissions. In addition, each of our institutions must retain an independent certified public accountant to conduct an annual audit of the institution’s administration of Title IV Program funds. The institution must submit the resulting audit report to the DOE for review.  Some of the findings in the annual Title IV Program compliance audits for some of our institutions resulted in the DOE placing those institutions on provisional certification.  See Part I. Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment – Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs.”  On December 16, 2020, the OIG began an audit of our Indianapolis institution to ensure we used the funds provided under the Higher Education Emergency Relief Fund (“HEERF”) for allowable and intended purposes and to perform limited work on the institution’s cash management practices and HEERF reporting.  We are cooperating with the OIG during its audit of the institution.  To date, the OIG has not issued a draft audit report or any findings arising out of its audit.

If one of our schools fails to comply with accrediting or state licensing requirements, such school and its main and/or branch campuses could be subject to the loss of state licensure or accreditation, which in turn could result in a loss of eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs. If the DOE or another agency determined that one of our institutions improperly disbursed Title IV Program funds or violated a provision of the HEA or DOE regulations, the institution could be required to repay such funds and related costs to the DOE and lenders, and could be assessed an administrative fine. The DOE could also place the institution on provisional certification status and/or transfer the institution to the reimbursement or cash monitoring system of receiving Title IV Program funds, under which an institution must disburse its own funds to students and document the students’ eligibility for Title IV Program funds before receiving such funds from the DOE.  See Part I, Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment – Financial Responsibility Standards.”

19

Significant violations of Title IV Program requirements by the Company or any of our institutions could be the basis for the DOE to limit, suspend, terminate, revoke, or decline to renew the participation of the affected institution in Title IV Programs or to seek civil or criminal penalties. Generally, a termination of Title IV Program eligibility extends for 18 months before the institution may apply for reinstatement of its participation. There is no DOE proceeding pending to fine any of our institutions or to limit, suspend or terminate any of our institutions’ participation in Title IV Programs, nor has the DOE notified us of an intent to revoke or decline to renew any of our institutions’ participation in Title IV Programs.

We and our schools are also subject to claims and lawsuits relating to regulatory compliance brought not only by federal and state regulatory agencies and our accrediting bodies, but also by third parties, such as present or former students or employees and other members of the public. If we are unable to successfully resolve or defend against any such claim or lawsuit, we may be required to pay money damages or be subject to fines, limitations, loss of federal funding, injunctions or other penalties. Moreover, even if we successfully resolve or defend against any such claim or lawsuit, we may have to devote significant financial and management resources in order to reach such a result.

Scrutiny of the For-Profit Postsecondary Education Sector.In recent years, Congress, the DOE, states, accrediting agencies, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”), the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”), state attorneys general and the media have scrutinized the for-profit postsecondary education sector. Congressional hearings and roundtable discussions were held regarding various aspects of the education industry, including issues surrounding student debt as well as publicly reported student outcomes that may be used as part of an institution’s recruiting and admissions practices, and reports were issued that are highly critical of for-profit colleges and universities. A group of influential U.S. senators, consumer advocacy groups and some media outlets have strongly and repeatedly encouraged the DOE, the Department of Defense and the Department of Veterans Affairs and its state approving agencies to take action to limit or terminate the participation of institutions such as ours in existing tuition assistance programs. Both major political parties have conveyed significantly different views on how they would propose to reauthorize the Title IV Programs and the various conditions on program or institutional eligibility they would require.  As a result of the election of President Biden and the new leadership of DOE, there is an increased likelihood of scrutiny of our institutions by federal agencies. It is not possible to know how this may affect the Company, however, any actions that limit our participation in Title IV Programs or the amount of student financial aid for which our students are eligible would negatively impact our business.

Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (“CARES”).  On March 27, 2020, the CARES Act was signed into law, which includes a $2 trillion federal economic relief package providing financial assistance and other relief to individuals and businesses impacted by the spread of COVID-19.  The CARES Act includes provisions for financial assistance and other regulatory relief benefitting students and their postsecondary institutions.

Among other things, the CARES Act includes a $14 billion HEERF funds for the DOE to distribute directly to institutions of higher education.  Institutions are required to use at least half of the HEERF funds for emergency grants to students for expenses related to disruptions in campus operations (e.g., food, housing, etc.).  Institutions are permitted to use the remainder of the funds for additional emergency grants to students or to cover institutional costs associated with significant changes to the delivery of instruction due to the COVID-19 emergency, provided that those costs do not include payment to contractors for the provision of pre-enrollment recruitment activities, endowments, or capital outlays associated with facilities related to athletics, sectarian instruction, or religious worship.  The law requires institutions receiving funds to continue to the greatest extent practicable to pay its employees and contractors during the period of any disruptions or closures related to the COVID-19 emergency.

The DOE has allocated funds to each institution of higher education based on a formula contained in the CARES Act. The formula is heavily weighted toward institutions with large numbers of Pell Grant recipients.  The DOE allocated $27.4 million to our schools to be distributed in two equal installments which must be utilized by April 30, 2021.  The Company had $13.7 million available in the first installment which was intended for emergency grants to students.  As of December 31, 2020, the Company has distributed $13.3 million to the students and remainder was distributed in January 2021.  As of December 31, 2020, the Company had $13.7 million available from the second installment which is intended for institutional costs and additional emergency grants to students.  As of December 31, 2020, the Company has utilized $5.8 million of these funds for permitted expenses which was netted against the original expenses included in selling, general and administrative on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.  The DOE also has published guidance regarding permitted and prohibited use of these funds and requirements for reporting the use of these funds.  If the funds are not spent or accounted for in accordance with applicable requirements, we could be required to return funds or be subject to other sanctions.

The CARES Act also contains separate educational provisions that relieve both institutions and students from complying with the requirement to repay Title IV funds following a student’s withdrawal as a result of the COVID-19 emergency.  Ordinarily, when a student withdraws, the institution (and, in some cases, the student) may be required to return unearned portions of the Title IV grant and loan funds awarded for the period.  Institutions will be required to report to the DOE the total amount of grant and loan funds the institution has not returned due to the waiver.  For federal loan borrowers, the CARES Act also directs the DOE to cancel the borrower’s obligation to repay any Direct Loan associated with the relevant period.  The law also expands the options to avoid student withdrawals due to a cessation of attendance by placing students on an approved leave of absence and waives certain requirements normally applicable to a leave of absence.    The CARES Act also allows institutions to exclude from the calculation of a student’s satisfactory academic progress any attempted credits not completed due to the COVID-19 emergency.

20

Coronavirus Response and Relief Supplemental Appropriations Act, 2021 (“CRRSAA”).  On December 27, 2020, the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 was signed into law.  This annual appropriations bill contained the CRRSAA.  CRRSAA provided an additional $81.9 billion to the Education Stabilization Fund including $22.7 billion for the HEERF, which were originally created by the CARES Act in March 2020.  The higher education provisions of the CRRSAA are intended in part to provide additional financial assistance benefitting students and their postsecondary institutions in the wake of the spread of COVID-19 across the country and its impact on higher educational institutions.

Like the CARES Act, the CRRSAA directs the majority of HEERF funds to a general program providing direct grants to institutions.  Institutions generally must designate “at least the same amount” of the funds for direct grants to students as was required under the CARES Act.  However, for-profit institutions may only use the new HEERF funds for grants to students. The student grants must prioritize students with exceptional need and may be used for any component of the student’s cost of attendance or for emergency costs that arise due to coronavirus, such as tuition, food, housing, health care (including mental health care), or child care.  Public and nonprofit institutions may use the remaining HEERF funds to (1) defray expenses associated with coronavirus (including lost revenue, reimbursement for expenses already incurred, technology costs associated with a transition to distance education, faculty and staff trainings, and payroll); (2) carry out student support activities authorized by the Higher Education Act that address needs related to coronavirus; or (3) for additional financial aid grants to students.

Upon the passage of the CRRSAA, DOE began allocating the funds to each institution of higher education based on a formula contained in the law.  The DOE has allocated a total of $15.4 million to our schools and the funds were made available as of February 2021.  The DOE has begun releasing guidance relating to the use of these funds and is expected to provide additional information in the coming weeks.  Failure to comply with requirements for the usage and reporting of these funds could result in requirements to repay some or all of the allocated funds and in other sanctions.

21

Item 1A. RISK FACTORS

The risk factors described below and other information included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are among the numerous risks faced by our Company and should be carefully considered before deciding to invest in, sell or retain shares of our common stock.  These are factors that, individually or in the aggregate, could cause our actual results to differ materially from expected and historical results and the risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Investors should understand that it is not possible to predict or identify all such risks and, as such, should not consider the following to be a complete discussion of all potential risks and uncertainties that may affect the Company. Investors should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below in addition to other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes.

RISKS RELATED TO COVID-19

The pandemic caused by COVID-19 could have a materially adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition and/or cash flows. The extent of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and largely beyond our control, including, among others, the scope and duration of the pandemic; the number of our employees, students, and vendors adversely affected by the pandemic; the broader public health and economic dislocations resulting from the pandemic; any legislative or regulatory changes or other actions taken by governmental authorities to limit the public health, financial and economic impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic; any reputational damage related to the perception of our or our industry’s response to the COVID-19 pandemic; and the impact of the pandemic on local and U.S. economies.

The COVID-19 pandemic has caused significant disruption to the U.S. and world economies, including the closing of many schools and businesses for extended periods of time, significantly higher unemployment and underemployment, significantly lower interest rates and equity market valuations, and extreme volatility in the U.S. and world financial markets. We expect that the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the U.S. economy will be significant during 2021 and that it could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition, and/or our cash flows.

The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic impacts our business, results of operations, financial condition and/or cash flows will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and largely beyond our control, including, among others: the scope and duration of the pandemic; the number of our employees, students, and vendors adversely affected by the pandemic; the broader public health and economic dislocations resulting from the pandemic; any legislative or regulatory changes or other actions taken by governmental authorities to limit the public health, financial and economic impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic; any reputational damage related to the public perception of our or our industry’s response to the COVID-19 pandemic; and the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on local, and U.S. economies. However, as with many other businesses, the impact of COVID-19 on our business could be material and adverse.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR INDUSTRY

Our failure to comply with the extensive regulatory requirements for participation in Title IV Programs and school operations could result in financial penalties, restrictions on our operations and loss of external financial aid funding, which could affect our revenues and impose significant operating restrictions on us.

Our industry is highly regulated by federal and state governmental agencies and by accrediting commissions.  The various regulatory agencies applicable to our business periodically revise their requirements and modify their interpretations of existing requirements and restrictions. We cannot predict with certainty how any of these regulatory requirements will be applied or whether each of our schools will be able to comply with such revised requirements in the future. Given the complex nature of the regulations and the fact that they are subject to interpretation, it is reasonable to conclude that in the conduct of our business, we may inadvertently violate such regulations.  In particular, the HEA and DOE regulations specify extensive criteria and numerous standards that an institution must satisfy to establish to participate in the Title IV Programs.  For a description of these federal, state, and accrediting agency criteria, see Part I, Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment.”

If we are found not to have satisfied the DOE’s requirements for Title IV Programs funding, one or more of our institutions, including its additional locations, could be limited in its access to, or lose, Title IV Program funding, which could adversely affect our revenue, as we received approximately 77% of our revenue (calculated based on cash receipts) from Title IV Programs in 2020, and have a significant impact on our business and results of operations.  If any of our schools fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, our regulators could take a variety of adverse actions against us, and our schools could be subject to, among other things, a) the loss of, or placement of material restrictions or conditions on (i) state licensure or accreditation, (ii) eligibility to participate in and receive funds under the Title IV Programs or other federal or state financial assistance programs, or (iii) capacity to grant degrees, diplomas and certificates or (b) the imposition of liabilities or monetary penalties, any of which could have a material adverse effect on academic or operational initiatives, revenues or financial condition, and impose significant operating restrictions upon us. See Part I, Item 1. “Business – Regulatory Environment – Compliance with Regulatory Standards and Effect of Regulatory Violations.”  In addition, the loss by any of our schools of its accreditation, its state authorization or license, or its eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs would constitute an event of default under our credit agreement with our lender, which could result in the acceleration of all amounts then outstanding with respect to our outstanding loan obligations.

22

If we fail to demonstrate “administrative capability” to the DOE, our business could suffer.

DOE regulations specify extensive criteria an institution must satisfy to establish that it has the requisite “administrative capability” to participate in Title IV Programs. For a description of these criteria, see Part I, Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment – Administrative Capability.”

If we are found not to have satisfied the DOE’s “administrative capability” requirements, or otherwise failed to comply with one or more DOE requirements, one or more of our institutions and its additional locations, could be limited in its access to, or lose, Title IV Program funding.  This could adversely affect our revenue, as we received approximately 77% of our revenue (calculated based on cash receipts) from Title IV Programs in 2020, which would have a significant impact on our business and results of operations.  The DOE has placed all of our institutions on provisional certification based on findings in recent audits of the institutions’ Title IV compliance that the DOE alleges identified deficiencies in regulations related to DOE regulations regarding an institutions’ level of administrative capability.  See Part I. Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment – Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs.”

Congress and the DOE may make changes to the laws and regulations applicable to, or reduce funding for, Title IV Programs, which could reduce our student population, revenues or profit margin.

Congress periodically revises the HEA and other laws governing Title IV Programs and annually determines the funding level for each Title IV Program. We cannot predict what, if any, legislative or other actions will be taken or proposed by Congress in connection with the reauthorization of the HEA or other such activities of Congress.  See Part I, Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment – Congressional Action.”  Because a significant percentage of our revenues are derived from the Title IV Programs, any action by Congress or the DOE that significantly reduces funding for Title IV Programs or that limits the ability of our schools, programs, or students to receive funding through such programs or that imposes new restrictions upon our business or operations could reduce our student enrollment and our revenues, increase our administrative costs, require us to arrange for alternative sources of financial aid for our students, and require us to modify our practices in order to fully comply.  In addition, current requirements for Title IV Program participation may change or the present Title IV Programs could be replaced by other programs with materially different eligibility requirements.  The potential for changes that may be adverse to us and other for-profit schools like ours may increase as a result of the change in administration and changes in Congress.  If we cannot comply with the provisions of the HEA, as they may be revised, or if the cost of such compliance is excessive, or if funding is materially reduced, our revenues or profit margin could be materially adversely affected.

We could be subject to liabilities, letter of credit requirements, and other sanctions under the DOE’s Borrower Defense to Repayment Regulations.

On July 1, 2020, the DOE’s published final Borrower Defense to Repayment regulations became effective. Among other things, these new regulations amend the processes for borrowers to receive from DOE a discharge of the obligation to repay certain Title IV Program loans first disbursed on or after July 1, 2020 based on certain acts or omissions by the institution or a covered party.  The new and existing DOE regulations establish detailed procedures and standards for the loan discharge processes for periods prior to July 1, 2017, between July 1, 2017 and June 30, 2020, and on or after July 1, 2020, including the information required for borrowers to receive a loan discharge, and the authority of the DOE to seek recovery from the institution of the amount of discharged loans.  See Part I, Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment – Borrower Defense to Repayment Regulations.”  The regulations also modify certain components of the financial responsibility regulations, including the list of triggering events that could result in the DOE determining that the institution lacks financial responsibility and must submit to the DOE a letter of credit or other form of acceptable financial protection and accept other conditions on the institution’s Title IV Program eligibility.  See Part I, Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment – Financial Responsibility Standards.”

The DOE has changed its regulations, and may make other changes in the future, in a manner which could require us to incur additional costs in connection with our administration of the Title IV Programs, affect our ability to remain eligible to participate in the Title IV Programs, impose restrictions on our participation in the Title IV Programs, affect the rate at which students enroll in our programs, or otherwise have a significant impact on our business and results of operations.

The DOE periodically issues new regulations and guidance that can have an adverse effect on our institutions.  We cannot predict the timing and content of any new regulations or guidance that the DOE may seek to impose or whether and to what extent the DOE under the new administration may issue new regulations and guidance that could adversely impact for-profit schools including our institutions.  The DOE recently published new regulations on a variety of topics on November 1, 2019 with a general effective date of July 1, 2020 and published additional regulations on additional topics on September 2, 2020 with a general effective date of July 1, 2021.  See Part I, Item 1, “Business – Regulatory Environment – Negotiated Rulemaking.

23

If we cannot comply with the provisions of these or other regulations, as they currently exist or may be revised, or if the cost of such compliance is excessive, or if funding is materially reduced, our revenues or profit margin could be materially adversely affected.

We cannot predict how the DOE would interpret and enforce current or future regulations or how these regulations, or any regulations that may arise out of a negotiated rulemaking process or any other regulations that DOE may promulgate, may impact our schools’ participation in the Title IV Programs; however, current or future regulations could have a material adverse effect on our schools’ business and results of operations, and the broad sweep of the recent rules may, in the future, require our schools to submit a letter of credit based on expanded standards of financial responsibility.

If we or our eligible institutions do not meet the financial responsibility standards prescribed by the DOE, we may be required to post letters of credit or our eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs could be terminated or limited, which could significantly reduce our student population and revenues.

To participate in Title IV Programs, an eligible institution must satisfy specific measures of financial responsibility prescribed by the DOE or post a letter of credit in favor of the DOE and possibly accept other conditions on its participation in Title IV Programs.  The DOE published new regulations that establish expanded standards of financial responsibility that could result in a requirement that we submit to the DOE a substantial letter of credit or other form of financial protection in an amount determined by the DOE, and be subject to other conditions and requirements, based on any one of an extensive list of triggering circumstances.  See Part I, Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment – Financial Responsibility Standards.”  Any obligation to post one or more letters of credit would increase our costs of regulatory compliance.  Our inability to obtain a required letter of credit or limitations on, or termination of, our participation in Title IV Programs could limit our students’ access to various government-sponsored student financial aid programs, which could significantly reduce our student population and revenues.

We are subject to fines and other sanctions if we make incentive payments to individuals involved in certain recruiting, admissions or financial aid activities, which could increase our cost of regulatory compliance and adversely affect our results of operations.

An institution participating in Title IV Programs may not provide any commission, bonus or other incentive payment based directly or indirectly on success in enrolling students or securing financial aid to any person involved in any student recruiting or admission activities or in making decisions regarding the awarding of Title IV Program funds. See Part I, Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment -- Restrictions on Payment of Commissions, Bonuses and Other Incentive Payments.”  We cannot predict how the DOE will interpret and enforce the incentive compensation rule and the limited published guidance that the DOE has provided, nor how it will apply the rule and guidance to our past, present, and future compensation practices.  These regulations have had and may continue to have a significant impact on the rate at which students enroll in our programs and on our business and results of operations.  If we are found to have violated this law, we could be fined or otherwise sanctioned by the DOE or we could face litigation filed under the qui tam provisions of the Federal False Claims Act.

If our schools do not maintain their state licensure and accreditation, they may not participate in Title IV Programs, which could adversely affect our student population and revenues.

An institution must be accredited by an accrediting commission recognized by the DOE and by applicable state educational agencies in order to participate in Title IV Programs.  See Part I, Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment – State Authorization” and “Business – Regulatory Environment – Accreditation.” Our schools are currently on financial reporting status with ACCSC.  If any of our schools fails to comply with accrediting commission requirements, the institution and its main and/or branch campuses are subject to the loss of accreditation or may be placed on probation or a special monitoring or reporting status which, if the noncompliance with accrediting commission requirements is not resolved, could result in loss of accreditation. Loss of accreditation by any of our main campuses would result in the termination of that school’s eligibility and all of its branch campuses to participate in Title IV Programs and could cause us to close the school and its branches, which could have a significant adverse impact on our business and operations.

Programmatic accreditation is the process through which specific programs are reviewed and approved by industry- and program-specific accrediting entities. Although programmatic accreditation is not generally necessary for Title IV Program eligibility, such accreditation may be required to allow students to sit for certain licensure exams or to work in a particular profession or career or to meet other requirements.  Failure to obtain or maintain such programmatic accreditation may lead to a decline in enrollments in such programs.

Our institutions would lose eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs if the percentage of their revenues derived from those programs exceeds 90%, which could reduce our student population and revenues.

A proprietary institution that derives more than 90% of its total revenue from Title IV Programs for two consecutive fiscal years becomes immediately ineligible to participate in Title IV Programs and may not reapply for eligibility until the end of at least two fiscal years. An institution with revenues exceeding 90% for a single fiscal year will be placed on provisional certification and may be subject to other enforcement measures.  If Congress or the DOE were to amend the 90/10 Rule to treat other forms of federal financial aid as Title IV Program revenue for 90/10 Rule purposes, lower the 90% threshold, or otherwise change the calculation methodology (each of which has been proposed by some Congressional members in proposed legislation), or make other changes to the 90/10 Rule, those changes could make it more difficult for our institutions to comply with the 90/10 Rule.  See Part I, Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment – 90/10 Rule.” If any of our institutions loses eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs, that loss would cause an event of default under our credit agreement, would also adversely affect our students’ access to various government-sponsored student financial aid programs, and would have a significant impact on the rate at which our students enroll in our programs and on our business and results of operations.

24

Our institutions would lose eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs if their former students defaulted on repayment of their federal student loans in excess of specified levels, which could reduce our student population and revenues.

An institution may lose its eligibility to participate in some or all Title IV Programs if the rates at which the institution’s current and former students default on their federal student loans exceed specified percentages.  See Part I, Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment – Student Loan Defaults.”  If former students defaulted on repayment of their federal student loans in excess of specified levels, our institutions would lose eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs, would cause an event of default under our credit agreement, would also adversely affect our students’ access to various government-sponsored student financial aid programs, and would have a significant impact on the rate at which our students enroll in our programs and on our business and results of operations.

We are subject to sanctions if we fail to correctly calculate and timely return Title IV Program funds for students who withdraw before completing their educational program, which could increase our cost of regulatory compliance and decrease our profit margin.

An institution participating in Title IV Programs must correctly calculate the amount of unearned Title IV Program funds that have been credited to students who withdraw from their educational programs before completing them and must return those unearned funds in a timely manner, generally within 45 days of such student’s withdrawal. If the unearned funds are not properly calculated and timely returned, we may have to post a letter of credit in favor of the DOE or may be otherwise sanctioned by the DOE, which could increase our cost of regulatory compliance and adversely affect our results of operations. Based upon the findings of an annual Title IV Program compliance audit of our Columbia and Iselin institutions, we are required to submit a letter of credit in the amount of $600,020 to the DOE.  See Part I, Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment – Return of Title IV Program Funds.”

We are subject to sanctions if we fail to comply with the DOE’s regulations regarding prohibitions against substantial misrepresentations, which could increase our cost of regulatory compliance and decrease our profit margin.

The DOE’s regulations prohibit an institution that participates in the Title IV Programs from engaging in substantial misrepresentation of the nature of its educational programs, financial charges, graduate employability or its relationship with the DOE. See Part I, Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment – Substantial Misrepresentation.”  If the DOE determines that one of our institutions has engaged in substantial misrepresentation, the DOE may impose sanctions or other conditions upon the institution including, but not limited to, initiating an action to fine the institution or limit, suspend, or terminate its eligibility to participate in the Title IV Programs and may seek to discharge students’ loans and impose liabilities upon the institution.

All of our institutions are provisionally certified by the DOE which may make them more vulnerable to unfavorable DOE action and place additional regulatory burdens on its operations.

All of our institutions are provisionally certified by the DOE.  See Part I, Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment – Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs.”  The DOE typically places an institution on provisional certification following a change in ownership resulting in a change of control, and may provisionally certify an institution for other reasons including, but not limited to, failure to comply with certain standards of administrative capability or financial responsibility. During the time when an institution is provisionally certified, it may be subject to adverse action with fewer due process rights than those afforded to other institutions.  In addition, an institution that is provisionally certified must apply for and receive approval from the DOE for certain substantive changes including, but not limited to, the establishment of an additional location, an increase in the level of academic offerings or the addition of new programs. Any adverse action by the DOE or increased regulatory burdens as a result of the provisional status of one of our institutions could have a material adverse effect on enrollments and our revenues, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Regulatory agencies or third parties may conduct compliance reviews, bring claims or initiate litigation against us. If the results of these reviews or claims are unfavorable to us, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Because we operate in a highly regulated industry, we are subject to compliance reviews and claims of noncompliance and lawsuits by government agencies and third parties. We may be subject to further reviews related to, among other things, issues of noncompliance identified in recent audits and reviews related to our institutions’ compliance with Title IV requirements or related to liabilities for the discharge of loans to certain students who attended campuses of our institutions that are now closed.  See Part I, Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment – Compliance with Regulatory Standards and Effect of Regulatory Violations.”  If the results of these reviews or proceedings are unfavorable to us, or if we are unable to defend successfully against third-party lawsuits or claims, we may be required to pay money damages or be subject to fines, limitations on the operations of our business, loss of federal and state funding, injunctions or other penalties. Even if we adequately address issues raised by an agency review or successfully defend a third-party lawsuit or claim, we may have to divert significant financial and management resources from our ongoing business operations to address issues raised by those reviews or defend those lawsuits or claims.  Certain of our institutions are subject to ongoing reviews and proceedings.  See Part I, Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment – State Authorization,” “Regulatory Environment – Accreditation,” and “Regulatory Environment - Compliance with Regulatory Standards and Effect of Regulatory Violations.”

25

Our business could be adversely impacted by additional legislation, regulations, or investigations regarding private student lending because students attending our schools rely on private student loans to pay tuition and other institutional charges.

The U.S. Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”), under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, has exercised supervisory authority over private education loan providers.  The CFPB has been active in conducting investigations into the private student loan market and issuing several reports with findings that are critical of the private student loan market.  The CFPB has initiated investigations into the lending practices of other institutions in the for-profit education sector.

We cannot predict whether any of this activity, or other activities, will result in Congress, the DOE, the CFPB or other regulators adopting new legislation or regulations, or conducting new investigations, into the private student loan market or into the loans received by our students to attend our institutions.  Any new legislation, regulations, or investigations regarding private student lending could limit the availability of private student loans to our students, which could have a significant impact on our business and operations.

Changes in the executive branch of our federal government as a result of the outcome of elections or other events could result in further legislation, appropriations, regulations and enforcement actions that could materially or adversely affect our business.

Our industry is subject to an intensive ongoing federal and state regulatory environment that affects our industry. The composition of federal and state executive offices, executive agencies and legislatures that are subject to change based on the results of elections, appointments and other events, may adversely impact our industry through constant changes in that regulatory environment resulting from the disparate views towards the for-profit education industry. Any laws that are adopted that limit our or our students’ participation in Title IV Programs or in programs to provide funds for active duty service members and veterans or the amount of student financial aid for which our students are eligible, or any decreases in enrollment related to the Congressional activity concerning this sector, could have a material adverse effect on our academic or operational initiatives, cash flows, results of operations, or financial condition.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS

Our success depends in part on our ability to update and expand the content of existing programs and develop new programs in a cost-effective manner and on a timely basis.

Prospective employers of our graduates increasingly demand that their entry-level employees possess appropriate technological skills. These skills are becoming more sophisticated in line with technological advancements in the automotive, diesel, information technology, and skilled trades. Accordingly, educational programs at our schools must keep pace with those technological advancements. The expansion of our existing programs and the development of new programs may not be accepted by our students, prospective employers or the technical education market. Even if we are able to develop acceptable new programs, we may not be able to introduce these new programs as quickly as our students require or as competitors or employers demand. If we are unable to adequately respond to changes in market requirements due to financial or regulatory constraints, unusually rapid technological changes or other factors, our ability to attract and retain students could be impaired, our placement rates could suffer and our revenues could be adversely affected.

In addition, if we are unable to adequately anticipate the requirements of the employers we serve, we may offer programs that do not teach skills useful to prospective employers, which could affect our placement rates and our ability to attract and retain students, causing our revenues to be adversely affected.

Competition could decrease our market share and cause us to lower our tuition rates.

The post-secondary education market is highly competitive. We compete for students and faculty with traditional public and private two-year and four-year colleges and universities and other proprietary schools, many of which have greater financial resources than we do. Some traditional public and private colleges and universities, as well as other private career-oriented schools, offer programs that may be perceived by students to be similar to ours. Most public institutions are able to charge lower tuition than our schools, due in part to government subsidies and other financial resources not available to for-profit schools. Some of our competitors also have substantially greater financial and other resources than we have which may, among other things, allow our competitors to secure strategic relationships with some or all of our existing strategic partners or develop other high profile strategic relationships, or devote more resources to expanding their programs and their school network, or provide greater financing alternatives to their students, all of which could affect the success of our marketing programs. In addition, some of our competitors have a larger network of schools and campuses than we do, enabling them to recruit students more effectively from a wider geographic area. This strong competition could adversely affect our business.

26

We may be required to reduce tuition or increase spending in response to competition in order to retain or attract students or pursue new market opportunities. As a result, our market share, revenues and operating margin may be decreased. We cannot be sure that we will be able to compete successfully against current or future competitors or that the competitive pressures we face will not adversely affect our revenues and profitability.

Our financial performance depends in part on our ability to continue to develop awareness and acceptance of our programs among high school graduates and working adults looking to return to school.

The awareness of our programs among high school graduates and working adults looking to return to school is critical to the continued acceptance and growth of our programs. Our inability to continue to develop awareness of our programs could reduce our enrollments and impair our ability to increase our revenues or maintain profitability. The following are some of the factors that could prevent us from successfully marketing our programs:

• Student dissatisfaction with our programs and services;

• Diminished access to high school student populations;

• Our failure to maintain or expand our brand or other factors related to our marketing or advertising practices; and

• Our inability to maintain relationships with employers in the automotive, diesel, skilled trades and IT services industries.

An increase in interest rates could adversely affect our ability to attract and retain students.

Our students and their families have benefitted from historic lows on student loan interest rates in recent years.  Much of the financing our students receive is tied to floating interest rates. Recently, however, student loan interest rates have been edging higher, making borrowing for education more expensive.  Increases in interest rates result in a corresponding increase in the cost to our existing and prospective students of financing their education, which could result in a reduction in the number of students attending our schools and could adversely affect our results of operations and revenues. Higher interest rates could also contribute to higher default rates with respect to our students’ repayment of their education loans. Higher default rates may in turn adversely impact our eligibility for Title IV Program participation or the willingness of private lenders to make private loan programs available to students who attend our schools, which could result in a reduction in our student population.

A substantial decrease in student financing options, or a significant increase in financing costs for our students, could have a significant impact on our student population, revenues and financial results.

The consumer credit markets in the United States have recently suffered from increases in default rates and foreclosures on mortgages.  Adverse market conditions for consumer and federally guaranteed student loans could result in providers of alternative loans reducing the attractiveness and/or decreasing the availability of alternative loans to post-secondary students, including students with low credit scores who would not otherwise be eligible for credit-based alternative loans. Prospective students may find that these increased financing costs make borrowing prohibitively expensive and abandon or delay enrollment in post-secondary education programs. Private lenders could also require that we pay them new or increased fees in order to provide alternative loans to prospective students. If any of these scenarios were to occur, our students’ ability to finance their education could be adversely affected and our student population could decrease, which could have a significant impact on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

In addition, any actions by the U.S. Congress or by states that significantly reduce funding for Title IV Programs or other student financial assistance programs, or the ability of our students to participate in these programs, or establish different or more stringent requirements for our schools to participate in those programs, could have a significant impact on our student population, results of operations and cash flows.

Our total assets include substantial intangible assets. In the event that our schools do not achieve satisfactory operating results, we may be required to write-off a significant portion of unamortized intangible assets which would negatively affect our results of operations.

Our total assets reflect substantial intangible assets. At December 31, 2020 goodwill associated with our acquisitions decreased to approximately 5.9% from 7.5% of total assets at December 31, 2019.  On at least an annual basis, we assess whether there has been an impairment in the value of goodwill. If the carrying value of the tested asset exceeds its estimated fair value, impairment is deemed to have occurred.  In this event, the amount is written down to fair value.  Under current accounting rules, this would result in a charge to operating earnings. Any determination requiring the write-off of a significant portion of goodwill would negatively affect our results of operations and total capitalization, which could be material.

27

We cannot predict our future capital needs, and if we are unable to secure additional financing when needed, our operations and revenues would be adversely affected.

We may need to raise additional capital in the future to fund acquisitions, working capital requirements, expand our markets and program offerings or respond to competitive pressures or perceived opportunities. We cannot be sure that additional financing will be available to us on favorable terms, or at all.  If adequate funds are unavailable when required or on acceptable terms, we may be forced to forego attractive acquisition opportunities, cease operations and, even if we are able to continue our operations, our ability to increase student enrollment and revenues would be adversely affected.

We may not be able to retain our key personnel or hire and retain the personnel we need to sustain and grow our business.

Our success has depended, and will continue to depend, largely on the skills, efforts and motivation of our executive officers who generally have significant experience within the post-secondary education industry. Our success also depends in large part upon our ability to attract and retain highly qualified faculty, school directors, administrators and corporate management. Due to the nature of our business, we face significant competition in the attraction and retention of personnel who possess the skill sets that we seek. In addition, key personnel may leave us and subsequently compete against us. Furthermore, we do not currently carry “key man” life insurance on any of our employees. The loss of the services of any of our key personnel, or our failure to attract and retain other qualified and experienced personnel on acceptable terms, could have an adverse effect on our ability to operate our business efficiently and to execute our growth strategy.

Strikes by our employees may disrupt our ability to hold classes as well as our ability to attract and retain students, which could materially adversely affect our operations.  In addition, we contribute to multiemployer benefit plans that could result in liabilities to us if these plans are terminated or we withdraw from them.

As of December 31, 2020, the teaching professionals at six of our campuses are represented by unions and covered by collective bargaining agreements that expire between 2021 and 2023.  Although we believe that we have good relationships with these unions and with our employees, any strikes or work stoppages by our employees could adversely impact our relationships with our students, hinder our ability to conduct business and increase costs.

We also contribute to multiemployer pension plans for some employees covered by collective bargaining agreements.  These plans are not administered by us, and contributions are determined in accordance with provisions of negotiated labor contracts.  The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended by the Multiemployer Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980, imposes certain liabilities upon employers who are contributors to a multiemployer plan in the event of the employer’s withdrawal from, or upon termination of, such plan.  We do not routinely review information on the net assets and actuarial present value of the multiemployer pension plans’ unfunded vested benefits allocable to us, if any, and we are not presently aware of any material amounts for which we may be contingently liable if we were to withdraw from any of these plans.  In addition, if any of these multiemployer plans enters “critical status” under the Pension Protection Act of 2006, we could be required to make significant additional contributions to those plans.

System disruptions to our technology infrastructure could impact our ability to generate revenue and could damage the reputation of our institutions.

The performance and reliability of our technology infrastructure is critical to our reputation and to our ability to attract and retain students. We license the software and related hosting and maintenance services for our online platform and our student information system from third-party software providers. Any system error or failure, or a sudden and significant increase in bandwidth usage, could result in the unavailability of systems to us or our students or result in delays and/or errors in processing student financial aid and related disbursements.  Any such system disruptions could impact our ability to generate revenue and affect our ability to access information about our students and could also damage the reputation of our institutions.  Any of the cyber-attacks, breaches or other disruptions or damage described above could interrupt our operations, result in theft of our and our students’ data or result in legal claims and proceedings, liability and penalties under privacy laws and increased cost for security and remediation, each of which could adversely affect our business and financial results.  We may be required to expend significant resources to protect against system errors, failures or disruptions or to repair problems caused by any actual errors, disruptions or failures.

We are subject to privacy and information security laws and regulations due to our collection and use of personal information, and any violations of those laws or regulations, or any breach, theft or loss of that information, could adversely affect our reputation and operations.

Our efforts to attract and enroll students result in us collecting, using and storing substantial amounts of personal information regarding applicants, our students, their families and alumni, including social security numbers and financial data. We also maintain personal information about our employees in the ordinary course of our activities. Our services, the services of many of our health plan and benefit plan vendors, and other information can be accessed globally through the Internet. We rely extensively on our network of interconnected applications and databases for day to day operations as well as financial reporting and the processing of financial transactions. Our computer networks and those of our vendors that manage confidential information for us or provide services to our student may be vulnerable to computer hackers, organized cyber-attacks and physical or electronic breaches or unauthorized access, acts of vandalism, ransomware, software viruses and other similar types of malicious activities.  Regular patching of our computer systems and frequent updates to our virus detection and prevention software with the latest virus and malware signatures may not catch newly introduced malware and viruses or “zero-day” viruses, prior to their infecting our systems and potentially disrupting our data integrity, taking sensitive information or affecting financial transactions. While we utilize security and business controls to limit access to and use of personal information, any breach of student or employee privacy or errors in storing, using or transmitting personal information could violate privacy laws and regulations resulting in fines or other penalties. A wide range of high profile data breaches in recent years has led to renewed interest in federal data and cybersecurity legislation that could increase our costs and/or require changes in our operating procedures or systems. A breach, theft or loss of personal information held by us or our vendors, or a violation of the laws and regulations governing privacy could have a material adverse effect on our reputation or result in lawsuits, additional regulation, remediation and compliance costs or investments in additional security systems to protect our computer networks, the costs of which may be substantial.  We cannot assure you that a breach, loss, or theft of personal information will not occur.

28

Our credit agreement imposes significant operating and financial restrictions on the Company, which may prevent us from capitalizing on business opportunities, and we may incur additional debt in the future that may include similar or additional restrictions.

On November 14, 2019, the Company executed a credit agreement with its lender relating to our $60 million credit facility. The credit agreement imposes significant operating and financial restrictions. These restrictions, which are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions, could limit our ability to, among other things:

• incur additional indebtedness and guarantee indebtedness;

• undertake capital expenditures;

• create or incur liens;

• pay dividends and distributions or repurchase capital stock;

• make investments, loans and advances; and

• enter into certain transactions with affiliates.

In addition, the credit agreement requires us to maintain a minimum tangle net worth, a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and a minimum of $5 million in quarterly average aggregate balances on deposit with the lender which if not maintained will result in the assessment of a quarterly fee of $12,500. See Part II, Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

These covenants could materially adversely affect our ability to finance our future operations or capital needs. Furthermore, they may restrict our ability to expand and pursue our business strategies and otherwise conduct our business. Our ability to comply with these covenants may be affected by circumstances and events beyond our control, such as prevailing economic conditions and changes in regulations, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to comply with such covenants. These restrictions could also limit our ability to obtain future financings to withstand a future downturn in our business or the economy in general. In addition, complying with these covenants may also cause us to take actions that make it more difficult for us to successfully execute our business strategies and compete against companies that are not subject to such restrictions.

Our failure to comply with the covenants and other terms of the credit agreement could result in an event of default. If any such event of default occurs and is not waived, the lender could elect to declare all amounts outstanding and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, under the credit facility to be immediately due and payable, and could foreclose on the assets securing the credit facility. The lender would also have the right in these circumstances to terminate any commitments they have to provide further credit extensions. If we are forced to refinance any borrowings under the credit facility on less favorable terms or if we cannot refinance these borrowings, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

In addition, although the credit agreement contains restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions, and we may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in compliance with these restrictions in the future. The terms of any future indebtedness we may incur could include more restrictive covenants.

Our variable rate indebtedness subjects us to interest rate risk, which could cause our debt service obligations to increase significantly.

Borrowings under our credit facility are at variable rates of interest and expose us to interest rate risk. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness will increase even though the amount borrowed remains the same, and our net income and cash flows, including cash available for servicing our indebtedness, would correspondingly decrease. Our obligations under our credit facility are secured by a lien on substantially all of our assets and any assets that we or our subsidiaries may acquire in the future.  As of December 31, 2020, we had $17.8 million outstanding under the Credit Agreement which was hedged by entering into a cash flow hedge with a fixed interest rate of 5.36%. In the future, we may again enter into interest rate swaps to reduce interest rate volatility. However, we may not maintain interest rate swaps with respect to all of our variable rate indebtedness, and any swaps we enter into may not fully mitigate our interest rate risk.

29

In addition, the interest rates under our credit agreement are calculated using the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). On July 27, 2017, the Financial Conduct Authority (the authority that regulates LIBOR) announced its intention to stop compelling banks to submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR after 2021 and it is unclear whether new methods of calculating LIBOR will be established. If LIBOR ceases to exist after 2021, a comparable or successor reference rate as approved by the lender under our credit agreement will apply under the credit agreement. The U.S. Federal Reserve and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York formed a committee, the Alternative Reference Rates Committee (the “ARRC”), comprised of private-sector entities with a presence in markets affected by LIBOR and public-sector entities, including the Securities and Exchange Commission, banking regulators and other financial sector regulators, to recommend an alternative rate to U.S. dollar LIBOR. The ARRC has identified an index, the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”), as its preferred alternative rate for U.S. dollar LIBOR.  SOFR is a measure of the cost of borrowing cash overnight, collateralized by U.S. Treasury securities, and is based on directly observable U.S. Treasury-backed repurchase transactions.  Some market participants are also considering other U.S. dollar reference rates for certain instruments.  It is not possible to predict the effect of these changes, other reforms or the establishment of a dominant successor to LIBOR or a variety of alternative reference rates in the United States or elsewhere. To the extent these interest rates increase, our interest expense will increase, which could adversely affect our financial condition, operating results and cash flows.

Changes in U.S. tax laws or adverse outcomes from examination of our tax returns could have an adverse effect upon our financial results.

We are subject to income tax requirements in various jurisdictions in the United States. Legislation or other changes in the tax laws of the jurisdictions where we do business could increase our liability and adversely affect our after-tax profitability. In addition, we are subject to examination of our income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service and the taxing authorities of various states.  We regularly assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from tax examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes and we have accrued tax and related interest for potential adjustments to tax liabilities for prior years.  However, there can be no assurance that the outcomes from these tax examinations will not have a material effect, either positive or negative, on our business, financial conditions and results of operation.

Public health epidemics or outbreaks could adversely impact our business.

In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus, COVID-19, emerged in Wuhan, Hubei Province, China. While initially concentrated in China, the outbreak has now spread to other countries and infections have been reported globally including in the United States. The extent to which the coronavirus, like any other rapidly spreading contagious illness, may impact our operations will depend on the evolution of the outbreak, which is highly speculative at this time and cannot be predicted with any level of confidence. The duration of the outbreak, new information which emerges concerning the severity of the illness and the actions to be taken to contain the spread of the virus or its treatment remains unclear. We believe that the continued spread of the coronavirus could adversely impact our operations.  A quarantine of one or more of our instructors for two or more weeks due to exposure to the coronavirus or other contagious illness could eliminate a program unless a substitute was readily available and quarantine of an instructor or student could cause the temporary closure of an affected school which could have an adverse impact on our business and our financial results.  Further, workforce limitations and

travel restrictions resulting from pandemics or disease outbreaks and related government actions may impact many aspects of our business. If a significant percentage of our workforce is unable to work, including because of illness or travel or government restrictions in connection with pandemics, our operations and enrollment may be negatively impacted. Finally, state and federal regulators, including the DOE, are augmenting existing regulatory processes, waiving others, and implementing various emergency relief and aid programs. It is highly uncertain how long such regulatory accommodations will continue, or how long and in what amount emergency relief and aid funds will continue to be available. We also cannot predict the types of conditions that may be attached to participation in emergency relief and aid programs, and whether and to what extent compliance with such conditions will be monitored and enforced.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR CAPITAL STRUCTURE

The current holders of our Series A Preferred Stock, Juniper Investment Company Inc. and Talanta Investment Group, Inc., with their affiliates, beneficially own approximately 17% and 9%, respectively, of our outstanding common stock on an “as converted basis.” As such, each holder of Series A Preferred Stock possesses significant voting power over the common stock, and there can be no assurance that their interests will align with the interests of the other common shareholders.

In November 2019, we issued shares of Series A Preferred Stock to two investors that requires us to obtain the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock to authorize numerous actions, including to pay dividends on our common stock, repurchase our common stock, issue certain new classes of preferred stock, and incur indebtedness. There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain such approval should we seek to take an action requiring their approval.

In addition to the blocking rights noted above, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock vote with the holders of shares of common stock and not as a separate class, at any annual or special meeting of shareholders of our Company, and may act by written consent in the same manner as the holders of common stock, on an as-converted basis, but in all cases each holder of Series A Preferred Stock together with its affiliates, may not vote more than 19.99% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding after giving effect to the shares being voted by the holder (the “Hard Cap”), unless prior shareholder approval is obtained or no longer required by the rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market. The current holders of our Series A Preferred Stock, Juniper Investment Company Inc. and Talanta Investment Group, Inc., with their affiliates, beneficially own approximately 17% and 9%, respectively, of our outstanding common stock on an “as converted basis.” As such, each holder of Series A Preferred Stock possesses significant voting power over the common stock, and there can be no assurance that their interests will align with the interests of the other common shareholders.

30

In addition to possessing significant common stock voting power on any matter put to a vote of the common shareholders, which includes the appointment of directors, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, have the right to appoint one director to the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Series A Director”) who may serve on any committees of the Board, until the later of (i) the time that the shares of Series A Preferred Stock have been converted into common stock or (ii) the time that a holder still owns shares of Series A Preferred Stock that are subject to conversion and the sum of such shares plus any other shares of common stock represent at least 10% of the total outstanding shares of common stock. John A. Bartholdson currently serves as the Series A Director.

We have an obligation to pay dividends on our shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

Beginning on September 30, 2020, dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock (“Series A Dividends”), at the initial annual rate of 9.6% are paid, in advance, from the date of issuance quarterly on each December 31, March 31, June 30 and September 30.  The Company, at its option, may pay dividends in cash or by increasing the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock (the “Conversion Shares”). The value of any dividend paid in Conversion Shares will increase the dollar amount subject to the dividend rate and thereby increase subsequent dividend amounts.

The dividend rate is subject to increase (a) by 2.4% per annum on the fifth anniversary of the issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock and (b) by 2% per annum but in no event above 14% per annum should the Company fail to perform certain obligations owed to the holders of our Series A Preferred Stock. In order to pay Series A Dividends in cash, we require the approval of our lender under our credit agreement and there can be no assurance that even were we able to pay Series A Dividends in cash, we would be able to secure the necessary lender approvals to do so.

While we have not paid dividends to our common shareholders since February 2015 and we do not foresee doing so in the future, in addition to obtaining the approval of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, of which there can be no assurance, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock are required to participate in any such cash dividend on an “as converted basis” thereby diluting any such dividend payment to the common shareholders.

The Series A Preferred Stock is perpetual.

The Series A Preferred Stock is perpetual having no fixed maturity date. However, on and after November 14, 2024, the Company may redeem all or any of the Series A Preferred Stock for a cash price (the “Liquidation Preference”) equal to the greater of (i) the sum of $1,000 (subject to adjustment) plus the dollar amount of any declared Series A Dividends not paid in cash and (ii) the value of the Conversion Shares were such shares of Series A Preferred Stock converted. There can be no assurance that we will have sufficient funds or available financing sources to redeem the Series A Preferred Stock, or if we had the necessary funding we would be able to obtain the consent of our then lender to redeem the Series A Preferred Stock. It is therefore possible that the Series A Preferred Stock will be outstanding for an indefinite period of time.

We may not be able to force the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock.

Each share of Series A Preferred Stock, at any time, is convertible into a number of shares of common stock equal to the quotient of (i) the sum of (A) $1,000 (subject to adjustment) plus (B) the dollar amount of any declared Series A Dividends not paid in cash divided by (ii) the Series A Conversion Price as of the applicable Conversion Date, but subject to the Hard Cap. The initial Conversion Price is $2.36 (the “Convertible Formula”).

If, at any time following November 14, 2022, the volume weighted average price of the Company’s common stock for a period of 20 consecutive trading days and on each such trading day at least 20,000 shares of common stock was traded, equals or exceeds $5.31 per share (2.25 times the Conversion Price) the Company may, at its option and subject to the Hard Cap, require that any or all of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock be automatically converted into shares of common stock at the then applicable Convertible Formula. To the extent that we satisfy our Series A Dividend obligation by increasing the number of common shares issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, that would further dilute our common stock and likely result in downward pressure on the trading price of our common stock. There can be no assurance that our common stock will trade at the per share price, for the necessary period of time and with the required volume to cause the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock into common stock, at any time or at all.

31

Registration of the Conversion Shares may cause overhang.

The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to unlimited registration rights for the Conversion Shares, including 2 of which that may require us to effectuate an underwritten offering. Although unless our stock price significantly increases, it is likely that the Series A Holders will hold their Series A Preferred Stock and not convert them into shares of common stock, we were obligated to file with the SEC by November 13, 2020 a registration statement for the shelf covering the Conversion Shares (the “Resale Shelf”) and use our commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Resale Shelf to be declared effective by the SEC not later than 60 days after the filing thereof. The filing of the Resale Shelf covering the Conversion Shares may create market overhang on our common stock and thereby downward pressure on the price of our common stock. Should we be unable to maintain the effectiveness of the Resale Shelf (and certain other registration statements concerning the Conversion Shares), or certain other events occur with respect to such registration statements, some of which are beyond our control, we will be required to pay the holders of Series A Preferred Stock an amount equal to 1.5% of the value of the Conversion Shares covered thereby for each 30 day period that such registration statements are not effective, up to a maximum of 7.5%.

Shareholders of Series A Preferred Stock may transfer their shares after November 13, 2020 without our approval.

The holders of Series A Preferred Stock may, subject to compliance with the securities laws, sell their Series A Preferred Stock to any purchaser, without our prior approval. While we believe we have a good relationship with the current holders of Series A Preferred Stock, there can be no assurance that we will continue to enjoy good relations with them or with any purchaser of their Series A Preferred Stock.

In the event of certain changes of control, holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive a liquidation

preference.

In the event of certain changes of control, some of which are not within the Company’s control (as defined in the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation as a “Fundamental Change” or a “Liquidation”), the holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive the Liquidation Preference, unless such Fundamental Change is a stock merger in which certain value and volume requirements are met, in which case the Series A Preferred Stock will be converted into common stock in connection with such stock merger. As a result, this provision (along with the other provisions of the Series A Preferred Stock) may make the Company less attractive to a potential acquirer.

Our principal shareholder owns a significant percentage of our capital stock and is able to influence certain corporate matters.

As of December 31, 2020, Juniper Investment Company, LLC and its affiliates (“Juniper”) beneficially owned, in the aggregate, approximately 2% of our outstanding common stock and 88% of our outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, which votes on an as-converted basis subject to a voting cap, as described below. The voting power of Juniper, including the common stock and the as-converted preferred stock with the voting cap described below, was approximately 17% as of December 31, 2020.

Each share of Series A Preferred Stock is convertible, at any time, into a number of shares of common stock equal to (“Convertible Formula”) the quotient of (i) the sum of (A) $1,000 (subject to adjustment as provided in the Company’s certificate of incorporation, as amended) plus (B) the dollar amount of any dividends applicable to the Series A Preferred Stock and not paid in cash divided by (ii) the Series A Conversion Price (as defined and adjusted in the Company’s certificate of incorporation) as of the applicable date of conversion. The initial conversion price is $2.36. At all times, however, the number of shares of common stock that can be issued to any holder of Series A Preferred Stock may not result in such holder and its affiliates owning more than 19.99% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding after giving effect to the conversion (the “Hard Cap”), unless prior shareholder approval is obtained or no longer required by the rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market. If, at any time following November 14, 2022 the volume weighted average price of the Company’s common stock equals or exceeds 2.25 times the conversion price for a period of 20 consecutive trading days and on each such trading day at least 20,000 shares of common stock was traded, the Company may, at its option and subject to the Hard Cap, require that any or all of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock be automatically converted into shares of common stock at the then applicable Convertible Formula.

The holders of Series A Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, have the right to appoint one director to the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Series A Director”) who may serve on any committees of the Board, until such time as the later of (i) the shares of Series A Preferred Stock have been converted into common stock or (ii) a holder still owns shares of Series A Preferred Stock that are subject to conversion and the sum of such shares plus any other shares of common stock represent at least 10% of the total outstanding shares of common stock.

Holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to vote with the holders of shares of common stock and any other class or series similarly entitled to vote with the holders of common stock and not as a separate class, at any annual or special meeting of shareholders of our Company, and may act by written consent in the same manner as the holders of common stock, on an as-converted basis, in all cases subject to the Hard Cap. In addition, a majority of the voting power of the Series A Preferred Stock must approve certain significant actions of the Company, including (i) declaring a dividend or otherwise redeeming or repurchasing any shares of common stock and other junior securities, if any, subject to certain exceptions, (ii) incurring indebtedness, except for certain permitted indebtedness and (iii) creating a subsidiary other than a wholly-owned subsidiary.

32

Anti-takeover provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our bylaws and New Jersey law could discourage a change of control that our shareholders may favor, which could negatively affect our stock price.

In addition to the Series A Preferred Stock, provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws and applicable provisions of the New Jersey Business Corporation Act may make it more difficult and expensive for a third party to acquire control of the Company even if a change of control would be beneficial to the interests of our shareholders. These provisions could discourage potential takeover attempts and could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. For example, applicable provisions of the New Jersey Business Corporation Act may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control by prohibiting us from engaging in a business combination with an interested shareholder for a period of five years after the person becomes an interested shareholder. Furthermore, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws:

• authorize the issuance of blank check preferred stock that could be issued by our board of directors to thwart a takeover attempt;

• prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors, which would otherwise allow holders of less than a majority of stock to elect some directors;

• require super-majority voting to effect amendments to certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation;

• limit who may call special meetings of both the board of directors and shareholders;

• prohibit shareholder action by non-unanimous written consent and otherwise require all shareholder actions to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders;

• establish advance notice requirements for nominating candidates for election to the board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by shareholders at shareholders’ meetings; and

• require that vacancies on the board of directors, including newly created directorships, be filled only by a majority vote of directors then in office.

We can issue shares of preferred stock without general shareholder approval (thought approval of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock would be necessary), which could adversely affect the rights of common shareholders.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation permits us to establish the rights, privileges, preferences and restrictions, including voting rights, of future series of our preferred stock and to issue such stock without approval from our shareholders. The rights of holders of our common stock may suffer as a result of the rights granted to holders of preferred stock that may be issued in the future. In addition, we could issue preferred stock to prevent a change in control of our Company, depriving common shareholders of an opportunity to sell their stock at a price in excess of the prevailing market price.

The trading price of our common stock may continue to fluctuate substantially in the future.

Our stock price has declined substantially over the past five years and has and may fluctuate significantly as a result of a number of factors, some of which are not in our control. These factors include:

• general economic conditions;

• general conditions in the for-profit, post-secondary education industry;

• negative media coverage of the for-profit, post-secondary education industry;

• failure of certain of our schools or programs to maintain compliance under the gainful employment regulation, 90-10 Rule or with financial responsibility standards;

• the impact of DOE rulemaking and other changes in the highly regulated environment in which we operate;

• the initiation, pendency or outcome of litigation, accreditation reviews and regulatory reviews, inquiries and investigations;

• loss of key personnel;

• quarterly variations in our operating results;

• our ability to meet or exceed, or changes in, expectations of investors and analysts, or the extent of analyst coverage of us; and decisions by any significant investors to reduce their investment in our common stock.

In addition, the trading volume of our common stock is relatively low. This may cause our stock price to react more to these factors and various other factors and may impact an investor’s ability to sell our common stock at the desired time at a price considered satisfactory. Any of these factors may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance, and could prevent an investor from selling shares of our common stock at or above the price at which the investor purchased them.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

33

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

As of December 31, 2020, we leased all of our facilities, except for our campuses in Nashville, Tennessee, Grand Prairie, Texas, and Denver, Colorado, and former school property in Suffield, Connecticut, all of which we own.  We continue to re-evaluate our facilities to maximize our facility utilization and efficiency and to allow us to introduce new programs and attract more students. As of December 31, 2020, all of our existing leases expire between 2021 and 2031.

The following table provides information relating to our facilities as of December 31, 2020, including our corporate office:

Location	Brand	Approximate Square Footage
Las Vegas, Nevada	Euphoria Institute	23,000
Columbia, Maryland	Lincoln College of Technology	110,000
Denver, Colorado	Lincoln College of Technology	212,000
Grand Prairie, Texas	Lincoln College of Technology	146,000
Indianapolis, Indiana	Lincoln College of Technology	189,000
Marietta, Georgia	Lincoln College of Technology	30,000
Melrose Park, Illinois	Lincoln College of Technology	88,000
Allentown, Pennsylvania	Lincoln Technical Institute	26,000
East Windsor, Connecticut	Lincoln Technical Institute	289,000
Iselin, New Jersey	Lincoln Technical Institute	32,000
Lincoln, Rhode Island	Lincoln Technical Institute	39,000
Mahwah, New Jersey	Lincoln Technical Institute	79,000
Moorestown, New Jersey	Lincoln Technical Institute	35,000
New Britain, Connecticut	Lincoln Technical Institute	35,000
Paramus, New Jersey	Lincoln Technical Institute	30,000
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania	Lincoln Technical Institute	29,000
Queens, New York	Lincoln Technical Institute	48,000
Shelton, Connecticut	Lincoln Technical Institute and Lincoln Culinary Institute	47,000
Somerville, Massachusetts	Lincoln Technical Institute	33,000
South Plainfield, New Jersey	Lincoln Technical Institute	60,000
Union, New Jersey	Lincoln Technical Institute	56,000
Nashville, Tennessee	Lincoln College of Technology	350,000
West Orange, New Jersey	Corporate Office	47,000
Blue Bell, Pennsylvania	Corporate Office	4,000
Suffield, Connecticut	Former Lincoln Technical Institute	132,000

We believe that our facilities are suitable for their present intended purposes.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

In the ordinary conduct of our business, we are subject to periodic lawsuits, investigations and claims, including, but not limited to, claims involving students or graduates and routine employment matters.  Although we cannot predict with certainty the ultimate resolution of lawsuits, investigations and claims asserted against us, we do not believe that any currently pending legal proceeding to which we are a party will have a material effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Following a wave of hundreds of class action lawsuits being served upon colleges and universities across the country in connection with transitioning from in-person to online classes due to COVID-19, a class action lawsuit was filed against the Company in New Jersey Federal District Court and served on December 21, 2020.  Like most of the other lawsuits across the country, the suit alleges breach of contract, unjust enrichment and conversion.  In lieu of an Answer, on January 25, 2021 the Company filed a Motion to Dismiss Plaintiff’s Complaint for Failure to State a Claim. The Motion remains pending before the Court.  On February 17, 2021, Plaintiffs’ counsel notified the Company that it would be amending its complaint to address deficiencies the Company outlined in its Motion to Dismiss.

As previously reported, on July 6, 2018, the Company received an administrative subpoena from the Office of the Attorney General of the State of New Jersey (“NJ OAG”).  Pursuant to the subpoena, the NJ OAG requested certain documents and detailed information relating to the November 21, 2012 Civil Investigative Demand letter addressed to the Company by the Massachusetts Office of the Attorney General (“MOAG”) that resulted in a previously reported Final Judgment by Consent between the Company and the MOAG dated July 13, 2015.  The Company responded to this request and, the NJ OAG issued two supplemental subpoenas requesting additional information.  The Company has responded to these requests and has received no further communications from the NJ OAG to date.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

34

PART II.

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market for our Common Stock

Our common stock, no par value per share, is quoted on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “LINC”.

On March 3, 2021, the last reported sale price of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market was $5.94 per share.  As of March 3, 2021, based on the information provided by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, there were 63 shareholders of record of our common stock.

Dividend Policy

The Company has not declared or paid any cash dividends on its common stock since the Company’s Board of Directors discontinued our quarterly cash dividend program in February 2015.  The Company has no current intentions to resume the payment of cash dividends on its common stock in the foreseeable future.

However, during the third quarter of 2020, the Company paid a $1.1 million cash dividend to its Series A preferred shareholders pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement entered into on November 14, 2019 and the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.  This dividend covered the period from November 14, 2019 through September 30, 2020.  During the fourth quarter of 2020, the Company paid a $0.3 million cash dividend to its Series A preferred shareholders pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement and the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.  The Company has the option to pay the preferred stock dividends in cash or through an increase in the stated value of the preferred shares.  The Company elected to pay the dividends in cash given its strengthened liquidity position and the significantly higher stock price over the conversion price at the time of the payment.

Share Repurchases

The Company did not repurchase any shares of our common stock during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

We have various equity compensation plans under which equity securities are authorized for issuance. Information regarding these securities as of December 31, 2020 is as follows:

Plan Category	Number of Securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights		Weighted- average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights		Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a))
	(a)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders		81,000	$	7.79		2,131,922
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders		-		-		-
Total		81,000	$	7.79		2,131,922

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

Not Required.

35

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion together with the “Selected Financial Data,” “Forward-Looking Statements” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that are based on management’s current expectations, estimates and projections about our business and operations. Our actual results may differ materially from those currently anticipated and expressed in such forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors, including those we discuss under “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

GENERAL

Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”, “we”, “our” and “us”, as applicable) provide diversified career-oriented post-secondary education to recent high school graduates and working adults.  The Company, which currently operates 22 schools in 14 states, offers programs in automotive technology, skilled trades (which include HVAC, welding and computerized numerical control and electrical and electronic systems technology, among other programs), healthcare services (which include nursing, dental assistant and medical administrative assistant, among other programs), hospitality services (which include culinary, therapeutic massage, cosmetology and aesthetics) and information technology (which includes information technology).  The schools operate under Lincoln Technical Institute, Lincoln College of Technology, Lincoln Culinary Institute, and Euphoria Institute of Beauty Arts and Sciences and associated brand names.  Most of the campuses serve major metropolitan markets and each typically offers courses in multiple areas of study.  Five of the campuses are destination schools, which attract students from across the United States and, in some cases, from abroad. The Company’s other campuses primarily attract students from their local communities and surrounding areas.  All of the campuses are nationally or regionally accredited and are eligible to participate in federal financial aid programs by the U.S. Department of Education (the “DOE”) and applicable state education agencies and accrediting commissions which allow students to apply for and access federal student loans as well as other forms of financial aid.

Our business is organized into three reportable business segments: (a) Transportation and Skilled Trades, (b) Healthcare and Other Professions (“HOPS”), and (c) Transitional, which refers to our campus operations which have been closed.

As of December 31, 2020, we had 12,217 students enrolled at 22 campuses which excludes 102 students on leave of absence due to COVID-19.

Our campuses, a majority of which serve major metropolitan markets, are located throughout the United States. Five of our campuses are destination schools, which attract students from across the United States and, in some cases, from abroad. Our other campuses primarily attract students from their local communities and surrounding areas. All of our schools are either nationally or regionally accredited and are eligible to participate in federal financial aid programs.

Our revenues consist primarily of student tuition and fees derived from the programs we offer.  Our revenues are reduced by scholarships granted to our students. We recognize revenues from tuition and one-time fees, such as application fees, ratably over the length of a program, including internships or externships that take place prior to graduation. We also earn revenues from our bookstores, dormitories, cafeterias and contract training services. These non-tuition revenues are recognized upon delivery of goods or as services are performed and represent less than 10% of our revenues.

Our revenues are directly dependent on the average number of students enrolled in our schools and the courses in which they are enrolled. Our average enrollment is impacted by the number of new students starting, re-entering, graduating and withdrawing from our schools. Our diploma/certificate programs range from 19 to 136 weeks, our associate’s degree programs range from 64 to 98 weeks, and students attend classes for different amounts of time per week depending on the school and program in which they are enrolled. Because we start new students every month, our total student population changes monthly. The number of students enrolling or re-entering our programs each month is driven by the demand for our programs, the effectiveness of our marketing and advertising, the availability of financial aid and other sources of funding, the number of recent high school graduates, the job market and seasonality. Our retention and graduation rates are influenced by the quality and commitment of our teachers and student services personnel, the effectiveness of our programs, the placement rate and success of our graduates and the availability of financial aid. Although similar courses have comparable tuition rates, the tuition rates vary among our numerous programs.

The majority of students enrolled at our schools rely on funds received under various government-sponsored student financial aid programs to pay a substantial portion of their tuition and other education-related expenses. The largest of these programs are Title IV Programs which represented approximately 77% and 78% of our revenue on a cash basis while the remainder is primarily derived from state grants and cash payments made by students during 2020 and 2019, respectively.  The Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (the “HEA”) requires institutions to use the cash basis of accounting when determining its compliance with the 90/10 Rule.

36

We extend credit for tuition and fees to many of our students that attend our campuses. Our credit risk is mitigated through the students’ participation in federally funded financial aid programs unless students withdraw prior to the receipt by us of Title IV Program funds for those students. Under Title IV Programs, the government funds a certain portion of a student’s tuition, with the remainder, referred to as “the gap,” financed by the students themselves under private party loans and extended financing agreements offered by us. The gap amount has continued to increase over the last several years as we have raised tuition on average for the last several years by 2-3% per year and restructured certain programs to reduce the amount of financial aid available to students, while funds received from Title IV Programs increased at lower rates.

The additional financing that we are providing to students may expose us to greater credit risk and can impact our liquidity. However, we believe that these risks are somewhat mitigated due to the following:

• Our internal financing is provided to students only after all other funding resources have been exhausted; thus, by the time this funding is available, students have completed approximately two-thirds of their curriculum and are more likely to graduate;

• Funding for students who interrupt their education is typically covered by Title IV Program funds as long as they have been properly packaged for financial aid; and

• Creditworthy criteria to demonstrate a student’s ability to pay.

The operating expenses associated with an existing school do not increase or decrease proportionally as the number of students enrolled at the school increases or decreases. We categorize our operating expenses as:

• Educational services and facilities.  Major components of educational services and facilities expenses include faculty compensation and benefits, expenses of books and tools, facility rent, maintenance, utilities, depreciation and amortization of property and equipment used in the provision of education services and other costs directly associated with teaching our programs excluding student services which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses.

• Selling, general and administrative.  Selling, general and administrative expenses include compensation and benefits of employees who are not directly associated with the provision of educational services (such as executive management and school management, finance and central accounting, legal, human resources and business development), marketing and student enrollment expenses (including compensation and benefits of personnel employed in sales and marketing and student admissions), costs to develop curriculum, costs of professional services, bad debt expense, rent for our corporate headquarters, depreciation and amortization of property and equipment that is not used in the provision of educational services and other costs that are incidental to our operations. Selling, general and administrative expenses also includes the cost of all student services including financial aid and career services.  All marketing and student enrollment expenses are recognized in the period incurred.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

Our discussions of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions, including those related to revenue recognition, bad debts, fixed assets, goodwill and other intangible assets, income taxes and certain accruals. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The critical accounting policies discussed herein are not intended to be a comprehensive list of all of our accounting policies. In many cases, the accounting treatment of a particular transaction is specifically dictated by GAAP and does not result in significant management judgment in the application of such principles. We believe that the following accounting policies are most critical to us in that they represent the primary areas where financial information is subject to the application of management’s estimates, assumptions and judgment in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue recognition.

Substantially all of our revenues are considered to be revenues from contracts with students.  The related accounts receivable balances are recorded in our balance sheets as student accounts receivable.  We do not have significant revenue recognized from performance obligations that were satisfied in prior periods, and we do not have any transaction price allocated to unsatisfied performance obligations other than in our unearned tuition.  We record revenue for students who withdraw from our schools only to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur.  Unearned tuition represents contract liabilities primarily related to our tuition revenue. We have elected not to provide disclosure about transaction prices allocated to unsatisfied performance obligations if original contract durations are less than one-year, or if we have the right to consideration from a student in an amount that corresponds directly with the value provided to the student for performance obligations completed to date in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 606, Revenue from Contract with Customers. We have assessed the costs incurred to obtain a contract with a student and determined them to be immaterial.

37

Allowance for uncollectible accounts.    Based upon experience and judgment, we establish an allowance for uncollectible accounts with respect to tuition receivables. We use an internal group of collectors in our collection efforts. In establishing our allowance for uncollectible accounts, we consider, among other things, current and expected economic conditions, a student’s status (in-school or out-of-school), whether or not a student is currently making payments, and overall collection history. Changes in trends in any of these areas may impact the allowance for uncollectible accounts. The receivables balances of withdrawn students with delinquent obligations are reserved for based on our collection history. Although we believe that our reserves are adequate, if the financial condition of our students deteriorates, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be necessary, which will result in increased selling, general and administrative expenses in the period such determination is made.

Our bad debt expense as a percentage of revenues for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was 9.2% and 7.6%, respectively.  A 1% increase in our bad debt expense as a percentage of revenues for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 would have resulted in an increase in bad debt expense of $2.9 million and $2.7 million, respectively.

We do not believe that there is any direct correlation between tuition increases, the credit we extend to students and our financing commitments.  The extended financing plans we offer to our students are made on a student-by-student basis and are predominantly a function of the specific student’s financial condition.   We only extend credit to the extent there is a financing gap between the tuition and fees charged for the program and the amount of grants, loans and parental loans each student receives.  Each student’s funding requirements are unique.  Factors that determine the amount of aid available to a student include whether they are dependent or independent students, Pell grants awarded, Federal Direct loans awarded, Plus loans awarded to parents and the student’s personal resources and family contributions. As a result, it is extremely difficult to predict the number of students that will need us to extend credit to them. Our tuition increases have averaged 2-3% annually and have not meaningfully impacted overall funding requirements, since the amount of financial aid funding available to students in recent years has increased at greater rates than our tuition increases.

Because a substantial portion of our revenues are derived from Title IV Programs, any legislative or regulatory action that significantly reduces the funding available under Title IV Programs or the ability of our students or schools to participate in Title IV Programs could have a material effect on the realizability of our receivables.

Goodwill.    We test our goodwill for impairment annually, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate an impairment may have occurred, by comparing its fair value to its carrying value. Impairment may result from, among other things, deterioration in the performance of the acquired business, adverse market conditions, adverse changes in applicable laws or regulations, including changes that restrict the activities of the acquired business, and a variety of other circumstances. If we determine that impairment has occurred, we are required to record a write-down of the carrying value and charge the impairment as an operating expense in the period the determination is made. In evaluating the recoverability of the carrying value of goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets, we must make assumptions regarding estimated future cash flows and other factors to determine the fair value of the acquired assets. Changes in strategy or market conditions could significantly impact these judgments in the future and require an adjustment to the recorded balances.

Goodwill represents a significant portion of our total assets. As of December 31, 2020, goodwill was approximately $14.5 million, or 5.9%, of our total assets, from approximately $14.5 million, or 7.5%, of our total assets at December 31, 2019.  The goodwill is allocated among nine reporting units within the Transportation and Skilled Trades Segment.

When we test goodwill balances for impairment, we determine the fair value of each of our reporting units using an equal weighting of the discounted cash flow model and the market approach. The determination of fair value using the discounted cash flow model requires significant estimates and assumptions related to forecasts of future revenues, which is driven by student start growth, EBITDA (Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation, and Amortization) margins, the long-term growth rate used in the calculation of the terminal value, and the discount rate to apply against each reporting unit’s financial metrics.  The determination of fair value using the market approach requires significant estimates and assumptions related to the selection of EBITDA multiples and the control premiums. Changes in these assumptions could have a significant impact on either the fair value, the amount of any goodwill impairment charge, or both.

Although we believe our projected future operating results and cash flows and related estimates regarding fair values are based on reasonable assumptions, historically projected operating results and cash flows have not always been achieved. The failure of one of our reporting units to achieve projected operating results and cash flows in the near term or long term may reduce the estimated fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying value and result in the recognition of a goodwill impairment charge. Significant management judgment is necessary to evaluate the impact of operating and macroeconomic changes and to estimate future cash flows. Assumptions used in our impairment evaluations, such as forecasted growth rates and our cost of capital, are based on the best available market information and are consistent with our internal forecasts and operating plans. In addition to cash flow estimates, our valuations are sensitive to the rate used to discount cash flows and future growth assumptions.

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, we conducted our annual test for goodwill impairment and determined we did not have an impairment.

38

Income taxes.We account for income taxes in accordance with ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”) which requires an asset and a liability approach for measuring deferred taxes based on temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities existing at each balance sheet date using enacted tax rates for years in which taxes are expected to be paid or recovered.

In accordance with ASC 740, we assess our deferred tax asset to determine whether all or any portion of the asset is more likely than not unrealizable.  A valuation allowance is required to be established or maintained when, based on currently available information, it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. In accordance with ASC 740, our assessment considers whether there has been sufficient income in recent years and whether sufficient income is expected in future years in order to utilize the deferred tax asset. In evaluating the realizability of deferred income tax assets we considered, among other things, historical levels of income, expected future income, the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary reporting differences, and the expected impact of tax planning strategies that may be implemented to prevent the potential loss of future income tax benefits. Significant judgment is required in determining the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our consolidated financial statements and/or tax returns.  Differences between anticipated and actual outcomes of these future tax consequences could have a material impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.  Changes in, among other things, income tax legislation, statutory income tax rates, or future income levels could materially impact our valuation of income tax assets and liabilities and could cause our income tax provision to vary significantly among financial reporting periods.

We recognize accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.  During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, we did not record any interest and penalties expense associated with uncertain tax positions.

Results of Operations for the Two Years Ended December 31, 2020

The following table sets forth selected consolidated statements of operations data as a percentage of revenues for each of the periods indicated:

	Year Ended Dec 31,
	2020			2019
Revenue		100.0	%		100.0	%
Costs and expenses:
Educational services and facilities		41.7	%		45.2	%
Selling, general and administrative		53.3	%		53.1	%
Loss on sale of assets		0.0	%		-0.2	%
Total costs and expenses		95.0	%		98.1	%
Operating income		5.0	%		1.9	%
Interest expense, net		-0.4	%		-1.1	%
Income from opeartions before income taxes		4.6	%		0.8	%
(Benefit) provision for income taxes		-12.0	%		0.1	%
Net income		16.6	%		0.7	%

Year Ended December 31, 2020 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2019

Consolidated Results of Operations

Revenue.  Revenue increased $19.8 million, or 7.2% to $293.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $273.3 million in the prior year.  The increase in revenue was a result of a 6.8% increase in average student population year over year, driven by a 10.7% increase in student starts.

Student start growth of 10.7% benefitted from our ongoing investments in marketing as well as continuous evaluation and improvement of the admissions process.  Increased efficiency is evidenced by a decline in the overall cost to obtain student starts while continuing growth.  Lincoln has now experienced three years of consistent growth in student starts, with the only exception being the first quarter of 2020 which was impacted by COVID-19.  The consistent student start growth has also increased the year over year ending population, which as of December 31, 2020 grew by approximately 1,000 students or 8.3% to 12,217 excluding 102 students classified as on a leave of absence.  Students classified as on leave of absence resulted from the continuing impact of COVID-19, which restricted access to externship sites and classroom labs ultimately resulting in the extension of certain students’ graduation dates.

Educational services and facilities expense.   Our educational services and facilities expense decreased $1.3 million, or 1.1% to $122.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $123.5 million in the prior year comparable period.  The reduction in costs were driven by facility closures during the first and second quarter as a result of the impact of COVID-19.  Among the byproducts of the campus closures were reductions in utilities expenses, regular daily cleaning services and meal plan expenses.  Further cost savings were realized from rent abatements at certain campuses resulting in lower rent expense while campuses were closed.  Partially offsetting these savings were additional books and tools expense and instructional expense resulting from an increased student population.

39

Educational services and facilities expense, as a percentage of revenue, decreased to 41.7% from 45.2% for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Selling, general and administrative expense.  Our selling general and administrative expense increased $11.0 million, or 7.6% to $156.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $145.2 million in the prior year period.  The increase year over year was driven by several factors including increased administrative expense, additional bad debt expense and increases in our marketing investments year over year.  Partially offsetting the increase were cost savings in sales and student services.

Increased administrative expense was driven by actions taken in response to the impact of COVID-19 on our employees and students and an increase in incentive compensation accruals driven by improved financial performance.

Bad debt expense increased as a result of a higher reserve amount for doubtful accounts due to greater reserve rates and higher accounts receivable mostly driven by student population growth and the effects from COVID-19.  The COVID-19 pandemic presented challenges in our ability to reach students during campus closures and subsequently reduced on-site hours, resulting in delays in financial aid packaging and Title IV disbursements during the second and third quarters.  However, as a result of the strong focus and efforts, the fourth quarter demonstrated significant improvement or reduction in the amount of delayed Title IV disbursements.

Marketing investments increased year over year to continue to capitalize on more cost effective lead generating opportunities. We invested in higher converting channels while reducing our spend through less expensive, yet lower converting, third party affiliate channels.  In 2020 we also experienced a year over year increase in production costs with the development of a series of new commercial ads to air on traditional TV as well as through digital media channels designed to drive greater brand awareness.  Despite the increased investment in marketing, our cost per start for the full year decreased compared to the prior year, demonstrating that we are achieving a strong return on our investment as evidenced by a 10.7% increase in year over year starts.

Reductions in sales expense were the result of travel restrictions imposed by the COVID-19 pandemic, while lower student services expense was the result of suspended busing and transportation services for students.

Selling, general and administrative expense, as a percentage of revenue, increased to 53.3% from 53.1% for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Net interest expense.  Net interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2020 decreased $1.7 million, or 56.9% to $1.3 million from $3.0 million in the prior year comparable period.  The decrease year over year is due to the reduction in interest rates we obtained in our current credit facility in combination with a lower loan balance outstanding in the current year.

Income taxes.    Our income tax benefit for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 was $35.1 million compared to an income tax provision of $0.3 million in the prior fiscal year.  The fiscal 2020 tax benefit primarily relates to a release of valuation allowance on deferred tax assets due to sufficient positive evidences obtained during fiscal year 2020.

Segment Results of Operations

We operate our business in three reportable segments: (a) the Transportation and Skilled Trades segment; (b) the Healthcare and Other Professions (“HOPS”) segment; and (c) the Transitional segment.  Our reportable segments have been determined based on a method by which we now evaluate performance and allocate resources.  Each reportable segment represents a group of post-secondary education providers that offer a variety of degree and non-degree academic programs.  These segments are organized by key market segments to enhance operational alignment within each segment to more effectively execute our strategic plan.  Each of the Company’s schools is a reporting unit and an operating segment.  Our operating segments are described below.

Transportation and Skilled Trades – The Transportation and Skilled Trades segment offers academic programs mainly in the career-oriented disciplines of transportation and skilled trades (e.g. automotive, diesel, HVAC, welding and manufacturing).

Healthcare and Other Professions – The Healthcare and Other Professions segment offers academic programs in the career-oriented disciplines of health sciences, hospitality and business and information technology (e.g. dental assistant, medical assistant, practical nursing, culinary arts and cosmetology).

40

Transitional – The Transitional segment refers to our campus operations which have been closed.  The schools in the Transitional segment employed a gradual teach-out process that enabled the schools to continue to operate to allow their current students to complete their course of study.

The Company continually evaluates each campus for profitability, earning potential, and customer satisfaction.  This evaluation takes several factors into consideration, including the campus’s geographic location and program offerings, as well as skillsets required of our students by their potential employers.  The purpose of this evaluation is to ensure that our programs provide our students with the best possible opportunity to succeed in the marketplace with the goals of attracting more students to our programs and, ultimately, to provide our shareholders with the maximum return on their investment.  Campuses classified in the Transitional segment have been subject to this process and have been strategically identified for closure.  No campuses have been categorized in the Transitional segment since the year ended December 31, 2018.

We evaluate segment performance based on operating results.  Adjustments to reconcile segment results to consolidated results are included under the caption “Corporate,” which primarily includes unallocated corporate activity.

41

The following table present results for the activity for our reportable segments for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019:

	Twelve Months Ended December 31,
	2020			2019			% Change
Revenue:
Transportation and Skilled Trades	$	207,434		$	193,722			7.1	%
Healthcare and Other Professions		85,661			79,620			7.6	%
Total	$	293,095		$	273,342			7.2	%
Operating Income (Loss):
Transportation and Skilled Trades	$	34,458		$	21,979			56.8	%
Healthcare and Other Professions		11,068			7,588			45.9	%
Corporate		(30,745	)		(24,329	)		-26.4	%
Total	$	14,781		$	5,238			182.2	%
Starts:
Transportation and Skilled Trades		9,442			8,548			10.5	%
Healthcare and Other Professions		4,879			4,386			11.2	%
Total		14,321			12,934			10.7	%
Average Population:
Transportation and Skilled Trades		7,872			7,319			7.6	%
Leave of Absense - COVID-19		(219	)		-			100.0	%
Transportation and Skilled Trades Excluding Leave of Absense - COVID-19		7,653			7,319			4.6	%
Healthcare and Other Professions		4,232			3,666			15.4	%
Leave of Absense - COVID-19		(156	)		-			100.0	%
Healthcare and Other Professions Excluding Leave of Absense - COVID-19		4,076			3,666			11.2	%
Total		12,104			10,985			10.2	%
Total Excluding Leave of Absense - COVID-19		11,729			10,985			6.8	%
End of Period Population:
Transportation and Skilled Trades		7,917			7,349			7.7	%
Leave of Absense - COVID-19		(22	)		-			100.0	%
Transportation and Skilled Trades Excluding Leave of Absense - COVID-19		7,895			7,349			7.4	%
Healthcare and Other Professions		4,402			3,936			11.8	%
Leave of Absense - COVID-19		(80	)		-			100.0	%
Healthcare and Other Professions Excluding Leave of Absense - COVID-19		4,322			3,936			9.8	%
Total		12,319			11,285			9.2	%
Total Excluding Leave of Absense - COVID-19		12,217			11,285			8.3	%

42

Year Ended December 31, 2020 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2019

Transportation and Skilled Trades

Student start results increased 10.5% to 9,442 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 from 8,548 in the prior fiscal year.

Operating income increased $12.5 million, or 56.8% to $34.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $22.0 million in the prior year comparable period.  The increase year over year was mainly driven by the following factors:

• Revenue increased $13.7 million, or 7.1% to $207.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $193.7 million in the prior year comparable period.  The increase in revenue was primarily due to a 4.6% increase in average student population, driven by a 10.5% increase in student starts year over year.

• Educational services and facilities expense decreased $2.3 million, or 2.7% to $83.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $85.7 million in the prior year comparable period.  The reduced costs year over year were primarily driven by savings in facilities expense due to facility closures during the first and second quarter as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, which drove down utilities expense, regular daily cleaning services and meal plan expense.  Further cost savings were realized from rent abatements at certain campuses resulting in lower rent expense while campuses were closed.

• Selling general and administrative expense increased $3.0 million, or 3.5% to $89.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $86.6 million in the prior year comparable period.  The increase was primarily due to bad debt expense and additional investments in marketing.  Partially offsetting the increase were cost savings in sales expense and student services expense all of which are discussed in detail above in the consolidated results of operations.

Healthcare and Other Professions

Student start results increased 11.2% to 4,879 for the year ended December 31, 2020 from 4,386 in the prior fiscal year.

Operating income increased 45.9% to $11.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $7.6 million in the prior year comparable period.  The $3.5 million increase was mainly driven by the following factors:

• Revenue increased by $6.1 million, or 7.6% to $85.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $79.6 million in the prior year comparable period.  The increase in revenue was primarily due to a 11.2% increase in average student population, driven by an 11.2% increase in student starts year over year.

• Educational services and facilities expense increased $1.0 million, or 2.7% to $38.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $37.8 million in the prior year comparable period.  The increase was primarily driven by increases in instructional expense and books and tools expense resulting from a larger student population year over year.  Partially offsetting these costs were savings realized in facilities expense driven by facility closures during the first and second quarter as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, which drove down utilities expense and regular daily cleaning services. Further cost savings were realized from rent abatements at certain campuses resulting in lower rent expense while campuses were closed.

• Selling general and administrative expense increased $1.5 million, or 4.5% to $35.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $34.3 million in the prior year comparable period.  The increase was primarily driven by bad debt expense, which is discussed in detail in the consolidated results of operations.

Transitional

No campuses have been classified in the Transitional segment for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Corporate and Other

This category includes unallocated expenses incurred on behalf of the entire Company.  Corporate and other expenses were $30.7 million and $24.3 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.   Increased expense was driven by actions taken in response to the impact of COVID-19 on our employees and students and an increase in incentive compensation accruals driven by improved financial performance.

43

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Our primary capital requirements are for maintenance and expansion of our facilities and the development of new programs. Our principal sources of liquidity have been cash provided by operating activities and borrowings under our credit facility.  The following chart summarizes the principal elements of our cash flow for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended December 31, 2020:

	Cash Flow Summary Year Ended December 31,
	2020			2019
	(In thousands)
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	23,485		$	988
Net cash used in investing activities	$	(5,483	)	$	(4,810	)
Net cash used in financing activities	$	(18,620	)	$	(3,480	)

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had a net cash balance of $20.8 million compared to $4.6 million in the prior year comparable period. The net cash balance is calculated as our cash, cash equivalents and both the short and long-term restricted cash less both short and long-term portion of the credit agreement. The increase in our net cash position is mainly attributed to net income generated by the Company during the year, partially offset by net repayments on borrowings of $17.0 million.  As of December 31, 2020, the Company can borrow an additional $21.0 million under its credit facility.

Our primary source of cash is tuition collected from our students. The majority of students enrolled at our schools rely on funds received under various government-sponsored student financial aid programs to pay a substantial portion of their tuition and other education-related expenses. The most significant source of student financing is Title IV Programs, which represented approximately 77% of our cash receipts relating to revenues in 2020. Pursuant to applicable regulations, students must apply for a new loan for each academic period. Federal regulations dictate the timing of disbursements of funds under Title IV Programs and loan funds are generally provided by lenders in two disbursements for each academic year. The first disbursement is usually received approximately 31 days after the start of a student’s academic year and the second disbursement is typically received at the beginning of the sixteenth week from the start of the student’s academic year. Certain types of grants and other funding are not subject to a 31-day delay.  In certain instances, if a student withdraws from a program prior to a specified date, any paid but unearned tuition or prorated Title IV Program financial aid is refunded according to federal, state and accrediting agency standards.

As a result of the significant amount of Title IV Program funds received by our students, we are highly dependent on these funds to operate our business. Any reduction in the level of Title IV Program funds that our students are eligible to receive or any restriction on our eligibility to receive Title IV Program funds would have a significant impact on our operations and our financial condition.  For more information, see Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors - Risks Related to Our Industry”.

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities was $23.5 million and $1.0 million for each the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.  For the year ended December 31, 2020, changes in our operating assets and liabilities resulted in cash outflows of $37.5 million primarily attributable to changes in deferred income taxes, provision for doubtful accounts, accounts receivable and accrued expenses.  The decrease in deferred income taxes resulted in a cash outflow of $35.9 million and was the result of the reversal of a tax valuation allowance in the current year.  The increase in the provision for doubtful accounts resulted in a cash inflow of $26.9 million and was driven by increased reserve rates coupled with a higher accounts receivable balance.  Increases in accounts receivable resulted in a cash outflow of $37.4 million and was driven in part by a larger student population.  Increases in the accrued expenses resulted in a cash inflow of $8.8 million and was driven by increases in compensation accruals resulting from an improved financial condition year over year.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $5.5 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 compared to $4.8 million in the prior fiscal year.  The decrease of $0.7 million was primarily the result of proceeds received from an insurance settlement in the prior year.

One of our primary uses of cash in investing activities was capital expenditures associated with investments in training technology, classroom furniture, and new program buildouts.

We currently lease a majority of our campuses. We own our real property in Grand Prairie, Texas; Nashville, Tennessee; and Denver, Colorado and our former school property located in Suffield, Connecticut.

Capital expenditures were 2% of revenues in 2020 and are expected to approximate 2% of revenues in 2021.  We expect to fund future capital expenditures with cash generated from operating activities and borrowings under our credit facility.

44

Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities was $18.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to $3.5 million in the comparable prior year period.  The increase of $15.1 million was due to several factors including the payment of $1.4 million in dividends in the current year; an increase in net payments on borrowings of $2.5 million year over year; and proceeds received in the prior year of approximately $12.0 million from the issuance of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock in November 2019.

Net payments on borrowings consisted of: (a) total borrowings to date under our secured credit facility of $11.0 million; and (b) $28.0 million in total repayments made by the Company.

Credit Facility with Sterling National Bank

On November 14, 2019, the Company entered into a new senior secured credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with its lender, Sterling National Bank (the “Lender”), providing for borrowing in the aggregate principal amount of up to $60 million (the “Credit Facility”).

The Credit Facility is comprised of four facilities: (1) a $20 million senior secured term loan maturing on December 1, 2024 (the “Term Loan”), with monthly interest and principal payments based on 120-month amortization with the outstanding balance due on the maturity date; (2) a $10 million senior secured delayed draw term loan maturing on December 1, 2024 (the “Delayed Draw Term Loan”), with monthly interest payments for the first 18 months and thereafter monthly payments of interest and principal based on 120-month amortization and all balances due on the maturity date; (3) a $15 million senior secured committed revolving line of credit providing a sublimit of up to $10 million for standby letters of credit maturing on November 13, 2022 (the “Revolving Loan”), with monthly payments of interest only; and (4) a $15 million senior secured non-restoring line of credit maturing on January 31, 2021 (the “Line of Credit Loan”).  The Credit Agreement gives the Company the right to permanently terminate, in its entirety, the Revolving Loan or the Line of Credit Loan or permanently reduce the amount available for borrowing under the Revolving Loan or the Line of Credit Loan.  In April 2020, the Company terminated the Line of Credit Loan.  On November 10, 2020, the Company entered into an amendment to its Credit Agreement to extend the Delayed Draw Availability Period by one year to May 31, 2022 and to increase the amount of permitted cash dividends that the Company can pay on its Series A Preferred Stock during the first twenty-four months of the Credit Agreement from $1.7 million to $2.3 million.

The Credit Facility is secured by a first priority lien in favor of the Lender on substantially all of the personal property owned by the Company, as well as a pledge of the stock and other equity in the Company’s subsidiaries and mortgages on parcels of real property owned by the Company in Colorado, Tennessee and Texas, at which three of the Company’s schools are located, as well as a former school property owned by the Company located in Connecticut.

At the closing of the Credit Facility, the Lender advanced the Term Loan to the Company, the net proceeds of which were $19.7 million after deduction of the Lender’s origination fee in the amount of $0.3 million and other Lender fees and reimbursements to the Lender that are customary for facilities of this type.  The Company used the net proceeds of the Term Loan, together with cash on hand, to repay the existing credit facility and transaction expenses.

Pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, letters of credit issued under the Revolving Loan reduce dollar for dollar the availability of borrowings under the Revolving Loan.  Borrowings under the Line of Credit Loan are to be secured by cash collateral.

Under the Credit Agreement, borrowing under the Delayed Draw Term Loan was available through May 31, 2021 but an amendment to the Credit Agreement entered into on November 10, 2020 extended the period through May 31. 2022.

Accrued interest on each loan under the Credit Facility will be payable monthly in arrears.  The Term Loan and the Delayed Draw Term Loan bear interest at a floating interest rate based on the then one month London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 3.50%.  At the closing of the Credit Facility, the Company entered into a swap transaction with the Lender for 100% of the principal balance of the Term Loan, which matures on the same date as the Term Loan.  At the end of the borrowing availability period for the Delayed Draw Term Loan, the Company is required to enter into a swap transaction with the Lender for 100% of the principal balance of the Delayed Draw Term Loan, which will mature on the same date as the Delayed Draw Term Loan, pursuant to a swap agreement between the Company and the Lender or the Lender’s affiliate.  The Term Loan and Delayed Draw Term Loan are subject to a LIBOR interest rate floor of .25% if there is no swap agreement.

Revolving Loans bear interest at a floating interest rate based on the then LIBOR plus an indicative spread determined by the Company’s leverage as defined in the Credit Agreement or, if the borrowing of a Revolving Loan is to be repaid within 30 days of such borrowing, the Revolving Loan will accrue interest at the Lender’s prime rate plus .50% with a floor of 4.0%.  Line of Credit Loans will bear interest at a floating interest rate based on the Lender’s prime rate of interest.  Revolving Loans are subject to a LIBOR interest rate floor of .00%.

45

Letters of credit are charged an annual fee equal to (i) an applicable margin determined by the leverage ratio of the Company less (ii) .25%, paid quarterly in arrears, in addition to the Lender’s customary fees for issuance, amendment and other standard fees.  Letters of credit totaling $4 million that were outstanding under the existing credit facility are treated as letters of credit under the Revolving Loan.

Under the terms of the Credit Agreement, the Company may prepay the Term Loan and/or the Delayed Draw Term Loan in full or in part without penalty except for any amount required to compensate the Lender for any swap breakage or other costs incurred in connection with such prepayment.  The Lender receives an unused facility fee of 0.50% per annum payable quarterly in arrears on the unused portions of the Revolving Loan and the Line of Credit Loan.

In addition to the foregoing, the Credit Agreement contains customary representations, warranties and affirmative and negative covenants (including financial covenants that (i) restrict capital expenditures, (ii) restrict leverage, (iii) require maintaining minimum tangible net worth, (iv) require maintaining a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and (v) require the maintenance of a minimum of $5 million in quarterly average aggregate balances on deposit with the Lender, which, if not maintained, will result in the assessment of a quarterly fee of $12,500), as well as events of default customary for facilities of this type. As of December 31, 2020, the Company was in compliance with all debt covenants.  The Credit Agreement also limited the payment of cash dividends during the first twenty-four months of the agreement to $1.7 million but an amendment to the Credit Agreement entered into on November 10, 2020 raised the cash dividend limit to $2.3 million in such twenty-four-month period.

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had $17.8 million and $34.8 million, respectively, outstanding under the Credit Facility offset by $0.6 million and $0.8 million of deferred finance fees, respectively.  In January 2020, the Company repaid the $15.0 million outstanding on the Line of Credit Loan.  As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, letters of credit in the aggregate outstanding principal amount of $4.0 million and $4.0 million, respectively, were outstanding under the Credit Facility.

Long-term debt and lease obligations consist of the following:

	As of December 31,
	2020			2019
Credit agreement	$	17,833		$	34,833
Deferred financing fees		(621	)		(805	)
Subtotal		17,212			34,028
Less current maturities		(2,000	)		(2,000	)
Total long-term debt	$	15,212		$	32,028

We had outstanding financing principal commitments to our active students of $21.7 million and $23.3 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.  These are extended financing plans and no cash is advanced to students.  The full amount is not guaranteed unless the student completes the program. The extended financing plans are considered commitments because the students are packaged to fund their education using these funds and they are not reported on our financials.

Climate Change

Climate change has not had and is not expected to have a significant impact on our operations.

Contractual Obligations

Current portion of Long-Term Debt, Long-Term Debt and Lease Commitments.    As of December 31, 2020, our current portion of long-term debt and long-term debt consisted of borrowings under our Credit Facility.  We lease offices, educational facilities and various items of equipment for varying periods through the year 2031 at basic annual rentals (excluding taxes, insurance, and other expenses under certain leases).

We had no off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2020, except for surety bonds.  At December 31, 2020, we posted surety bonds in the total amount of approximately $12.4 million.  We are required to post surety bonds on behalf of our campuses and education representatives with multiple states to maintain authorization to conduct our business. These off-balance sheet arrangements do not adversely impact our liquidity or capital resources.

SEASONALITY AND OUTLOOK

46

Seasonality

Our revenue and operating results normally fluctuate as a result of seasonal variations in our business, principally due to changes in total student population. Student population varies as a result of new student enrollments, graduations and student attrition. Historically, our schools have had lower student populations in our first and second quarters and we have experienced larger class starts in the third quarter and higher student attrition in the first half of the year. Our second half growth is largely dependent on a successful high school recruiting season. We recruit our high school students several months ahead of their scheduled start dates and, thus, while we have visibility on the number of students who have expressed interest in attending our schools, we cannot predict with certainty the actual number of new student enrollments and the related impact on revenue. Our expenses, however, typically do not vary significantly over the course of the year with changes in our student population and revenue.

This year, due to COVID-19 and not a seasonality issue, it has not been a typical year and expenses have varied more significantly. In a typical year, during the first half of the year, we make significant investments in marketing, staff, programs and facilities to meet our targets for the second half of the year and, as a result, such expenses do not fluctuate significantly on a quarterly basis. To the extent new student enrollments, and related revenue, in the second half of the year fall short of our estimates, our operating results could be negatively impacted. We expect quarterly fluctuations in operating results to continue as a result of seasonal enrollment patterns. Such patterns may change as a result of new school openings, new program introductions, and increased enrollments of adult students and/or acquisitions.

Effect of Inflation

Inflation has not had and is not expected to have a significant impact on our operations.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are exposed to certain market risks as part of our on-going business operations.  Our obligations under our credit facility are secured by a lien on substantially all of our assets and any assets that we or our subsidiaries may acquire in the future.  As of December 31, 2020, we had $17.8 million outstanding under the Credit Agreement for which we originally hedged 57% of the amount outstanding by entering into a cash flow hedge with a fixed interest rate of 5.36%.

Based on our remaining unhedged outstanding debt balance as of December 31, 2020, a change of one percent in the interest rate would have caused a change in our interest expense of approximately $0.2 million, or $0.01 per basic share, on an annual basis.  Changes in interest rates could have an impact on our operations, which are greatly dependent on our students’ ability to obtain financing and, as such, any increase in interest rates could greatly impact our ability to attract students and have an adverse impact on the results of our operations.

The use of the derivative instrument exposes us to credit risk if the counterparty fails to perform when the fair value of a derivative instrument contract is positive. If the counterparty fails to perform, collateral is not required by any party whether derivatives are in an asset or liability position.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

See “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” on page F-1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures

Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, after evaluating, together with management, the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e)) as of December 31, 2020 have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to reasonably ensure that material information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified by Securities and Exchange Commissions’ Rules and Forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

During the quarter ended December 31, 2020, there has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

47

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting and Attestation Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The Company’s internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and Board of Directors regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on the framework set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013). Based on its assessment, management believes that, as of December 31, 2020, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

The Company’s independent auditors, Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, as stated in their report included in this Form 10-K that follows.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

48

PART III.

Certain information required by this item will be included in a definitive proxy statement for the Company’s annual meeting of shareholders or an amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, in either case filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after December 31, 2020, and is incorporated by reference herein.

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Directors and Executive Officers

Certain information required by this Item 10 of Part III is incorporated by reference from a definitive proxy statement or an amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K that will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after December 31, 2020.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Conduct and Ethics applicable to our directors, officers and employees and certain other persons, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. A copy of our Code of Ethics is available on our website at www.lincolntech.edu. If any amendments to or waivers from the Code of Conduct are made, we will disclose such amendments or waivers on our website.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this Item 11 of Part III is incorporated by reference from a definitive proxy statement or an amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K that will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after December 31, 2020.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this Item 12 of Part III is incorporated by reference from a definitive proxy statement or an amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K that will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after December 31, 2020.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this Item 13 of Part III is incorporated by reference from a definitive proxy statement or an amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K that will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after December 31, 2020.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this Item 14 of Part III is incorporated by reference from a definitive proxy statement or an amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K that will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after December 31, 2020.

49

PART IV.

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

1. Financial Statements

See “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” on page F-1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

2. Financial Statement Schedule

See “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” on page F-1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

3. Exhibits Required by Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-K

Exhibit Number	Description
3.1	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (Registration No. 333-123644) filed June 7, 2005.
3.2	Certificate of Amendment, dated November 14, 2019, to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed October 6, 2020).
3.3	Bylaws of the Company, as amended on March 8, 2019 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K filed June 28 2005).
4.1	Specimen Stock Certificate evidencing shares of common stock (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (Registration No. 333-123644) filed June 21, 2005).
4.2	Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 14, 2019, between the Company and the investors parties thereto (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 14, 2019).
4.3*	Description of Securities of the Company
10.1+	Employment Agreement, dated as of December 10, 2020, between the Company and Scott M. Shaw (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 11, 2020).
10.2+	Employment Agreement, dated as of November 7, 2018, between the Company and Scott M. Shaw (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 9, 2018).
10.3+	Employment Agreement, dated as of December 10, 2020, between the Company and Brian K. Meyers (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 11, 2020).
10.4+	Employment Agreement, dated as of November 7, 2018, between the Company and Brian K. Meyers (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 9, 2018).
10.5+	Employment Agreement, dated as of December 10, 2020, between the Company and Stephen M. Buchenot (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 11, 2020).
10.6+	Employment Agreement dated April 3, 2019 between the Company and Stephen M. Buchenot (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 5, 2019).
10.7+	Lincoln Educational Services Corporation 2020 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 of the Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 5, 2020).

50

10.11	Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 14, 2019, between the Company and the investors parties thereto (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 14, 2019).
10.12	Credit Agreement, dated as of November 14, 2019, among the Company, Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc. and its subsidiaries, and Sterling National Bank (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 14, 2019).
10.13	First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2020, among the Company, Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc. and its subsidiaries, and Sterling National Bank (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 12, 2020).
10.14	Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and each director of the Company (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 14, 2019).
10.15	Indemnification Agreement between the Company and John A. Bartholdson (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 14, 2019).
21*	Subsidiaries of the Company.
23*	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
24*	Power of Attorney (included on the Signatures page of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 6, 2021).
31.1 *	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2 *	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32 *	Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
101*	The following financial statements from Lincoln Educational Services Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020, formatted in XBRL: (i) Consolidated Statements of Operations, (ii) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income, (v) Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity and (vi) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, tagged as blocks of text and in detail.

* Filed herewith.

+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed or incorporated by reference as an exhibit to this Form 10-K pursuant to Item 15(b) of Form 10-K.

** As provided in Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this information is furnished and not filed for purposes of Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

51

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Date:  March 8, 2020

LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION
By:	/s/ Brian Meyers
	Brian Meyers
	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
	(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of the undersigned constitutes and appoints Scott M. Shaw and Brian K. Meyers, and each of them, as attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and re-substitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorney-in-fact or substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
/s/ Scott M. Shaw
Scott M. Shaw	Chief Executive Officer and Director	March 8, 2021
/s/ Brian K. Meyers	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)	March 8, 2021
Brian K. Meyers
/s/ John A. Bartholdson	Director	March 8, 2021
John A. Bartholdson
/s/ Peter S. Burgess	Director	March 8, 2021
Peter S. Burgess
/s/ James J. Burke, Jr.	Director	March 8, 2021
James J. Burke, Jr.
/s/ Kevin M. Carney	Director	March 8, 2021
Kevin M. Carney
/s/ Celia H. Currin	Director	March 8, 2021
Celia H. Currin
/s/ Ronald E. Harbour	Director	March 8, 2021
Ronald E. Harbour
/s/ J. Barry Morrow	Director	March 8, 2021
J. Barry Morrow
/s/ Michael A. Plater	Director	March 8, 2021
Michael A. Plater
/s/ Carlton Rose	Director	March 8, 2021
Carlton Rose

52

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

	Page Number
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019	F-5
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019	F-7
Consolidated Statements of Other Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019	F-8
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019	F-9
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019	F-10
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	F-12
Schedule II-Valuation and Qualifying Accounts	F-38

F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of Lincoln Educational Services Corporation

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity, and cash flows, for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes and the schedule listed in the Index at Item 15 (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 8, 2021, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Goodwill - Two Reporting Units within the Transportation and Skilled Trades Segment - Refer to Note 6 to the financial statements

Critical Audit Matter Description

The Company’s evaluation of goodwill for impairment involves the comparison of the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value. The Company determines the fair value of its reporting units using an equal weighting of the discounted cash flow model and the market approach. The determination of fair value using the discounted cash flow model requires management to make significant estimates and assumptions related to forecasts of future revenues, which is driven by student start growth, EBITDA (Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation, and Amortization) margins, the long-term growth rate used in the calculation of the terminal value, and the discount rate to apply against the reporting unit’s financial metrics.  The determination of fair value using the market approach requires management to make significant estimates and assumptions related to the selection of EBITDA multiples and the control premiums.  Changes in these assumptions could have a significant impact on either the fair value, the amount of any goodwill impairment charge, or both. The Company’s consolidated goodwill balance was $14.5 million as of December 31, 2020, of which $11.6 million was attributable to two reporting units within the Transportation and Skilled Trades Segment.

F-2

Given the significant judgments made by management to estimate the fair value of the reporting units, including management’s judgments in selecting significant assumptions to forecast future revenues, student start growth, EBITDA margins, the long-term growth rate used in the calculation of the terminal value, and the discount rate to apply against the reporting units financial metrics, as well as the selection of the EBITDA multiples and control premiums, performing audit procedures to evaluate the reasonableness of management’s estimates and assumptions required a high degree of auditor judgment and an increased extent of effort, including the need to involve our fair value specialists.

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

Our audit procedures related to the forecasts of future revenue, student start growth, EBITDA margins, the long-term growth rate used in the calculation of the terminal value, and the selection of the discount rate to apply against the reporting units financial metrics used within the income approach, and selection of the EBITDA multiples and control premiums used in the market approach for the two reporting units within the Transportation and Skilled Trades Segment included the following, among others:

• We tested the effectiveness of controls over management’s goodwill impairment evaluation, including those over the determination of the fair value of the reporting units within the Transportation and Skilled Trades Segment such as controls related to management’s selection of the long-term growth rate, discount rate, EBITDA multiples and control premiums, as well as forecasts of future revenue, student start growth and EBITDA margins.

• We evaluated management’s ability to accurately forecast future revenues and EBITDA margins by comparing actual results to management’s historical forecasts.

• We evaluated the reasonableness of management’s revenue and EBITDA margin forecasts by comparing the forecasts to:

o Historical revenues and EBITDA margins.

o Internal communications to management and the Board of Directors.

o Forecasted information included in Company press releases, as well as in analyst and industry reports for the Company and certain peer companies.

• With the assistance of our fair value specialists, we evaluated the reasonableness of the (1) valuation methodologies (2) EBITDA multiples (3) control premiums (4) long-term growth rate and (5) the discount rate by:

o Testing the source information underlying the determination of the discount rate, the selection of the EBITDA multiples, control premiums, long-term growth rates and the discount rate and the mathematical accuracy of the calculations.

o Developing a range of independent estimates and comparing those to the EBITDA multiples, control premiums, long-term growth rates and the discount rate selected by management.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Parsippany, New Jersey

March 8, 2021

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1999.

F-3

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of Lincoln Educational Services Corporation

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020, of the Company and our report dated March 8, 2021, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Parsippany, New Jersey

March 8, 2021

F-4

LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share amounts)

	December 31,
	2020		2019
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	38,026	$	23,644
Accounts receivable, less allowance of $25,174 and $18,107 at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively		30,021		20,652
Inventories		2,394		1,608
Prepaid income taxes and income taxes receivable		-		383
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		3,723		4,190
Total current assets		74,164		50,477
PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES - At cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of $176,300 and $172,408 at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively		48,388		49,345
OTHER ASSETS:
Noncurrent restricted cash		-		15,000
Noncurrent receivables, less allowance of $3,465 and $2,260 at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively		16,463		15,337
Deferred income taxes, net		35,718		-
Operating lease right-of-use assets		55,187		49,065
Goodwill		14,536		14,536
Other assets, net		734		1,003
Total other assets		122,638		94,941
TOTAL ASSETS	$	245,190	$	194,763

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5

LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share amounts)

(Continued)

	December 31,
	2020			2019
LIABILITIES, SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Current portion of credit agreement	$	2,000		$	2,000
Unearned tuition		23,453			23,411
Accounts payable		15,676			14,584
Accrued expenses		16,692			7,869
Income taxes payable		491			-
Current portion of operating lease liabilities		8,504			9,142
Other short-term liabilities		26			199
Total current liabilities		66,842			57,205
NONCURRENT LIABILITIES:
Long-term credit agreement		15,212			32,028
Pension plan liabilities		4,252			4,015
Deferred income taxes, net		-			153
Long-term portion of operating lease liabilities		52,702			46,018
Other long-term liabilities		3,133			214
Total liabilities		142,141			139,633
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
Preferred stock, no par value - 10,000,000 shares authorized, Series A convertible preferred shares, 12,700 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and no shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019		11,982			11,982
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
Common stock, no par value - authorized 100,000,000 shares at December 31, 2020 and 2019, issued and outstanding 26,476,329 shares at December 31, 2020 and 25,231,710 shares at December 31, 2019		141,377			141,377
Additional paid-in capital		30,512			30,145
Treasury stock at cost - 5,910,541 shares at December 31, 2020 and 2019		(82,860	)		(82,860	)
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)		6,203			(42,058	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(4,165	)		(3,456	)
Total stockholders’ equity		91,067			43,148
TOTAL LIABILITIES, SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY	$	245,190		$	194,763

  See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6

LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020			2019
REVENUE	$	293,095		$	273,342
COSTS AND EXPENSES:
Educational services and facilities		122,196			123,495
Selling, general and administrative		156,199			145,176
Gain on sale of assets		(81	)		(567	)
Total costs and expenses		278,314			268,104
OPERATING INCOME		14,781			5,238
OTHER:
Interest income		-			8
Interest expense		(1,275	)		(2,963	)
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES		13,506			2,283
(BENEFIT) PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES		(35,059	)		268
NET INCOME		48,565			2,015
PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS		1,378			-
INCOME AVAILABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS	$	47,187		$	2,015
Basic
Net income per share	$	1.49		$	0.08
Diluted
Net income per share	$	1.49		$	0.08
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:
Basic		24,748			24,554
Diluted		24,748			24,554

See notes to consolidated financial statements

F-7

LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(In thousands)

	December 31,
	2020			2019
Net income	$	48,565		$	2,015
Other comprehensive income
Derivative qualifying as a cash flow hedge, net of taxes (nil)		(703	)		(174	)
Employee pension plan adjustments, net of taxes (1)		(6	)		780
Comprehensive income	$	47,856		$	2,621

See notes to consolidated financial statements

F-8

LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In thousands, except share amounts)

	Stockholders’ Equity
						Additional Paid-in Capital			Treasury Stock			Retained Earnings (Accumulated Deficit)			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)			Total			Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
	Common Stock
	Shares			Amount																	Shares		Amount
BALANCE - January 1, 2018		24,641,792		$	141,377	$	29,484.0		$	(82,860	)	$	(44,073	)	$	(4,062	)	$	39,866			-		-
Net income		-			-		-			-			2,015			-			2,015			-		-
Employee pension plan adjustments		-			-		-			-			-			780			780			-		-
Derivative qualifying as cash flow hedge		-			-		-			-			-			(174	)		(174	)		-		-
Issuance of series A convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs		-			-		-			-			-			-			-			12,700		11,982
Stock-based compensation expense
Restricted stock		595,436			-		679			-			-			-			679			-		-
Net share settlement for equity-based compensation		(5,518	)		-		(18	)		-			-			-			(18	)		-		-
BALANCE - December 31, 2019		25,231,710			141,377		30,145			(82,860	)		(42,058	)		(3,456	)		43,148			12,700		11,982
Net income		-			-		-			-			48,565			-			48,565			-		-
Preferred stock dividend		-			-		(1,074	)		-			(304	)		-			(1,378	)		-		-
Employee pension plan adjustments		-			-		-			-			-			(6	)		(6	)		-		-
Derivative qualifying as cash flow hedge		-			-		-			-			-			(703	)		(703	)		-		-
Stock-based compensation expense
Restricted stock		1,319,734			-		1,686			-			-			-			1,686			-		-
Net share settlement for equity-based compensation		(75,115	)		-		(245	)		-			-			-			(245	)		-		-
BALANCE - December 31, 2020		26,476,329		$	141,377	$	30,512		$	(82,860	)	$	6,203		$	(4,165	)	$	91,067			12,700	$	11,982

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-9

LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 (In thousands)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020			2019
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income	$	48,565		$	2,015
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		7,400			8,116
Amortization of deferred finance fees		181			190
Write-off of deferred finance fees		-			512
Deferred income taxes		(35,871	)		153
Gain on disposition of assets		(81	)		(567	)
Fixed asset donation		(334	)		(1,084	)
Provision for doubtful accounts		26,888			20,847
Stock-based compensation expense		1,686			679
(Increase) decrease in assets:
Accounts receivable		(37,383	)		(25,986	)
Inventories		(786	)		(157	)
Prepaid income taxes and income taxes receivable		383			219
Prepaid expenses and current assets		158			(502	)
Other assets		193			(1,368	)
Increase (decrease) in liabilities:
Accounts payable		856			444
Accrued expenses		8,823			(1,687	)
Unearned tuition		42			866
Income taxes payable		491			-
Other liabilities		2,274			(1,702	)
Total adjustments		(25,080	)		(1,027	)
Net cash provided by operating activities		23,485			988
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Capital expenditures		(5,580	)		(5,385	)
Proceeds from insurance settlement		97			575
Net cash used in investing activities		(5,483	)		(4,810	)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from borrowings		11,000			40,045
Payments on borrowings		(28,000	)		(54,514	)
Credit (payment) of deferred finance fees		3			(975	)
Net share settlement for equity-based compensation		(245	)		(18	)
Dividend payment for preferred stock		(1,378	)		-
Proceeds from sale of convertible preferred stock		-			12,700
Payment of convertible preferred stock issuance costs		-			(718	)
Net cash used in financing activities		(18,620	)		(3,480	)
NET DECREASE IN CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH		(618	)		(7,302	)
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH—Beginning of year		38,644			45,946
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH—End of year	$	38,026		$	38,644

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-10

LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

(Continued)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020		2019
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Cash paid during the year for:
Interest	$	1,110	$	2,155
Income taxes	$	179	$	118
SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Liabilities accrued for or noncash purchases of property and equipment	$	975	$	2,852

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-11

LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 AND FOR THE TWO YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts, schools, training sites, campuses and unless otherwise stated)

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Business Activities—Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”, “we”, “our” and “us”, as applicable) provide diversified career-oriented post-secondary education to recent high school graduates and working adults.  The Company, which currently operates 22 schools in 14 states, offers programs in automotive technology, skilled trades (which include HVAC, welding and computerized numerical control and electronic systems technology, among other programs), healthcare services (which include nursing, dental assistant and medical administrative assistant, among other programs), hospitality services (which include culinary, therapeutic massage, cosmetology and aesthetics) and information technology.  The schools operate under Lincoln Technical Institute, Lincoln College of Technology, Lincoln Culinary Institute, and Euphoria Institute of Beauty Arts and Sciences and associated brand names.  Most of the campuses serve major metropolitan markets and each typically offers courses in multiple areas of study.  Five of the campuses are destination schools, which attract students from across the United States and, in some cases, from abroad. The Company’s other campuses primarily attract students from their local communities and surrounding areas.  All of the campuses are nationally or regionally accredited and are eligible to participate in federal financial aid programs by the U.S. Department of Education (the “DOE”) and applicable state education agencies and accrediting commissions which allow students to apply for and access federal student loans as well as other forms of financial aid.

The Company’s business is organized into three reportable business segments: (a) Transportation and Skilled Trades, (b) Healthcare and Other Professions (“HOPS”), and (c) Transitional, which refers to our campus operations which have been closed.

COVID-19 Pandemic— During the first quarter of 2020, the coronavirus disease (“COVID-19”) began to spread worldwide and has caused significant disruptions to the U.S. and world economies.  In early March 2020, the Company began seeing the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business. The impact was primarily related to transitioning classes from in-person, hands-on learning to online, remote learning.  As part of this transition, the Company has incurred additional expenses.  In addition, some students were placed on leave of absence as they could not complete their externships and some students chose not to participate in online learning. Additionally, certain programs were extended due to restricted access to externship sites and classroom labs.  Due to state and local provisions, our schools reopened on a phased basis from May through August 2020.  Currently, all of our schools have re-opened and the majority of the students who were placed on leave or otherwise deferred their programs are actively working to finish their programs over the next few months.  As COVID-19 continues to affect many states and its course is unpredictable, the full impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements remains uncertain.

On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) was signed into law which includes a $2 trillion federal economic relief package providing financial assistance and other relief to individuals and businesses impacted by the spread of COVID-19. The CARES Act includes provisions for financial assistance and other regulatory relief benefitting students and their postsecondary institutions.  The Company has and will continue to evaluate the impact of the CARES Act on the Company’s results of operations and cash flows.  See Note 16 – COVID-19 Pandemic and CARES Act for additional discussion about the CARES Act.

Liquidity—As of December 31, 2020, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $38.0 million.  As of December 31, 2020, the Company had a net cash balance of $20.8 million calculated as cash and cash equivalents, less both the short-term and long-term portions of the Company’s Credit Facility (defined below). As of December 31, 2020, the Company also can borrow an additional $21.0 million under its Credit Facility.  As of December 31, 2019, the Company had a net cash balance of $4.6 million.  The Company believes that its likely sources of cash should be sufficient to fund operations for the next twelve months and thereafter for the foreseeable future. However, the circumstances relating to COVID-19 and its evolution are unpredictable and, if circumstances surrounding COVID-19 should evolve in a significantly adverse manner it is possible our liquidity could be materially and adversely affected.

Principles of Consolidation—The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Cash and Cash Equivalents—Cash and cash equivalents include all cash balances and highly liquid short-term investments, which contain original maturities within three months of purchase.  Pursuant to the DOE’s cash management requirements, the Company retains funds from financial aid programs under Title IV of the Higher Education Act in segregated cash management accounts.  The segregated accounts do not require a restriction on use of the cash and, as such, these amounts are classified as cash and cash equivalents on the consolidated balance sheet.

F-12

Restricted Cash—Restricted cash consists of deposits that were maintained at financial institutions under a cash collateral agreement pursuant to the Company’s prior credit facility.  The amounts of zero and $15.0 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, of restricted cash is included in long-term assets in the consolidated balance sheets as the restrictions were greater than one year, respectively.  Refer to Note 9 for more information on the Company’s credit facility.

Accounts Receivable—The Company reports accounts receivable at net realizable value, which is equal to the gross receivable less an estimated allowance for uncollectible accounts.  Noncurrent accounts receivable represent amounts due from graduates in excess of 12 months from the balance sheet date.

Allowance for Uncollectible Accounts—Based upon experience and judgment, an allowance is established for uncollectible accounts with respect to tuition receivables. In establishing the allowance for uncollectible accounts, the Company considers, among other things, current and expected economic conditions, a student’s status (in-school or out-of-school), whether or not a student is currently making payments, and overall collection history. Changes in trends in any of these areas may impact the allowance for uncollectible accounts. The receivables balances of withdrawn students with delinquent obligations are reserved for based on our collection history.

Inventories—Inventories consist mainly of textbooks, computers, tools and supplies. Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market on a first-in, first-out basis.

Property, Equipment and Facilities—Depreciation and Amortization—Property, equipment and facilities are stated at cost. Major renewals and improvements are capitalized, while repairs and maintenance are expensed when incurred. Upon the retirement, sale or other disposition of assets, costs and related accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the accounts and any gain or loss is reflected in operating income (loss). For financial statement purposes, depreciation of property and equipment is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, and amortization of leasehold improvements is computed over the lesser of the term of the lease or its estimated useful life.

Advertising Costs—Costs related to advertising are expensed as incurred and approximated $31.2 million and $29.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. These amounts are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets— The Company tests its goodwill for impairment annually, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate an impairment may have occurred, by comparing its reporting unit’s carrying value to its implied fair value. Impairment may result from, among other things, deterioration in the performance of the acquired business, adverse market conditions, adverse changes in applicable laws or regulations, reductions in market value of the Company, and changes that restrict the activities of the acquired business, and a variety of other circumstances. If the Company determines that an impairment has occurred, it is required to record a write-down of the carrying value and charge the impairment as an operating expense in the period the determination is made. In evaluating the recoverability of the carrying value of goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets, the Company must make assumptions regarding estimated future cash flows and other factors to determine the fair value of the acquired assets. Changes in strategy or market conditions could significantly impact these judgments in the future and require an adjustment to the recorded balances.  The goodwill is allocated among nine reporting units within the Transportation and Skilled Trades Segment.

When we test goodwill balances for impairment, we determine the fair value of each of our reporting units using an equal weighting of the discounted cash flow model and the market approach. The determination of fair value using the discounted cash flow model requires significant estimates and assumptions related to forecasts of future revenues, which is driven by student start growth, EBITDA (Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation, and Amortization) margins, the long-term growth rate used in the calculation of the terminal value, and the discount rate to apply against each reporting unit’s financial metrics.  The determination of fair value using the market approach requires significant estimates and assumptions related to the selection of EBITDA multiples and the control premiums. Changes in these assumptions could have a significant impact on either the fair value, the amount of any goodwill impairment charge, or both.

Although we believe our projected future operating results and cash flows and related estimates regarding fair values are based on reasonable assumptions, historically projected operating results and cash flows have not always been achieved. The failure of one of our reporting units to achieve projected operating results and cash flows in the near term or long term may reduce the estimated fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying value and result in the recognition of a goodwill impairment charge. Significant management judgment is necessary to evaluate the impact of operating and macroeconomic changes and to estimate future cash flows. Assumptions used in our impairment evaluations, such as forecasted growth rates and our cost of capital, are based on the best available market information and are consistent with our internal forecasts and operating plans. In addition to cash flow estimates, our valuations are sensitive to the rate used to discount cash flows and future growth assumptions.

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, we conducted our annual test for goodwill impairment and determined we did not have an impairment.

F-13

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets—The Company reviews the carrying value of its long-lived assets and identifiable intangibles for possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. The Company evaluates long-lived assets for impairment by examining estimated future cash flows using Level 3 inputs. These cash flows are evaluated by using weighted probability techniques as well as comparisons of past performance against projections. Assets may also be evaluated by identifying independent market values. If the Company determines that an asset’s carrying value is impaired, it will record a write-down of the carrying value of the asset and charge the impairment as an operating expense in the period in which the determination is made.

The Company concluded that for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, there were no long-lived asset impairments.

Concentration of Credit Risk—Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of temporary cash investments.  The Company places its cash and cash equivalents with high credit quality financial institutions. The Company’s cash balances with financial institutions typically exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) limit of $0.25 million. The Company’s cash balances on deposit at December 31, 2020, exceeded the balance insured by the FDIC by approximately $37.75 million. The Company has not experienced any losses to date on its invested cash.

The Company extends credit for tuition and fees to many of its students. The credit risk with respect to these accounts receivable is mitigated through the students’ participation in federally funded financial aid programs unless students withdraw prior to the receipt of federal funds for those students. In addition, the remaining tuition receivables are primarily comprised of smaller individual amounts due from students.

With respect to student receivables, the Company had no significant concentrations of credit risk as of December 31, 2020 and 2019.

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements—The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP’) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates the estimates and assumptions, including those used to determine the incremental borrowing rate to calculate lease liabilities and right-of-use (“ROU”) assets, lease term to calculate lease cost, revenue recognition, bad debts, impairments, fixed assets, income taxes, benefit plans and certain accruals.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Income Taxes—The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 740, “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”). This statement requires an asset and a liability approach for measuring deferred taxes based on temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities existing at each balance sheet date using enacted tax rates for years in which taxes are expected to be paid or recovered.

In accordance with ASC 740, the Company assesses our deferred tax asset to determine whether all or any portion of the asset is more likely than not unrealizable.  A valuation allowance is required to be established or maintained when, based on currently available information, it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. In accordance with ASC 740, our assessment considers whether there has been sufficient income in recent years and whether sufficient income is expected in future years in order to utilize the deferred tax asset. In evaluating the realizability of deferred income tax assets, the Company considered, among other things, historical levels of income, expected future income, the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary reporting differences, and the expected impact of tax planning strategies that may be implemented to prevent the potential loss of future income tax benefits. Significant judgment is required in determining the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our consolidated financial statements and/or tax returns.  Differences between anticipated and actual outcomes of these future tax consequences could have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.  Changes in, among other things, income tax legislation, statutory income tax rates, or future income levels could materially impact the Company’s valuation of income tax assets and liabilities and could cause our income tax provision to vary significantly among financial reporting periods.

The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.  During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, we did not record any interest and penalties expense associated with uncertain tax positions.

Derivative Instruments—The Company records the fair value of derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities on the balance sheet. The accounting for gains and losses resulting from changes in fair value is dependent on the use of the derivative and whether it is designated and qualifies for hedge accounting.

All qualifying hedging activities are documented at the inception of the hedge and must meet the definition of highly effective in offsetting changes to future cash. The Company utilizes the change in variable cash flows method to evaluate hedge effectiveness quarterly. We record the fair value of the qualifying hedges in other long-term liabilities (for derivative liabilities) and other assets (for derivative assets). All unrealized gains and losses on derivatives that are designated and qualify for hedge accounting are reported in other comprehensive income (loss) and recognized when the underlying hedged transaction affects earnings. Changes in the fair value of these derivatives are recognized in other comprehensive income.  The Company classifies the cash flows from a cash flow hedge within the same category as the cash flows from the items being hedged.

F-14

Start-up Costs—Costs related to the start of new campuses are expensed as incurred.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In October 2020, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2020-10, “Codification Improvements”, which makes minor technical corrections and clarifications to the ASU. The amendments in Sections B and C of the ASU are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2020, for public business entities. For all other entities, the amendments are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2022. This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06, “Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity”. This ASU simplifies the accounting for certain financial instruments with characteristics of liabilities and equity, including convertible instruments and contracts on an entity’s own equity. The ASU removes separation models for (1) convertible debt with a cash conversion feature and (2) convertible instruments with a beneficial conversion feature and hence most of the instruments will be accounted for as a single model (either debt or equity). The ASU also states that entities must apply the if-converted method to all convertible instruments for calculation of diluted EPS and the treasury stock method is no longer available. An entity can use either a full or modified retrospective approach to adopt the ASU’s guidance. ASU No. 2020-06 is effective for the Company as a smaller reporting company for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods within those fiscal years. For convertible instruments that include a down-round feature, entities may early adopt the amendments that apply to the down-round features if they have not yet adopted the amendments in ASU 2017-11. The Company is currently assessing the impact that this ASU will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-03, “Codification Improvements to Financial Instruments” (“ASU 2020-03”). ASU 2020-03 improves and clarifies various financial instruments topics. ASU 2020-03 includes seven different issues that describe the areas of improvement and the related amendments to GAAP. The Company adopted ASU 2020-03 upon issuance, which did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, “Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes”, which simplifies the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to the general principles of ASC 740, “Income Taxes”. ASU 2019-12 also clarifies and amends GAAP for other areas of Topic 740. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020 and early adoption is permitted. Depending on the amendment, adoption may be applied on a retrospective, modified retrospective or prospective basis. The Company is currently assessing the impact that this ASU will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU  2018-14, “Compensation – Retirement Benefits – Defined Benefit Plans – General (Subtopic 715-20): Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Defined Benefit Plans”. This ASU adds, modifies and clarifies several disclosure requirements for employers that sponsor defined benefit pension or other postretirement plans. This guidance is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact that this ASU will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. The Company adopted ASU 2018-14 on January 1, 2020, which did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures

 In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments” and subsequently issued additional guidance that modified ASU 2016-13. ASU 2016-13 and the subsequent modifications are identified as Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 326. The standard requires an entity to change its accounting approach in determining impairment of certain financial instruments, including trade receivables, from an “incurred loss” to a “current expected credit loss” model. Further, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-04, ASU No. 2019-05 and ASU 2019-11 to provide additional guidance on the credit losses standard. In November 2019, FASB issued ASU No. 2019-10, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326), Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815), and Leases (Topic 842)”.  This ASU defers the effective date of ASU 2016-13 for public companies that are considered smaller reporting companies as defined by the SEC to fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years.  Additionally, in February and March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-02, “Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326) and Leases (Topic 842): Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 119 and Update to SEC Section on Effective Date Related to Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842)” ASU 2020-02 adds a SEC paragraph pursuant to the issuance of SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 119 on loan losses to FASB Codification Topic 326 and also updates the SEC section of the Codification for the change in the effective date of Topic 842. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently assessing the impact that these ASUs will have on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

F-15

2. FINANCIAL AID AND REGULATORY COMPLIANCE

Financial Aid

The Company’s schools and students participate in a variety of government-sponsored financial aid programs that assist students in paying the cost of their education. The largest source of such support is the federal programs of student financial assistance under Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended, commonly referred to as the Title IV Programs, which are administered by the U.S. Department of Education (the “DOE”). During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, approximately 77% and 78%, respectively, of net revenues on a cash basis were indirectly derived from funds distributed under Title IV Programs.

For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company calculated that no individual DOE reporting entity received more than 90% of its revenue, determined on a cash basis under DOE regulations, from the Title IV Program funds.  The Company’s calculations may be subject to review by the DOE.  Under DOE regulations, a proprietary institution that derives more than 90% of its total revenue from the Title IV Programs for two consecutive fiscal years becomes immediately ineligible to participate in the Title IV Programs and may not reapply for eligibility until the end of two fiscal years. An institution with revenues exceeding 90% for a single fiscal year, will be placed on provisional certification and may be subject to other enforcement measures.  If one of the Company’s institutions violated the 90/10 Rule and became ineligible to participate in Title IV Programs but continued to disburse Title IV Program funds, the DOE would require the institution to repay all Title IV Program funds received by the institution after the effective date of the loss of eligibility.

Regulatory Compliance

To participate in Title IV Programs, a school must be authorized to offer its programs of instruction by relevant state education agencies, be accredited by an accrediting commission recognized by the DOE and be certified as an eligible institution by the DOE. For this reason, the schools are subject to extensive regulatory requirements imposed by all of these entities. After the schools receive the required certifications by the appropriate entities, the schools must demonstrate their compliance with the DOE regulations of the Title IV Programs on an ongoing basis. Included in these regulations is the requirement that the institution must satisfy specific standards of financial responsibility. The DOE evaluates institutions for compliance with these standards each year, based upon the institution’s annual audited financial statements, as well as following a change in ownership resulting in a change of control of the institution. The DOE calculates the institution’s composite score for financial responsibility based on its (i) equity ratio, which measures the institution’s capital resources, ability to borrow and financial viability; (ii) primary reserve ratio, which measures the institution’s ability to support current operations from expendable resources; and (iii) net income ratio, which measures the institution’s ability to operate at a profit. This composite score can range from -1 to +3.

The composite score must be at least 1.5 for the institution to be deemed financially responsible without the need for further oversight.  If an institution’s composite score is below 1.5, but is at least 1.0, it is in a category denominated by the DOE as “the zone.” Under the DOE regulations, institutions that are in the zone typically may be permitted by the DOE to continue to participate in the Title IV Programs by choosing one of two alternatives:  1) the “Zone Alternative” under which an institution is required to make disbursements to students under the Heightened Cash Monitoring 1 (“HCM1”) payment method, or a different payment method other than the advance payment method, and to notify the DOE within 10 days after the occurrence of certain oversight and financial events or 2) submit a letter of credit to the DOE equal to 50 percent of the Title IV Program funds received by the institution during its most recent fiscal year.  The DOE permits an institution to participate under the “Zone Alternative” for a period of up to three consecutive fiscal years.  Under the HCM1 payment method, the institution is required to make Title IV Program disbursements to eligible students and parents before it requests or receives funds for the amount of those disbursements from the DOE.  As long as the student accounts are credited before the funding requests are initiated, an institution is permitted to draw down funds through the DOE’s electronic system for grants management and payments for the amount of disbursements made to eligible students.  Unlike the Heightened Cash Monitoring 2 (“HCM2”) and the reimbursement payment methods, the HCM1 payment method typically does not require schools to submit documentation to the DOE and wait for DOE approval before drawing down Title IV Program funds.  Effective July 1, 2016, a school under HCM1, HCM2 or reimbursement payment methods must also pay any credit balances due to a student before drawing down funds for the amount of those disbursements from the DOE, even if the student or parent provides written authorization for the school to hold the credit balance.

If an institution’s composite score is below 1.0, the institution is considered by the DOE to lack financial responsibility. If the DOE determines that an institution does not satisfy the DOE’s financial responsibility standards, depending on its composite score and other factors, that institution may establish its eligibility to participate in the Title IV Programs on an alternative basis by, among other things:

• Posting a letter of credit in an amount equal to at least 50% of the total Title IV Program funds received by the institution during the institution’s most recently completed fiscal year; or

• Posting a letter of credit in an amount equal to at least 10% of the Title IV Program funds received by the institution during its most recently completed fiscal year accepting provisional certification; complying with additional DOE monitoring requirements and agreeing to receive Title IV Program funds under an arrangement other than the DOE’s standard advance funding arrangement.

F-16

The DOE has evaluated the financial responsibility of our institutions on a consolidated basis. We submitted to the DOE our audited financial statements for the 2018 fiscal years reflecting a composite score of 1.1, respectively, based upon our calculations. The DOE indicated in a January 13, 2020 letter its determination that our institutions are “in the zone” based on our composite scores for the 2018 fiscal year and that we are required to operate under the Zone Alternative requirements, including the requirement to make disbursements under the HCM1 payment method and to notify the DOE within 10 days of the occurrence of certain oversight and financial events. We also are required to submit to the DOE bi-weekly cash balance submissions outlining our available cash on hand, monthly actual and projected cash flow statements, and monthly student rosters.

Because of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, the DOE extended the deadline for institutions to submit audited financial statements.

We initially submitted to the DOE our audited financial statements for the 2019 fiscal year on July 2, 2020 and anticipated that our composite score for the year would be 1.6.  The DOE requested that we resubmit 2019 audited financials and composite score calculation utilizing new technical revisions to the composite score calculation that took effect on July 1, 2020.

We prepared an updated submission and composite score calculation in response to the DOE’s notice and resubmitted our financial statements for the 2019 fiscal year on November 13, 2020 with a recalculated composite score of 1.5. Subsequently, on February 16, 2021, we received a letter from the DOE confirming our composite score of 1.5 for fiscal year 2019 as well as removing the Company from the Zone Alternative requirements. However, the Company will remain on HCM1 until we meet certain requirements outlined by the DOE in its letter which we are hopeful will be complete within the next few months.

For the 2020 fiscal year, we calculated our composite score to be 2.7. This score is subject to determination by the DOE based on its review of our consolidated audited financial statements for the 2020 fiscal year, but we believe it is likely that the DOE will determine that our institutions comply with the composite score requirement.

On September 23, 2019, the DOE published final regulations with a general effective date of July 1, 2020 that, among other things, modified the list of triggering events that could result in the DOE determining that the institution lacks financial responsibility and must submit to the DOE a letter of credit or other form of acceptable financial protection and accept other conditions on the institution’s Title IV Program eligibility.  The regulations create lists of mandatory triggering events and discretionary triggering events.  An institution is not able to meet its financial or administrative obligations if a mandatory triggering event occurs.  The mandatory triggering events include:

• the institution’s recalculated composite score is less than 1.0 as determined by the DOE as a result of an institutional liability from a settlement, final judgment, or final determination in an administrative or judicial action or proceeding brought by a federal or state entity;

• the institution’s recalculated composite score goes from less than 1.5 to less than 1.0 as determined by the DOE as a result of a withdrawal of owner’s equity from the institution;

• the SEC takes certain actions against the institution or the institution fails to comply with certain filing requirements; or

• the occurrence of two or more discretionary triggering events (as described below) within a certain time period.

The DOE also may determine that an institution lacks financial responsibility if one of the following discretionary triggering events occurs and the event is likely to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of the institution:

• a show cause or similar order from the institution’s accrediting agency that could result in the withdrawal, revocation or suspension of institutional accreditation;

• a notice from the institution’s state licensing agency of an intent to withdraw or terminate the institution’s state licensure if the institution does not take steps to comply with state requirements;

• a default, delinquency, or other event occurs as a result of an institutional violation of a security or loan agreement that enables the creditor to require an increase in collateral, a change in contractual obligations, an increase in interest rates or payment, or other sanctions, penalties or fees;

• a failure to comply with the 90/10 Rule during the institution’s most recently completed fiscal year;

• high annual drop-out rates from the institution as determined by the DOE; or

• official cohort default rates of at least 30 percent for the two most recent years unless a pending appeal could sufficiently reduce one of the rates.

The regulations require the institution to notify the DOE of the occurrence of a mandatory or discretionary triggering event and to provide certain information to the DOE to demonstrate why the event does not establish the institution’s lack of financial responsibility or require the submission of a letter of credit or imposition of other requirements.

F-17

The expanded financial responsibility regulations could result in the DOE recalculating and reducing our composite score to account for DOE estimates of potential losses under one or more of the extensive list of triggering circumstances and also could result in the imposition of conditions and requirements including a requirement to provide a letter of credit or other form of financial protection.

It is difficult to predict the amount or duration of any letter of credit requirement that the DOE might impose under the regulation.  The requirement to submit a letter of credit or to accept other conditions or restrictions could have a material adverse effect on our schools’ business and results of operations.

Closed School Loan Discharges

The DOE may grant closed school loan discharges of federal student loans based upon applications by qualified students. The DOE also may initiate discharges on its own for students who have not reenrolled in another Title IV Program eligible school within three years after the closure and who attended campuses that closed on or after November 1, 2013, as did some of our former campuses. If the DOE discharges some or all of these loans, the DOE may seek to recover the cost of the loan discharges from us. On September 3, 2020, we received determination letters asserting liabilities for closed school loan discharges in connection with the closure of three campuses. We subsequently provided additional documentation to the DOE that support reductions in the liability amounts. The DOE subsequently issued letters reducing the liabilities for two of the campuses to approximately $81,000 and $46,000, respectively.  We have paid these amounts to the DOE.  We are currently waiting for the DOE to respond to our response for the third campus.  The DOE asserted liabilities of $412,000, but we provided documentation demonstrating that the liabilities should be reduced to $104,000.  On February 11, 2021, we received a determination letter from the DOE for closed school loan discharges for the closure of a fourth campus in the amount of approximately $74,000.  We expect to provide documentation demonstrating that the liabilities should be reduced to approximately $64,000.  We cannot predict the timing or amount of the outcome of the DOE’s consideration of our response for the third and fourth campuses, not can we predict any additional loan discharges that the DOE may approve or the liabilities that the DOE may seek from us for these campuses or other campuses that have closed in the past. We have the right to appeal any asserted liabilities under an administrative appeal process within the DOE. We cannot predict the timing or potential outcome of any administrative appeals of any such liabilities.

3. NET INCOME PER SHARE

The Company presents basic and diluted income per common share using the two-class method which requires all outstanding Series A Preferred Stock and unvested restricted stock that contain rights to non-forfeitable dividends and therefore participate in undistributed income with common shareholders to be included in computing income per common share. Under the two-class method, net income is reduced by the amount of dividends declared in the period for each class of common stock and participating security. The remaining undistributed income is then allocated to common stock and participating securities, based on their respective rights to receive dividends. Series A Preferred Stock and unvested restricted stock contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends on an if-converted basis and on the same basis as common shares, respectively, and are considered participating securities. The Series A Preferred Stock and unvested restricted stock are not included in the computation of basic income per common share in periods in which we have a net loss, as the Series A Preferred Stock and unvested restricted stock are not contractually obligated to share in our net losses. However, the cumulative dividends on preferred stock for the period decreases the income or increases the net loss allocated to common shareholders unless the dividend is paid in the period. Basic income per common share has been computed by dividing net income allocated to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding. The basic and diluted net income amounts are the same for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 as a result of the anti-dilutive impact of the potentially dilutive securities.

Net income (loss) per common share was calculated using the treasury stock method for September 30, 2019, June 30, 2019 and March 31, 2019. Dilutive potential common shares include outstanding stock options, unvested restricted stock and Series A Preferred Stock. The Company uses the more dilutive method of calculating the diluted income per share by applying the more dilutive of either (a) the treasury stock method, if-converted method, or (b) the two-class method in its diluted income (loss) per common share calculation. Potentially dilutive shares are determined by applying the treasury stock method to the assumed exercise of outstanding stock options and the assumed vesting of restricted stock. Potentially dilutive shares issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock are calculated using the if-converted method.

F-18

The following is a reconciliation of the numerator and denominator of the diluted net income per share computations for the periods presented below:

	Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands, except share data)	2020			2019
Numerator:
Net income	$	48,565		$	2,015
Less: preferred stock dividend		(1,378	)		-
Less: allocation to preferred stockholders		(8,224	)		(54	)
Less: allocation to restricted stockholders		(2,150	)		(38	)
Net income allocated to common stockholders	$	36,813		$	1,923
Basic net income per share:
Denominator:
Weighted average common shares outstanding		24,748,496			24,554,033
Basic net income per share	$	1.49		$	0.08
Diluted net income per share:
Denominator:
Weighted average number of:
Common shares outstanding		24,748,496			24,554,033
Dilutive potential common shares outstanding:
Series A Preferred Stocck		-			-
Unvested restricted stock		-			-
Stock options		-			-
Dilutive shares outstanding		24,748,496			24,554,033
Diluted net income per share	$	1.49		$	0.08

The following table summarizes the potential weighted average shares of common stock that were excluded from the determination of our diluted shares outstanding as they were anti-dilutive:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020		2019
Series A preferred stock		-		-
Unvested restricted stock		632,693		88,848
		632,693		88,848

4. REVENUE RECOGNITION

Substantially all of our revenues are considered to be revenues from contracts with students.  The related accounts receivable balances are recorded in our balance sheets as student accounts receivable.  We do not have significant revenue recognized from performance obligations that were satisfied in prior periods, and we do not have any transaction price allocated to unsatisfied performance obligations other than in our unearned tuition.  We record revenue for students who withdraw from our schools only to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur.  Unearned tuition represents contract liabilities primarily related to our tuition revenue. We have elected not to provide disclosure about transaction prices allocated to unsatisfied performance obligations if original contract durations are less than one-year, or if we have the right to consideration from a student in an amount that corresponds directly with the value provided to the student for performance obligations completed to date in accordance with ASC 606. We have assessed the costs incurred to obtain a contract with a student and determined them to be immaterial.

Unearned tuition in the amount of $23.5 million and $23.4 million is recorded in the current liabilities section of the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The change in this contract liability balance during the year ended December 31, 2020 is the result of payments received in advance of satisfying performance obligations, offset by revenue recognized during that period. Revenue recognized for the year ended December 31, 2020 that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the year was $23.4 million.

F-19

The following table depicts the timing of revenue recognition:

	Year ended December 31, 2020
	Transportation and Skilled Trades Segment		Healthcare and Other Professions Segment		Consolidated
Timing of Revenue Recognition
Services transferred at a point in time	$	12,519	$	4,718	$	17,237
Services transferred over time		194,915		80,943		275,858
Total revenues	$	207,434	$	85,661	$	293,095

	Year ended December 31, 2019
	Transportation and Skilled Trades Segment		Healthcare and Other Professions Segment		Consolidated
Timing of Revenue Recognition
Services transferred at a point in time	$	11,881	$	4,521	$	16,402
Services transferred over time		181,841		75,099		256,940
Total revenues	$	193,722	$	79,620	$	273,342

5. LEASES

The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. The Company considers any contract where there is an identified asset and that it has the right to control the use of such asset in determining whether the contract contains a lease.  An operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) asset represents the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent its obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are to be recognized at the commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. As all of the Company’s operating leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses an incremental borrowing rate based on the information available on the adoption date in determining the present value of lease payments. We estimate the incremental borrowing rate based on a yield curve analysis, utilizing the interest rate derived from the fair value analysis of our credit facility and adjusting it for factors that appropriately reflect the profile of secured borrowing over the expected term of the lease. The operating lease ROU assets include any lease payments made prior to the rent commencement date and exclude lease incentives. Our leases have remaining lease terms of one year to 11 years. Lease terms may include options to extend the lease term used in determining the lease obligation when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option.  Lease expense for lease payments are recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term for operating leases.

Our operating lease cost for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $15.3 and $14.5 million, respectively.  Our variable lease cost for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $0.6 and $2.9 million, respectively.  The net change in ROU asset and operating lease liability are included in other assets in the consolidated cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company has withheld portions of and/or delayed payments to certain of its landlords as the Company sought to renegotiate payment terms, in order to further maintain liquidity given the temporary closures of its facilities. In some instances, the negotiations with landlords have led to agreements with landlords for rent abatements or rental deferrals, while, in other cases, negotiations are ongoing. Total payments withheld or deferred as of December 31, 2020 were approximately $0.5 million and are included in current liabilities.

In accordance with the FASB’s recent Staff Q&A regarding rent concessions related to the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, the Company has elected to account for agreed concessions by landlords that do not result in a substantial increase in the rights of the landlord or the obligations of the Company, as lessee, as though enforceable rights and obligations for those concessions existed in the original lease agreements and the Company has elected not to re-measure the related lease liabilities and right-of-use assets associated with rent concessions due to COVID-19. For qualifying rent abatement concessions, the Company has recorded negative lease expense for the amount of the concession during the period of relief, and for qualifying deferrals of rental payments, the Company has recognized a payable in lieu of recognizing a decrease in cash for the lease payment that would have been made based on the original terms of the lease agreement, which will be reduced when the deferred payment is made in the future. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recognized $0.6 million of negative lease expense related to rent abatement concessions.

F-20

Supplemental cash flow information and non-cash activity related to our operating leases are as follows:

	December 31,
	2020		2019
Operating cash flow information:
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of operating lease liabilities	$	15,390	$	12,926
Non-cash activity:
Lease liabilities arising from obtaining right-of-use assets*	$	14,890	$	63,911

* Includes effect of adoption of ASU 2016-02 and related amendments and a new lease entered into on January 1, 2019 of $5.6 million.

As of December 31, 2020, there were four lease modifications that resulted in noncash re-measurements of the related ROU asset and operating lease liability of $14.9 million.

Weighted-average remaining lease term and discount rate for our operating leases is as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020			2019
Weighted-average remaining lease term	6.11 years			6.22 years
Weighted-average discount rate		11.33	%		12.86	%

Maturities of lease liabilities by fiscal year for our operating leases as of December 31, 2020 are as follows:

Year ending December 31,
2021		14,705
2022		14,750
2023		13,451
2024		12,306
2025		10,748
Thereafter		18,380
Total lease payments		84,340
Less: imputed interest		(23,133	)
Present value of lease liabilities	$	61,207

6. GOODWILL

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows:

	Gross Goodwill Balance		Accumulated Impairment Losses		Net Goodwill Balance
Balance as of January 1, 2019	$	117,176	$	102,640	$	14,536
Adjustments		-		-		-
Balance as of December 31, 2019		117,176		102,640		14,536
Adjustments		-		-		-
Balance as of December 31, 2020	$	117,176	$	102,640	$	14,536

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the goodwill balance of $14.5 million is related to the Transportation and Skilled Trades segment.

F-21

7. PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES

Property, equipment and facilities consist of the following:

	Useful life (years)		At December 31,
			2020			2019
Land		-	$	6,969		$	6,969
Buildings and improvements		1-25		134,526			131,739
Equipment, furniture and fixtures		1-7		82,133			81,900
Vehicles		3		733			825
Construction in progress		-		327			320
				224,688			221,753
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization				(176,300	)		(172,408	)
			$	48,388		$	49,345

Depreciation and amortization expense of property, equipment and facilities was $7.4 million and $8.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

8. ACCRUED EXPENSES

Accrued expenses consist of the following:

	At December 31,
	2020		2019
Accrued compensation and benefits	$	12,476	$	3,785
Accrued real estate taxes		2,614		1,763
Other accrued expenses		1,602		2,321
	$	16,692	$	7,869

9. LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt consists of the following:

	At December 31,
	2020			2019
Credit agreement	$	17,833		$	34,833
Deferred financing fees		(621	)		(805	)
		17,212			34,028
Less current maturities		(2,000	)		(2,000	)
	$	15,212		$	32,028

Credit Facility with Sterling National Bank

On November 14, 2019, the Company entered into a new senior secured credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with its lender, Sterling National Bank (the “Lender”), providing for borrowing in the aggregate principal amount of up to $60 million (the “Credit Facility”).

The Credit Facility is comprised of four facilities: (1) a $20 million senior secured term loan maturing on December 1, 2024 (the “Term Loan”), with monthly interest and principal payments based on 120-month amortization with the outstanding balance due on the maturity date; (2) a $10 million senior secured delayed draw term loan maturing on December 1, 2024 (the “Delayed Draw Term Loan”), with monthly interest payments for the first 18 months and thereafter monthly payments of interest and principal based on 120-month amortization and all balances due on the maturity date; (3) a $15 million senior secured committed revolving line of credit providing a sublimit of up to $10 million for standby letters of credit maturing on November 13, 2022 (the “Revolving Loan”), with monthly payments of interest only; and (4) a $15 million senior secured non-restoring line of credit maturing on January 31, 2021 (the “Line of Credit Loan”).  The Credit Agreement gives the Company the right to permanently terminate, in its entirety, the Revolving Loan or the Line of Credit Loan or permanently reduce the amount available for borrowing under the Revolving Loan or the Line of Credit Loan.  In April 2020, the Company terminated the Line of Credit Loan.  On November 10, 2020, the Company entered into an amendment to its Credit Agreement to extend the Delayed Draw Availability Period by one year to May 31, 2022 and to increase the amount of permitted cash dividends that the Company can pay on its Series A Preferred Stock during the first twenty-four months of the Credit Agreement from $1.7 million to $2.3 million.

F-22

The Credit Facility is secured by a first priority lien in favor of the Lender on substantially all of the personal property owned by the Company, as well as a pledge of the stock and other equity in the Company’s subsidiaries and mortgages on parcels of real property owned by the Company in Colorado, Tennessee and Texas, at which three of the Company’s schools are located, as well as a former school property owned by the Company located in Connecticut.

At the closing of the Credit Facility, the Lender advanced the Term Loan to the Company, the net proceeds of which were $19.7 million after deduction of the Lender’s origination fee in the amount of $0.3 million and other Lender fees and reimbursements to the Lender that are customary for facilities of this type.  The Company used the net proceeds of the Term Loan, together with cash on hand, to repay the existing credit facility and transaction expenses.

Pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, letters of credit issued under the Revolving Loan reduce dollar for dollar the availability of borrowings under the Revolving Loan.  Borrowings under the Line of Credit Loan are to be secured by cash collateral.

Under the Credit Agreement, borrowing under the Delayed Draw Term Loan was available through May 31, 2021 but an amendment to the Credit Agreement entered into on November 10, 2020 extended the period through May 31. 2022.

Accrued interest on each loan under the Credit Facility will be payable monthly in arrears.  The Term Loan and the Delayed Draw Term Loan bear interest at a floating interest rate based on the then one month London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 3.50%.  At the closing of the Credit Facility, the Company entered into a swap transaction with the Lender for 100% of the principal balance of the Term Loan, which matures on the same date as the Term Loan.  At the end of the borrowing availability period for the Delayed Draw Term Loan, the Company is required to enter into a swap transaction with the Lender for 100% of the principal balance of the Delayed Draw Term Loan, which will mature on the same date as the Delayed Draw Term Loan, pursuant to a swap agreement between the Company and the Lender or the Lender’s affiliate.  The Term Loan and Delayed Draw Term Loan are subject to a LIBOR interest rate floor of .25% if there is no swap agreement.

Revolving Loans bear interest at a floating interest rate based on the then LIBOR plus an indicative spread determined by the Company’s leverage as defined in the Credit Agreement or, if the borrowing of a Revolving Loan is to be repaid within 30 days of such borrowing, the Revolving Loan will accrue interest at the Lender’s prime rate plus .50% with a floor of 4.0%.  Line of Credit Loans will bear interest at a floating interest rate based on the Lender’s prime rate of interest.  Revolving Loans are subject to a LIBOR interest rate floor of .00%.

Letters of credit are charged an annual fee equal to (i) an applicable margin determined by the leverage ratio of the Company less (ii) .25%, paid quarterly in arrears, in addition to the Lender’s customary fees for issuance, amendment and other standard fees.  Letters of credit totaling $4 million that were outstanding under the existing credit facility are treated as letters of credit under the Revolving Loan.

Under the terms of the Credit Agreement, the Company may prepay the Term Loan and/or the Delayed Draw Term Loan in full or in part without penalty except for any amount required to compensate the Lender for any swap breakage or other costs incurred in connection with such prepayment.  The Lender receives an unused facility fee of 0.50% per annum payable quarterly in arrears on the unused portions of the Revolving Loan and the Line of Credit Loan.

In addition to the foregoing, the Credit Agreement contains customary representations, warranties and affirmative and negative covenants (including financial covenants that (i) restrict capital expenditures, (ii) restrict leverage, (iii) require maintaining minimum tangible net worth, (iv) require maintaining a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and (v) require the maintenance of a minimum of $5 million in quarterly average aggregate balances on deposit with the Lender, which, if not maintained, will result in the assessment of a quarterly fee of $12,500), as well as events of default customary for facilities of this type. As of December 31, 2020, the Company was in compliance with all debt covenants.  The Credit Agreement also limited the payment of cash dividends during the first twenty-four months of the agreement to $1.7 million but an amendment to the Credit Agreement entered into on November 10, 2020 raised the cash dividend limit to $2.3 million in such twenty-four-month period.

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had $17.8 million and $34.8 million, respectively, outstanding under the Credit Facility offset by $0.6 million and $0.8 million of deferred finance fees, respectively.  In January 2020, the Company repaid the $15.0 million outstanding on the Line of Credit Loan.  As of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, letters of credit in the aggregate outstanding principal amount of $4.0 million and $4.0 million, respectively, were outstanding under the Credit Facility.

F-23

Scheduled maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 2020 are as follows:

Year ending December 31,
2021	$	2,000
2022		2,000
2023		2,000
2024		11,833
	$	17,833

10. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Common Stock

Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends when and as declared by our Board of Directors and have the right to one vote per share on all matters requiring shareholder approval. The Company has not declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock since the Company’s Board of Directors discontinued our quarterly cash dividend program in February 2015.  The Company has no current intentions to resume the payment of cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

Preferred Stock

On November 14, 2019, the Company raised gross proceeds of $12.7 million from the sale of 12,700 shares of its newly designated Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, no par value per share (the “Series A Preferred Stock”).  The Series A Preferred Stock was designated by the Company’s Board of Directors pursuant to a certificate of amendment to the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation (the “Charter Amendment”). The liquidation preference associated with the Series A Preferred Stock was $1,000 per share at December 31, 2020.  Upon issuance each share of Series A Preferred Stock was convertible at $2.36 per share of common stock (as may be adjusted pursuant to the Charter Amendment, the “Conversion Price”) into 423,729 shares of common stock (the number of shares into which the Series A Preferred Stock is convertible at any time, the “Conversion Shares”).  The Company incurred issuance costs of $0.7 million as part of this transaction.

The description below provides a summary of certain material terms of the Series A Preferred Stock:

Securities Purchase Agreement.

The Series A Preferred Stock was sold by the Company pursuant to a Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of November 14, 2019 (the “SPA”) among the Company, Juniper Targeted Opportunity Fund, L.P. and Juniper Targeted Opportunities, L.P. (together, “Juniper Purchasers”) and Talanta Investment, Inc. (“Talanta,” together with Juniper Purchasers, the “Investors”). Among other things, the SPA includes covenants relating to the appointment of a director to the Company’s Board of Directors to be selected solely by the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock.

Dividends. Dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock (“Series A Dividends”), at the initial annual rate of 9.6% is to be paid, in arrears, from the date of issuance quarterly on each December 31, March 31, June 30 and September 30 with September 30, 2020 being the first dividend payment date.  The Company, at its option, may pay dividends either (a) in cash or (b) by increasing the number of Conversion Shares by the dollar amount of the dividend divided by the Conversion Price.  The dividend rate is subject to increase (a) 2.4% per annum on the fifth anniversary of the issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock (b) by 2% per annum but in no event above 14% per annum should the Company fail to perform certain obligations under the Charter Amendment.  The Series A Preferred Stock is not currently redeemable and may not become redeemable in the future. As a result, the Company is not required to re-measure the Series A Preferred Stock and does not accrete changes in the redemption value.  As of December 31, 2020, we paid a $1.4 million cash dividend on the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock rather than increasing the number of Conversion Shares.  Dividends are included in the consolidated balance sheets within additional paid-in-capital when the Company maintains an accumulated deficit.

Series A Preferred Stock Holders Right to Convert into Common Stock.  Each share of Series A Preferred Stock, at any time, is convertible into a number of shares of common stock equal to (i) the sum of (A) $1,000 (subject to adjustment as provided in the Charter Amendment) plus (B) the dollar amount of any declared Series A Dividends not paid in cash divided by (ii) the Conversion Price ($2.36 per share subject to anti-dilution adjustments) as of the applicable Conversion Date (as defined in the Charter Amendment). At all times, however, the number of Conversion Shares that can be issued to any Series A Preferred Stock Holder may not result in such holder and its affiliates owning more than 19.99% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding after giving effect to the conversion (the “Hard Cap”), unless prior shareholder approval is obtained or no longer required by the rules of the principal stock exchange on which the Company’s common stock trade.

F-24

Mandatory Conversion. If, at any time following November 14, 2022 the volume weighted average price of the Company’s common stock equals or exceeds 2.25 times the Conversion Price (currently $5.31 per share) for a period of 20 consecutive trading days and on each such trading day at least 20,000 shares of common stock was traded, the Company may, at its option and subject to the Hard Cap, require that any or all of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock be automatically converted into Conversion Shares.

Redemption. Beginning November 14, 2024, the Company may redeem all or any of the Series A Preferred Stock for a cash price equal to the greater of (“Liquidation Preference”) (i) the sum of $1,000 (subject to adjustment as provided in the Charter Amendment) plus the dollar amount of any declared Series A Dividends not paid in cash and (ii) the value of the Conversion Shares were such Series A Preferred Stock converted (as determined in the Charter Amendment) without regard to the Hard Cap.

Change of Control.  In the event of certain changes of control, some of which are not in the Company’s control, as defined in the Charter Amendment as a “Fundamental Change” or a “Liquidation” (as defined in the Charter Amendment), the holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive the Liquidation Preference, unless such Fundamental Change is a stock merger in which certain value and volume requirements are met, in which case the Series A Preferred Stock will be converted into common stock in connection with such stock merger.  The Company has classified the Series A Preferred Stock as mezzanine equity on the Consolidated Balance Sheet based upon the terms of a change of control which could be outside the Company’s control.

Voting. Holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock will be entitled to vote with the holders of shares of common stock and not as a separate class, at any annual or special meeting of shareholders of the Company, on an as-converted basis, in all cases subject to the Hard Cap.  In addition, a majority of the voting power of the Series A Preferred Stock must approve certain significant actions of the Company, including (i) declaring a dividend or otherwise redeeming or repurchasing any shares of common stock and other junior securities, if any, subject to certain exceptions, (ii) incurring indebtedness, except for certain permitted indebtedness and (iii) creating a subsidiary other than a wholly-owned subsidiary.

Additional Provisions.  The Series A Preferred Stock is perpetual and therefore does not have a maturity date.  The conversion price of the Series A Preferred Stock is subject to anti-dilution protections if the Company affects a stock split, stock dividend, subdivision, reclassification or combination of its common stock and certain other economically dilutive events.

Registration Rights Agreement. The Company also is a party to a Registration Rights Agreement (“RRA”) with the investors of the Series A Preferred Stock.  The RRA provides for unlimited demand registration rights, of which there can be two underwritten offerings each for at least $5 million in gross proceeds, and piggyback registration rights, with respect to the Conversion Shares. In addition, the RRA obligated the Company to register “for the shelf” the resale of the Conversion Shares through the filing of a registration statement to such effect (the “Resale Shelf Registration Statement”) and have such Resale Shelf Registration Statement declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).  The SEC declared the Resale Shelf Registration Statement effective on October 16, 2020.

Restricted Stock

The Company currently has three stock incentive plans: a Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “LTIP”), a Non-Employee Directors Restricted Stock Plan (the “Non-Employee Directors Plan”) and the Lincoln Educational Services Corporation 2020 Incentive Compensation Plan (the “2020 Plan”).

2020 Plan

On March 26, 2020, the Board adopted the 2020 Plan to provide an incentive to certain directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Company to align their interests in the Company’s success with those of its shareholders through the grant of equity-based awards. On June 16, 2020, the shareholders of the Company approved the 2020 Plan.  The 2020 Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board, or such other qualified committee appointed by the Board, who will, among other duties, have full power and authority to take all actions and to make all determinations required or provided for under the 2020 Plan. Pursuant to the 2020 Plan, the Company may grant options, share appreciation rights, restricted shares, restricted share units, incentive stock options and nonqualified stock options.  The Plan has a duration of 10 years.

Subject to adjustment as described in the 2020 Plan, the aggregate number of common shares available for issuance under the 2020 Plan is 2,000,000 shares.  As of December 31, 2020, 111,376 restricted shares have been issued to non-employee directors which vest on the first anniversary of the grant date.

On August 7, 2020, two non-employee directors were appointed to the Company’s Board of Directors and 17,096 restricted shares were granted to each non-employee director.  The restricted shares vest on June 16, 2021.

Also on August 7, 2020, a non-employee director retired from his position on the Company’s Board of Directors.  Accordingly, 12,762 shares were accelerated to vest effective August 7, 2020.

F-25

LTIP

Under the LTIP, certain employees have received awards of restricted shares of common stock based on service and performance.  The number of shares granted to each employee is based on the amount of the award and the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant. The 2020 Plan makes it clear that there will be no new grants under the LTIP effective as of the date of shareholder approval, June 16, 2020.  The 2020 Plan also states that the shares available under the 2020 Plan will be two million shares plus the number of shares remaining available under the LTIP.  As no shares remain available under the LTIP there can be no additional grants under the LTIP. Grants under the LTIP remain in effect according to their terms.  Therefore, those grants are subject to the particular award agreement relating thereto and to the LTIP to the extent that the prior plan provides rules relating to those grants.  The LTIP remains in effect only to that extent.

On February 20, 2020, performance-based restricted shares were granted to certain employees of the Company.  The shares vest 20%, 30% and 50% on the first, second and third anniversary dates, respectively, based upon the attainment of a financial target during each fiscal years ending December 31, 2020, 2021 and 2022, respectively, except in extraordinary circumstances.  There is no restriction on the right to vote or the right to receive dividends with respect to any of such restricted shares.  For the year ended December 31, 2020 the Company recorded expense of $0.5 million as the expectation of attainment of the target is probable.

On February 28, 2019, restricted shares were granted to certain employees of the Company, which shares ratably vest over three years.  There is no restriction on the right to vote or the right to receive dividends with respect to any of such restricted shares. For the years ending December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company recorded expense of $0.5 million and $0.4 million, respectively, in connection with this grant.

Non-Employee Directors Plan

Pursuant to the Non-Employee Directors Plan, each non-employee director of the Company receives an annual award of restricted shares of common stock on the date of the Company’s annual meeting of shareholders.  The number of shares granted to each non-employee director is based on the fair market value of a share of common stock on that date.  The restricted shares vest on the first anniversary of the grant date.  There is no restriction on the right to vote or the right to receive dividends with respect to any of such restricted shares.

For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company completed a net share settlement for 75,115 and 5,518 restricted shares, respectively, on behalf of certain employees that participate in the LTIP upon the vesting of the restricted shares pursuant to the terms of the LTIP.  The net share settlement was in connection with income taxes incurred on restricted shares that vested and were transferred to the employees during 2019 and/or 2018, creating taxable income for the employees.  At the employees’ request, the Company will pay these taxes on behalf of the employees in exchange for the employees returning an equivalent value of restricted shares to the Company.  These transactions resulted in a decrease of $0.2 million and less than $0.1 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, to equity on the consolidated balance sheets as the cash payment of the taxes effectively was a repurchase of the restricted shares granted in previous years.

The following is a summary of transactions pertaining to restricted stock:

	Shares			Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value Per Share
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2018		35,908		$	2.23
Granted		598,982			3.15
Cancelled		(3,546	)		3.17
Vested		(35,908	)		2.23
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2019		595,436			3.15
Granted		1,319,734			2.68
Cancelled		-			-
Vested		(343,011	)		3.40
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2020		1,572,159			2.77

The restricted stock expense for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $1.7 million and $0.7 million, respectively.  The unrecognized restricted stock expense as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $3.2 million and $1.2 million, respectively.  As of December 31, 2020, outstanding restricted shares under the LTIP had aggregate intrinsic value of $10.2 million.

F-26

Stock Options

The fair value of the stock options used to compute stock-based compensation is the estimated present value at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.  The following is a summary of transactions pertaining to stock options:

	Shares			Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding January 1, 2018		167,667		$	12.11	2.97 years	$	-
Cancelled		(28,667	)		11.98			-
Outstanding December 31, 2018		139,000			12.14	2.53 years		-
Cancelled		(23,000	)		20.15			-
Outstanding December 31, 2019		116,000			10.56	1.83 years		-
Cancelled		(35,000	)		16.95
Outstanding December 31, 2020		81,000			7.79	1.17 years		-
Vested as of December 31, 2020		81,000			7.79	1.17 years		-
Exercisable as of December 31, 2020		81,000			7.79	1.17 years		-

As of December 31, 2020, there was no unrecognized pre-tax compensation expense.

11. PENSION PLAN

The Company sponsors a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan covering substantially all of the Company’s union employees. Benefits are provided based on employees’ years of service and earnings. This plan was frozen on December 31, 1994 for non-union employees.

The following table sets forth the plan’s funded status and amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020			2019
CHANGES IN BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS:
Benefit obligation-beginning of year	$	22,832		$	21,105
Service cost		35			33
Interest cost		654			812
Actuarial loss		2,115			2,103
Benefits paid		(1,278	)		(1,221	)
Benefit obligation at end of year		24,358			22,832
CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS:
Fair value of plan assets-beginning of year		18,817			16,835
Actual return on plan assets		2,567			3,203
Benefits paid		(1,278	)		(1,221	)
Fair value of plan assets-end of year		20,106			18,817
BENEFIT OBLIGATION IN EXCESS OF FAIR VALUE FUNDED STATUS:	$	(4,252	)	$	(4,015	)

For the year ended December 31, 2020, the actuarial loss of $2.1 million was due to the decrease in the discount rate from 2.93% to 2.08%.

F-27

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consist of:

	At December 31,
	2020			2019
Noncurrent liabilities	$	(4,252	)	$	(4,015	)

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss consist of:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020			2019
Accumulated loss	$	(5,655	)	$	(5,648	)
Deferred income taxes		2,367			2,366
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	$	(3,288	)	$	(3,282	)

The accumulated benefit obligation was $24.4 million and $22.8 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

The following table provides the components of net periodic cost for the plan:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020			2019
COMPONENTS OF NET PERIODIC BENEFIT COST
Service cost	$	35		$	33
Interest cost		654			812
Expected return on plan assets		(1,044	)		(1,011	)
Recognized net actuarial loss		585			691
Net periodic benefit cost	$	230		$	525

The estimated net loss and prior service cost for the plan that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost over the next year is $0.5 million.

F-28

The following tables present plan assets using the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2020 and 2019.  The fair value hierarchy has three levels based on the reliability of inputs used to determine fair value.  Level 1 refers to fair values determined based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets.  Level 2 refers to fair values estimated using observable prices that are based on inputs not quoted in active markets but observable by market data, while Level 3 includes the fair values estimated using significant non-observable inputs.  The level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement falls is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.

	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total
Equity securities	$	6,688	$	-	$	-	$	6,688
Fixed income		6,739		-		-		6,739
International equities		4,480		-		-		4,480
Real estate		1,016		-		-		1,016
Cash and equivalents		1,183		-		-		1,183
Balance at December 31, 2020	$	20,106	$	-	$	-	$	20,106

	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total
Equity securities	$	6,259	$	-	$	-	$	6,259
Fixed income		6,313		-		-		6,313
International equities		4,165		-		-		4,165
Real estate		964		-		-		964
Cash and equivalents		1,116		-		-		1,116
Balance at December 31, 2019	$	18,817	$	-	$	-	$	18,817

Fair value of total plan assets by major asset category as of December 31:

	2020			2019
Equity securities		33	%		33	%
Fixed income		34	%		34	%
International equities		22	%		22	%
Real estate		5	%		5	%
Cash and equivalents		6	%		6	%
Total		100	%		100	%

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations as of December 31:

	2020			2019
Discount rate		2.08	%		2.93	%
Rate of compensation increase		2.75	%		2.75	%

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost for years ended December 31:

	2020			2019
Discount rate		2.08	%		2.93	%
Rate of compensation increase		2.75	%		2.75	%
Long-term rate of return		5.25	%		5.75	%

F-29

As this plan was frozen to non-union employees on December 31, 1994, the difference between the projected benefit obligation and accumulated benefit obligation is not significant in any year.

The Company invests plan assets based on a total return on investment approach, pursuant to which the plan assets include a diversified blend of equity and fixed income investments toward a goal of maximizing the long-term rate of return without assuming an unreasonable level of investment risk. The Company determines the level of risk based on an analysis of plan liabilities, the extent to which the value of the plan assets satisfies the plan liabilities and the plan’s financial condition. The investment policy includes target allocations ranging from 30% to 70% for equity investments, 20% to 60% for fixed income investments and 0% to 10% for cash equivalents. The equity portion of the plan assets represents growth and value stocks of small, medium and large companies. The Company measures and monitors the investment risk of the plan assets both on a quarterly basis and annually when the Company assesses plan liabilities.

The Company uses a building block approach to estimate the long-term rate of return on plan assets. This approach is based on the capital markets assumption that the greater the volatility, the greater the return over the long term. An analysis of the historical performance of equity and fixed income investments, together with current market factors such as the inflation and interest rates, are used to help make the assumptions necessary to estimate a long-term rate of return on plan assets. Once this estimate is made, the Company reviews the portfolio of plan assets and makes adjustments thereto that the Company believes are necessary to reflect a diversified blend of equity and fixed income investments that is capable of achieving the estimated long-term rate of return without assuming an unreasonable level of investment risk. The Company also compares the portfolio of plan assets to those of other pension plans to help assess the suitability and appropriateness of the plan’s investments.

The Company does not expect to make contributions to the plan in 2021.  However, after considering the funded status of the plan, movements in the discount rate, investment performance and related tax consequences, the Company may choose to make additional contributions to the plan in any given year.

The total amount of the Company’s contributions paid under its pension plan was zero for each of the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Information about the expected benefit payments for the plan is as follows:

Year Ending December 31,
2021	$	1,336
2022		1,356
2023		1,385
2024		1,401
2025		1,388
Years 2026-2030		6,743

The Company has a 401(k) defined contribution plan for all eligible employees. Employees may contribute up to 25% of their compensation into the plan. The Company may contribute up to an additional 30% of the employee’s contributed amount up to 6% of compensation.  For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company’s expense for the 401(k) plan amounted to $0.4 million and $0.1 million, respectively.

F-30

12. INCOME TAXES

Components of the (benefit) provision for income taxes were as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020			2019
Current:
Federal	$	-		$	-
State		802			115
Total		802			115
Deferred:
Federal		(21,743	)		120
State		(14,118	)		33
Total		(35,861	)		153
Total (benefit) provision	$	(35,059	)	$	268

Effective Tax rate

The reconciliation of the effective tax rate to the U.S. Statutory Federal Income tax rate was:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020					2019
Income before taxes	$	13,506				$	2,283
Expected tax	$	2,836		21.0	%	$	479		21.0	%
State tax benefit (net of federal)		(10,513	)	-77.8	%		148		6.5
Valuation allowance		(27,420	)	-203.0	%		(428	)	(18.8	)
Other		38		0.2	%		69		3.0
Total	$	(35,059	)	-259.6	%	$	268		11.7	%

Our income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $35.1 million compared to an income tax provision of $0.3 million in the prior year.  The 2020 tax benefit primarily relates to a release of the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets.  After weighing all the evidence, management determined that it was more likely than not that the deferred tax assets were realizable and, therefore, the valuation allowance was no longer required. As a result, the Company released the full valuation allowance as of December 31, 2020.

F-31

Deferred Taxes and Valuation Allowance

The components of the non-current deferred tax assets/(liabilities) were as follows:

	At December 31,
	2020			2019
Gross noncurrent deferred tax assets (liabilities)
Allowance for bad debts	$	7,659		$	5,461
Accrued benefits		1,208			-
Stock-based compensation		317			178
Lease liability		16,369			14,822
Right-of-use asset		(14,759	)		(13,156	)
Depreciation		11,298			10,981
Goodwill		(1,091	)		(766	)
Other intangibles		100			135
Pension plan liabilities		1,137			1,286
Net operating loss carryforwards		13,480			18,261
Gross noncurrent deferred tax assets, net		35,718			37,202
Less valuation allowance		-			(37,355	)
Noncurrent deferred tax assets (liabilities), net	$	35,718		$	(153	)

Management assesses the available positive and negative evidence to estimate if sufficient future taxable income will be generated to use the existing deferred tax assets.

As of December 31, 2019, the Company recorded a valuation allowance of $37.4 million against its net deferred tax assets.

As of December 31, 2020, the Company has net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards of $43.1 million.  Of the $43.1 million NOL carryforwards, $29.3 million will start expiring in 2034 and ending in 2037 if unused.

The net operating losses generated in 2018 and beyond can be carried over indefinitely under the Tax Act. Utilization of the NOL carryforwards may be subject to a substantial limitation due to ownership change limitations that may occur in the future, as required by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), as well as similar state and foreign provisions.  These ownership changes may limit the amount of NOL and tax credit carryforwards that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income and tax, respectively.  In general, an “ownership change” as defined by Section 382 of the Code results from a transaction or series of transactions over a three-year period resulting in an ownership change of more than 50 percentage points of the outstanding stock of a company by certain shareholders or public groups.

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company no longer has any liability for uncertain tax positions.  The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense.

The Company or one of its subsidiaries files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and various states. The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examinations for years before 2017 and, generally, is no longer subject to state and local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2017 with few exceptions.

F-32

13. FAIR VALUE

The carrying amount and estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instrument assets and liabilities, which are not measured at fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, are listed in the table below:

	December 31, 2020
	Carrying		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
	Amount		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total
Financial Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	38,026	$	38,026	$	-	$	-	$	38,026
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		3,723		-		3,723		-		3,723
Financial Liabilities:
Accrued expenses	$	16,692	$	-	$	16,692	$	-	$	16,692
Other short term liabilities		26		-		26		-		26
Derivative qualifying as cash flow hedge		703		-		703		-		703
Credit facility		17,212		-		15,487		-		15,487

	December 31, 2019
	Carrying		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
	Amount		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total
Financial Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	23,644	$	23,644	$	-	$	-	$	23,644
Restricted cash		15,000		15,000		-		-		15,000
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		4,190		-		4,190		-		4,190
Financial Liabilities:
Accrued expenses	$	7,869	$	-	$	7,869	$	-	$	7,869
Other short term liabilities		199		-		199		-		199
Derivative qualifying as cash flow hedge		174		-		174		-		174
Credit facility		34,028		-		34,028		-		34,028

As of December 31, 2020, we estimated the fair value of the Credit Facility based on a present value analysis utilizing aggregate market yields obtained from independent pricing sources for similar financial instruments.As of December 31, 2019, we estimated that the carrying value of the Credit Facility approximates the fair value due to the fact that the Credit Facility was entered into in close proximity to December 31, 2019.

The carrying amounts reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheets for Cash and cash equivalents, Restricted cash and Noncurrent restricted cash approximate fair value because they are highly liquid.

The carrying amounts reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheets for Prepaid expenses and Other current assets, Accrued expenses and Other short term liabilities approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these items.

Qualifying Hedge Derivative

On November 14, 2019, the Company entered into an interest rate swap for the Term Loan with a notional amount of $20 million which expires on December 1, 2024.  The loan has a 10-year straight line amortization.  A principal amount of $0.2 million is paid monthly.  This interest rate swap converts the floating interest rate Term Loan to a fixed rate, plus a borrowing spread.  The interest rate is variable based on LIBOR plus 3.50% and the Company’s fixed rate is 5.36%. The Company designated this interest rate swap as a cash flow hedge.

The Company entered into this interest rate swap to hedge exposure resulting from the interest rate risk. The purpose of this hedge is to reduce the variability of the interest rate based on LIBOR.  The Company manages these exposures within specified guidelines through the use of derivatives. All of our derivative instruments are utilized for risk management purposes, and the Company does not use derivatives for speculative trading purposes.

F-33

The following summarizes the fair value of the outstanding derivative:

	December 31, 2020				December 31, 2019
	Liability(1)				Liability(1)
	Notional		Fair Value		Notional		Fair Value
Derivative derived as a hedging instrument:
Interest Rate Swap	$	17,800	$	700	$	19,800	$	100

(1) The Company’s derivative liability is measured at fair value using observable market inputs such as interest rates and our own credit risk as well as an evaluation of our counterparty’s credit risk.  Based on these inputs the derivative liability is classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. The liability is included in other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

The following summarizes the financial statement classification and amount of interest expense recognized on hedging instruments:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020		2019
	Interest expense
Interest Rate Swap	$	100	$	100

The following summarizes the effect of derivative instruments designated as hedging instruments in Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020		2019
Derivative qualifying as cash flow hedge
Interest rate swap loss	$	700	$	200

14. SEGMENT REPORTING

We operate our business in three reportable segments: (a) the Transportation and Skilled Trades segment; (b) the Healthcare and Other Professions segment; and (c) the Transitional segment.  Our reportable segments have been determined based on a method by which we now evaluate performance and allocate resources.  Each reportable segment represents a group of post-secondary education providers that offer a variety of degree and non-degree academic programs.  These segments are organized by key market segments to enhance operational alignment within each segment to more effectively execute our strategic plan.  Each of the Company’s schools is a reporting unit and an operating segment.  Our operating segments are described below.

Transportation and Skilled Trades – The Transportation and Skilled Trades segment offers academic programs mainly in the career-oriented disciplines of transportation and skilled trades (e.g. automotive, diesel, HVAC, welding and manufacturing).

Healthcare and Other Professions – The Healthcare and Other Professions segment offers academic programs in the career-oriented disciplines of health sciences, hospitality and business and information technology (e.g. dental assistant, medical assistant, practical nursing, culinary arts and cosmetology).

Transitional – The Transitional segment refers to our campus operations which have been closed.  The schools in the Transitional segment employed a gradual teach-out process that enabled the schools to continue to operate to allow their current students to complete their course of study.

The Company continually evaluates each campus for profitability, earning potential, and customer satisfaction.  This evaluation takes several factors into consideration, including the campus’s geographic location and program offerings, as well as skillsets required of our students by their potential employers.  The purpose of this evaluation is to ensure that our programs provide our students with the best possible opportunity to succeed in the marketplace with the goals of attracting more students to our programs and, ultimately, to provide our shareholders with the maximum return on their investment.  Campuses classified in the Transitional segment have been subject to this process and have been strategically identified for closure.  As of December 31 of each of 2020 and 2019, no campuses were categorized in the Transitional segment.

F-34

We evaluate segment performance based on operating results.  Adjustments to reconcile segment results to consolidated results are included under the caption “Corporate,” which primarily includes unallocated corporate activity.

Summary financial information by reporting segment is as follows:

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	Revenue										Operating Income (Loss)
	2020		% of Total			2019		% of Total			2020			2019
Transportation and Skilled Trades	$	207,434		70.8	%	$	193,722		70.9	%	$	34,458		$	21,979
Healthcare and Other Professions		85,661		29.2	%		79,620		29.1	%		11,068			7,588
Corporate		-		0.0	%		-		0.0	%		(30,745	)		(24,329	)
Total	$	293,095		100	%	$	273,342		100	%	$	14,781		$	5,238

	Total Assets
	December 31, 2020		December 31, 2019
Transportation and Skilled Trades	$	133,078	$	121,611
Healthcare and Other Professions		32,753		27,945
Corporate		79,359		45,207
Total	$	245,190	$	194,763

15. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Litigation and Regulatory Matters— In the ordinary conduct of our business, we are subject to periodic lawsuits, investigations and claims, including, but not limited to, claims involving students or graduates and routine employment matters.  Although we cannot predict with certainty the ultimate resolution of lawsuits, investigations and claims asserted against us, we do not believe that any currently pending legal proceeding to which we are a party will have a material effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Following a wave of hundreds of class action lawsuits being served upon colleges and universities across the country in connection with transitioning from in-person to online classes due to COVID-19, a class action lawsuit was filed against the Company in New Jersey Federal District Court and served on December 21, 2020.  Like most of the other lawsuits across the country, the suit alleges breach of contract, unjust enrichment and conversion.  In lieu of an answer, on January 25, 2021 the Company filed a Motion to Dismiss Plaintiff’s Complaint for Failure to State a Claim. The Motion remains pending before the Court.  On February 17, 2021, Plaintiff’s counsel notified the Company that it would be amending its complaint to address deficiencies the Company outlined in its Motion to Dismiss.

As previously reported, on July 6, 2018, the Company received an administrative subpoena from the Office of the Attorney General of the State of New Jersey (“NJ OAG”).  Pursuant to the subpoena, the NJ OAG requested certain documents and detailed information relating to the November 21, 2012 Civil Investigative Demand letter addressed to the Company by the Massachusetts Office of the Attorney General (“MOAG”) that resulted in a previously reported Final Judgment by Consent between the Company and the MOAG dated July 13, 2015.  The Company responded to this request and, the NJ OAG issued two supplemental subpoenas requesting additional information.  The Company has responded to these requests and has received no further communications from the NJ OAG to date.

Student Financing Plans—At December 31, 2020, the Company had outstanding net financing commitments to its students to assist them in financing their education of approximately $21.7 million, net of interest.

Executive Employment Agreements—The Company entered into employment contracts with key executives that provide for continued salary payments if the executives are terminated for reasons other than cause, as defined in the agreements. The future employment contract commitments for such employees were approximately $7.6 million at December 31, 2020.

Change in Control Agreements—In the event of a change of control several key executives will receive continued salary payments based on their employment agreements.

Surety Bonds—Each of the Company’s campuses must be authorized by the applicable state education agency in which the campus is located to operate and to grant degrees, diplomas or certificates to its students. The campuses are subject to extensive, ongoing regulation by each of these states. In addition, the Company’s campuses are required to be authorized by the applicable state education agencies of certain other states in which the campuses recruit students. The Company is required to post surety bonds on behalf of its campuses and education representatives with multiple states to maintain authorization to conduct its business. At December 31, 2020, the Company has posted surety bonds in the total amount of approximately $12.3 million.

F-35

16. COVID-19 PANDEMIC AND CARES ACT

The Company began seeing the impact of the global COVID-19 pandemic on its business in early March and some effects of the pandemic have continued.  The spread of COVID-19 has had an unprecedented impact on higher educational institutions across the country, including our schools, and has led to the closure of campuses and the transition of academic programs from in-person to online delivery.  The impact for the Company was primarily related to transitioning classes from in-person, hands-on learning to online, remote learning.  As part of this transition, the Company has incurred additional expenses.  Related to this transition, some students have been placed on leave of absence as they could not complete their externships and some students chose not to participate in online learning. Additionally, certain programs were extended due to restricted access to externship sites and classroom labs which did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.  In accordance with phased re-opening as applied on a state-by-state basis, all of our schools have now re-opened and the majority of the students who were on leave of absence or have deferred their programs returned to school to finish their programs.  The Company expects to continue to be impacted by COVID-19 as the situation remains dynamic and evolving and subject to rapid and possibly material change. Additional impacts may arise of which the Company is not currently aware. The nature and extent of such impacts will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted.

On March 27, 2020, the CARES Act was signed into law, which includes a $2 trillion federal economic relief package providing financial assistance and other relief to individuals and businesses impacted by the spread of COVID-19.  The CARES Act includes provisions for financial assistance and other regulatory relief benefitting students and their postsecondary institutions.

Among other things, the CARES Act includes a $14 billion higher education emergency relief fund (“HEERF”) for the DOE to distribute directly to institutions of higher education.  Institutions are required to use at least half of the HEERF funds for emergency grants to students for expenses related to disruptions in campus operations (e.g., food, housing, etc.).  Institutions are permitted to use the remainder of the funds for additional emergency grants to students or to cover institutional costs associated with significant changes to the delivery of instruction due to the COVID-19 emergency, provided that those costs do not include payment to contractors for the provision of pre-enrollment recruitment activities, endowments, or capital outlays associated with facilities related to athletics, sectarian instruction, or religious worship.  The law requires institutions receiving funds to continue to the greatest extent practicable to pay its employees and contractors during the period of any disruptions or closures related to the COVID-19 emergency.

The DOE has allocated funds to each institution of higher education based on a formula contained in the CARES Act. The formula is heavily weighted toward institutions with large numbers of Pell Grant recipients.  The DOE allocated $27.4 million to our schools to be distributed in two equal installments and must be utilized by April 30, 2021.  The Company had available $13.7 million in the first installment which was intended for emergency grants to students.  As of December 31, 2020, the Company has distributed $13.3 million to the students and remainder was distributed in January 2021.  As of December 31, 2020, the Company had available $13.7 million from the second installment which is intended for institutional costs and additional emergency grants to students.  As of December 31, 2020, the Company has utilized $5.8 million of these funds for permitted expenses which was netted against the original expenses included in selling, general and administrative on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.  As of December 31, 2020, the remaining funds are held by the DOE and the Company receives them as they are utilized.  The DOE also has published guidance regarding permitted and prohibited use of these funds and requirements for reporting the use of these funds.  If the funds are not spent or accounted for in accordance with applicable requirements, we could be required to return funds or be subject to other sanctions.

The CARES Act also contains separate educational provisions that relieve both institutions and students from complying with the requirement to repay Title IV funds following a student’s withdrawal as a result of the COVID-19 emergency.  Ordinarily, when a student withdraws, the institution (and, in some cases, the student) may be required to return unearned portions of the Title IV grant and loan funds awarded for the period.  Institutions will be required to report to the DOE the total amount of grant and loan funds the institution has not returned due to the waiver.  For federal loan borrowers, the CARES Act also directs the DOE to cancel the borrower’s obligation to repay any Direct Loan associated with the relevant period.  The law also expands the options to avoid student withdrawals due to a cessation of attendance by placing students on an approved leave of absence and waives certain requirements normally applicable to a leave of absence.    The CARES Act also allows institutions to exclude from the calculation of a student’s satisfactory academic progress any attempted credits not completed due to the COVID-19 emergency.

The Company is also permitted to delay payment of FICA payroll taxes until January 1, 2021. The Company will have to repay 50% of the deferred payments by December 31, 2021, and the remaining 50% by December 31, 2022. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had deferred payments of $4.5 million.

On December 27, 2020, the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 was signed into law.  This annual appropriations bill contained the Coronavirus Response and Relief Supplemental Appropriations Act, 2021 (“CRRSAA”).  CRRSAA provided an additional $81.9 billion to the Education Stabilization Fund including $22.7 billion for the HEERF, which were originally created by the CARES Act in March 2020.  The higher education provisions of the CRRSAA are intended in part to provide additional financial assistance benefitting students and their postsecondary institutions in the wake of the spread of COVID-19 across the country and its impact on higher educational institutions.

F-36

Like the CARES Act, the CRRSAA directs the majority of HEERF funds to a general program providing direct grants to institutions.  Institutions generally must designate “at least the same amount” of the funds for direct grants to students as was required under the CARES Act.  However, for-profit institutions may only use the new HEERF funds for grants to students. The student grants must prioritize students with exceptional need and may be used for any component of the student’s cost of attendance or for emergency costs that arise due to coronavirus, such as tuition, food, housing, health care (including mental health care), or child care.  Public and nonprofit institutions may use the remaining HEERF funds to (1) defray expenses associated with coronavirus (including lost revenue, reimbursement for expenses already incurred, technology costs associated with a transition to distance education, faculty and staff trainings, and payroll); (2) carry out student support activities authorized by the Higher Education Act that address needs related to coronavirus; or (3) for additional financial aid grants to students.

Upon the passage of the CRRSAA, DOE began allocating the funds to each institution of higher education based on a formula contained in the law.  The DOE has allocated a total of $15.4 million to our schools and the funds became available in February 2021.  The DOE has begun releasing guidance relating to the use of these funds and is expected to provide additional information in the coming weeks.  Failure to comply with requirements for the usage and reporting of these funds could result in requirements to repay some or all of the allocated funds and in other sanctions.

F-37

LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

(in thousands)

Description	Balance at Beginning of Period		Charged to Expense		Accounts Written-off			Balance at End of Period
Allowance accounts for the year ended:
December 31, 2020
Student receivable allowance	$	20,367	$	26,887	$	(18,615	)	$	28,639
December 31, 2019
Student receivable allowance	$	16,993	$	20,847	$	(17,473	)	$	20,367

F-38

EX-4.3

Exhibit 4.3

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 12 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED

General

The following is a description of the material terms of our capital stock included in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as amended (our “certificate of incorporation”) and our bylaws, as amended (our “bylaws”) and is only a summary. Our common stock is the only class or series of our securities which has been registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is listed on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “LINC”. This summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to: (i) our certificate of incorporation; (ii) our bylaws; and (iii) the applicable provisions of the New Jersey Business Corporation Act (the “NJBCA”). You should refer to complete copies of our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws, which are incorporated by reference as exhibits to the Annual Report on Form 10-K, of which this Exhibit 4.3 is a part, and to the relevant provisions of the NJBCA for additional information. Except as otherwise indicated or unless the context requires otherwise, all references herein to the “Company,” “we,” “us,” “our” and similar terms refer to Lincoln Educational Services Corporation.

We are currently authorized to issue 110,000,000 shares of capital stock, including 100,000,000 shares of common stock, no par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, no par value per share. Of the 10,000,000 authorized shares of preferred stock, 12,700 shares are designated as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, no par value per share (“Series A Preferred Stock”), and are issued and outstanding.

Common Stock

As of March[3, 2021 there were 26,988,965 shares of common stock outstanding, which were held of record by 10 shareholders.

Voting rights. Our shares of common stock are entitled to voting rights for the election of directors and for all other purposes, each holder of common stock being entitled to one vote for each share, except as otherwise required by law, and subject to the rights of the holders of preferred stock. The common stock does not have cumulative voting rights.

Dividend rights. Subject to any prior rights of holders of shares of any then-outstanding series of preferred stock, all shares of our common stock are entitled to share equally in any dividends that our Board of Directors may declare from legally available sources. Our existing credit agreement currently imposes restrictions on our ability to declare dividends with respect to our common stock.

Liquidation rights. Upon liquidation or dissolution of our Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, all shares of our common stock will be entitled to share equally in the assets available for distribution to shareholders after payment of all of our prior obligations, including obligations on our preferred stock.

Other matters. The holders of our common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights and our common stock is not subject to further calls or assessments by us. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. All outstanding shares of our common stock are fully paid and non-assessable.

Listing and Transfer Agent. Shares of our common stock are listed for trading on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “LINC.” Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company is the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock.

Preferred Stock

As of March 3, 2021, there were 12,700 shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding, which were held of record by three shareholders.

Our certificate of incorporation provides that the Board of Directors has the authority, without action by the shareholders, to designate and issue shares of preferred stock in one or more classes or series and to fix the powers, rights, preferences, and privileges of each class or series of preferred stock, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, and the number of shares constituting any class or series, which may be greater than the rights of the holders of our common stock. Any issuance of shares of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock, and the likelihood that the holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation could have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing a change in control.

We are currently authorized to issue 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, no par value per share, of which 12,700 shares are designated as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, no par value per share, and are issued and outstanding.

Dividends. Dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock (“Series A Dividends”), at the initial annual rate of 9.6%, are to be paid from the date of issuance quarterly on each December 31, March 31, June 30 and September 30 with September 30, 2020 as the first dividend payment date. The Company, at its option, may pay dividends in cash or by increasing the number of conversion shares issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock (the “Conversion Shares”). The dividend rate is subject to increase (a) 2.4% per annum on the fifth anniversary of the issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock (b) by 20% per annum but in no event above 14% per annum should the Company fail to perform certain obligations under the certificate of incorporation.

Series A Preferred Shareholders’ Right to Convert into Common Stock. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock, at any time, is convertible into a number of shares of common stock equal to (the “Convertible Formula”) the quotient of (i) the sum of (A) $1,000 (subject to adjustment as provided in the certificate of incorporation) plus (B) the dollar amount of any declared Series A Dividends not paid in cash divided by (ii) the Series A Conversion Price (initially $2.36 per share subject to anti-dilution adjustments as provided in the certificate of incorporation) as of the applicable Conversion Date (as defined in the certificate of incorporation). At all times, however, the number of Conversion Shares that can be issued to any Series A Preferred Stock Holder may not result in such holder and its affiliates owning more than 19.99% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding after giving effect to the conversion (the “Hard Cap”), unless prior shareholder approval is obtained or no longer required by the rules of the principal stock exchange on which the Company’s common stock trade.

Mandatory Conversion. If, at any time following November 14, 2022, the volume weighted average price of the Company’s common stock equals or exceeds 2.25 times the Conversion Price ($5.31 per share based on the initial Conversion Price) for a period of 20 consecutive trading days and on each such trading day at least 20,000 shares of common stock was traded, the Company may, at its option and subject to the Hard Cap, require that any or all of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock be automatically converted into shares of common stock at the then applicable Convertible Formula.

Redemption. Beginning November 14, 2024, the Company may redeem all or any of the Series A Preferred Stock for a cash price equal to the greater of (the “Liquidation Preference”) (i) the sum of $1,000 (subject to adjustment as provided in the certificate of incorporation) plus the dollar amount of any declared Series A Dividends not paid in cash and (ii) the value of the Conversion Shares were such Series A Preferred Stock converted (as determined in the certificate of incorporation) without regard to the Hard Cap.

Change of Control. In the event of certain changes of control, some of which are not in the Company’s control, as defined in the certificate of incorporation as a “Fundamental Change” or a “Liquidation”, the Series A Preferred Shareholders shall be entitled to receive the Liquidation Preference, unless such Fundamental Change is a stock merger in which certain value and volume requirements are met, in which case the Series A Preferred Stock will be converted into common stock in connection with such stock merger.

Voting. Holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock will be entitled to vote with the holders of shares of common stock and not as a separate class, at any annual or special meeting of shareholders of the Company, on an as-converted basis, in all cases subject to the Hard Cap. In addition, a majority of the voting power of the Series A Preferred Stock must approve certain significant actions of the Company, including (i) declaring a dividend or otherwise redeeming or repurchasing any shares of common stock and other junior securities, if any, subject to certain exceptions, (ii) incurring indebtedness, except for certain permitted indebtedness or (iii) creating a subsidiary other than a wholly-owned subsidiary.

Board Representation. The holders of Series A Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, have the right to appoint one director to the Board of Directors (the “Series A Director”) who may serve on any committees of the Board of Directors, until such time as the later of (i) the shares of Series A Preferred Stock have been converted into common stock or (ii) a holder still owns Conversion Shares and the sum of such Conversion Shares plus any other shares of common stock represent at least 10% of the total outstanding shares of common stock.

Additional Provisions. The Series A Preferred Stock is perpetual and therefore does not have a maturity date. The conversion price of the Series A Preferred Stock is subject to anti-dilution protections if the Company effects a stock split, stock dividend, subdivision, reclassification or combination of its common stock and certain other economically dilutive events.

Directors’ Exculpation and Indemnification

Our certificate of incorporation provides that none of our directors shall be liable to us or our shareholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent otherwise required by the New Jersey Business Corporation Act, or the NJBCA. The effect of this provision is to eliminate our rights, and our shareholders’ rights, to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of a fiduciary duty of care as a director, except to the extent otherwise required by the NJBCA. This provision does not limit or eliminate our right, or the right of any shareholder, to seek non-monetary relief, such as an injunction or rescission in the event of a breach of a director’s duty of care. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, if the NJBCA is amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of a director, then the liability of the directors shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the NJBCA, as so amended. These provisions will not alter the liability of directors under federal or state securities laws.

Anti-Takeover Effects of New Jersey Law, the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws

Certain provisions of the NJBCA, our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing another person from acquiring control of the Company, including takeover attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock.

New Jersey Law

We are subject to the provisions of Section 14A-10A of the NJBCA, which is known as the “New Jersey Shareholders Protection Act.” Under the New Jersey Shareholders Protection Act, we are prohibited from engaging in any “business combination” with any “interested shareholder” for a period of five years following the time at which that shareholder becomes an “interested shareholder” unless the business combination is approved by our Board of Directors before that shareholder became an “interested shareholder.” After this five-year period has expired, any business combination with an “interested shareholder” must be approved by holders of 662/3% of the voting shares not held by the “interested shareholder” or meet certain prescribed value requirements. Covered business combinations include certain mergers, dispositions of assets or shares and recapitalizations.

An “interested shareholder” is (i) any person that directly or indirectly beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of our outstanding voting stock; or (ii) any of our affiliates or associates (as those terms are defined in the New Jersey Shareholders Protection Act) that directly or indirectly beneficially owned 10% or more of the voting power of our then outstanding stock at any time within a five-year period immediately prior to the date in question.

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Authorized but Unissued Preferred Stock. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws permit us to establish the rights, privileges, preferences and restrictions, including voting rights, of future series of our preferred stock and to issue such stock without approval from our common shareholders.

Board of Directors. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that our Board of Directors shall consist of at least three directors but not more than eleven directors, as may be determined by the Board of Directors from time to time. Currently, our Board of Directors consists of eight directors, seven of whom are independent directors, including one designated Series A Director. Other than a vacancy arising from the departure of a Series A Director, any vacancy on our Board of Directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our Board of Directors, may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum. Any such director so elected shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until his or her successor shall have been elected and qualified. The limitation on filling vacancies could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or discourage a third party from attempting to acquire, control of our Company.

Removal of Directors. Except for the rights of Series A Preferred Stock holders entitled to elect a Series A Director separately (and who retain the right to remove the Series A Director), any director may only be removed from office, without assigning any cause, by the approval of holders of a majority of the combined voting power of the then outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

Board meetings. Our bylaws provide that special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the chairman of our Board of Directors, the president, the chief financial officer or by any two directors in office.

Shareholder meetings. Our certificate of incorporation provides that any action required or permitted to be taken by our shareholders at an annual meeting or special meeting of shareholders may only be taken if it is properly brought before such meeting and may not be taken by non-unanimous written action in lieu of a meeting. Our bylaws further provide that special meetings of the shareholders may only be called by the chairman of the Board of Directors, our president, by a committee that is duly designated by the Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of the majority of the Board of Directors or pursuant to an order of the New Jersey Superior Court in accordance with NJBCA.

Requirements for advance notification of shareholder nominations and proposals. Our bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to shareholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of our Board of Directors or a committee of the Board of Directors. In order for any matter to be considered “properly brought” before a meeting, a shareholder must comply with requirements regarding advance notice and provide certain information to us. These provisions could have the effect of delaying until the next shareholders meeting shareholder actions that are favored by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities. These provisions could also discourage a third party from making a tender offer for our common stock, because even if it acquired a majority of our outstanding voting securities, it would be able to take action as a shareholder (such as electing new directors or approving a merger) only at a duly called shareholders meeting and not by non-unanimous written consent.

Shareholder action by written consent. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws prohibit shareholder action by non-unanimous written consent and require all such actions to be taken at a meeting of shareholders of our common stock.

Cumulative voting. Our certificate of incorporation provides that our shareholders shall have no cumulative voting rights.

Amendment of certificate of incorporation and bylaws. The amendment of the provisions described above in our certificate of incorporation generally will require the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors, as well as the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66²/3% of our then-outstanding voting stock. Our bylaws may be amended (i) by the affirmative vote of the majority of our Board of Directors or (ii) by the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of our then outstanding voting stock.

EX-21.1

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of the Company

The following is a list of Lincoln Educational Services Corporation’s subsidiaries as of December 31, 2020:

Name	Jurisdiction
Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc. (wholly owned)	New Jersey
New England Acquisition LLC (wholly owned through Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc.)	Delaware
Nashville Acquisition, LLC (wholly owned through Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc.)	Delaware
Euphoria Acquisition, LLC (wholly owned through Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc.)	Delaware
LTI Holdings, LLC (wholly owned through Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc.)	Colorado
LCT Acquisition, LLC (wholly owned through Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc.)	Delaware
NN Acquisition, LLC (wholly owned through Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc.)	Delaware

EX-23

Exhibit 23

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 333-148406, 333-152854, 333-248506, and 333-249352 on Form S-3 and 333-126066, 333-132749, 333-138715, 333-158923, 333-173880, 333-188240, 333-138715 “POS,” 333-203806, 333-211213, and 333-239453 on Form S-8 of our reports dated March 8, 2021, relating to the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule of Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and subsidiaries’, and the effectiveness Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Lincoln Educational Services Corporation, for the year ended December 31, 2020.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP 

Parsippany, New Jersey

March 8, 2021

EX-31.1

EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Scott Shaw, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Lincoln Educational Services Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)          Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)          Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)          Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)          Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an Annual Report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)          All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(e)          Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 8, 2021

/s/ Scott Shaw

Scott Shaw

Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2

EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Brian Meyers, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Lincoln Educational Services Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an Annual Report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 8, 2021

/s/ Brian Meyers

Brian Meyers

Chief Financial Officer

EX-32

EXHIBIT 32

CERTIFICATION

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350 as adopted by

Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Each of the undersigned, Scott Shaw, Chief Executive Officer of Lincoln Educational Services Corporation (the “Company”), and Brian Meyers, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, has executed this certification in connection with the filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 (the “Report”).

Each of the undersigned hereby certifies that, to his respective knowledge:

1.          The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2.          The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date:     March 8, 2021

/s/ Scott Shaw

Scott Shaw

Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Brian Meyers

Brian Meyers

Chief Financial Officer

XML

Document and Entity Information - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Mar. 03, 2021	Jun. 30, 2020
Cover [Abstract]
Entity Registrant Name	LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORP
Entity Central Index Key	0001286613
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Document Type	10-K
Amendment Flag	false
Document Period End Date	Dec. 31, 2020
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2020
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Entity Address, State or Province	NJ
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	No
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Interactive Data Current	Yes
Entity Filer Category	Accelerated Filer
Entity Small Business	true
Entity Emerging Growth Company	false
Entity Shell Company	false
Entity Public Float			$ 78,301,591
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		26,988,965

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 38,026	$ 23,644
Accounts receivable, less allowance of $25,174 and $18,107 at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively	30,021	20,652
Inventories	2,394	1,608
Prepaid income taxes and income taxes receivable	0	383
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	3,723	4,190
Total current assets	74,164	50,477
PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES - At cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of $176,300 and $172,408 at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively	48,388	49,345
OTHER ASSETS:
Noncurrent restricted cash	0	15,000
Noncurrent receivables, less allowance of $3,465 and $2,260 at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively	16,463	15,337
Deferred income taxes, net	35,718	0
Operating lease right-of-use assets	55,187	49,065
Goodwill	14,536	14,536
Other assets, net	734	1,003
Total other assets	122,638	94,941
TOTAL ASSETS	245,190	194,763
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Current portion of credit agreement	2,000	2,000
Unearned tuition	23,453	23,411
Accounts payable	15,676	14,584
Accrued expenses	16,692	7,869
Income taxes payable	491	0
Current portion of operating lease liabilities	8,504	9,142
Other short-term liabilities	26	199
Total current liabilities	66,842	57,205
NONCURRENT LIABILITIES:
Long-term credit agreement	15,212	32,028
Pension plan liabilities	4,252	4,015
Deferred income taxes, net	0	153
Long-term portion of operating lease liabilities	52,702	46,018
Other long-term liabilities	3,133	214
Total liabilities	142,141	139,633
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Common stock, no par value - authorized 100,000,000 shares at December 31, 2020 and 2019, issued and outstanding 26,476,329 shares at December 31, 2020 and 25,231,710 shares at December 31, 2019	141,377	141,377
Additional paid-in capital	30,512	30,145
Treasury stock at cost - 5,910,541 shares at December 31, 2020 and 2019	(82,860)	(82,860)
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)	6,203	(42,058)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(4,165)	(3,456)
Total stockholders' equity	91,067	43,148
TOTAL LIABILITIES, SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY	245,190	194,763
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock [Member]
SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
Preferred stock, no par value - 10,000,000 shares authorized, Series A convertible preferred shares, 12,700 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and no shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019	11,982	11,982
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Total stockholders' equity	$ 11,982	$ 11,982

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Parenthetical) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019
CURRENT ASSETS:
Accounts receivable, allowance	$ 25,174	$ 18,107
PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES - accumulated depreciation and amortization	176,300	172,408
OTHER ASSETS:
Noncurrent receivables, allowance	$ 3,465	$ 2,260
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Common stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0	$ 0
Common stock, shares authorized (in shares)	100,000,000	100,000,000
Common stock, shares issued (in shares)	26,476,329	25,231,710
Common stock, shares outstanding (in shares)	26,476,329	25,231,710
Treasury stock, shares (in shares)	5,910,541	5,910,541
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock [Member]
SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
Preferred stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0	$ 0
Preferred stock, shares authorized (in shares)	10,000,000	10,000,000
Preferred stock, shares issued (in shares)	12,700	0
Preferred stock, shares outstanding (in shares)	12,700	0

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS [Abstract]
REVENUE	$ 293,095	$ 273,342
COSTS AND EXPENSES:
Educational services and facilities	122,196	123,495
Selling, general and administrative	156,199	145,176
Gain on sale of assets	(81)	(567)
Total costs and expenses	278,314	268,104
OPERATING INCOME	14,781	5,238
OTHER:
Interest income	0	8
Interest expense	(1,275)	(2,963)
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES	13,506	2,283
(BENEFIT) PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES	(35,059)	268
NET INCOME	48,565	2,015
PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS	1,378	0
INCOME AVAILABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS	$ 47,187	$ 2,015
Basic
Net income per share (in dollars per share)	$ 1.49	$ 0.08
Diluted
Net income per share (in dollars per share)	$ 1.49	$ 0.08
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:
Basic (in shares)	24,748,496	24,554,033
Diluted (in shares)	24,748,496	24,554,033

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME [Abstract]
Net income	$ 48,565	$ 2,015
Other comprehensive income
Derivative qualifying as a cash flow hedge, net of taxes (nil)	(703)	(174)
Employee pension plan adjustments, net of taxes (1)	(6)	780
Comprehensive income	$ 47,856	$ 2,621

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (Parenthetical) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019
Other comprehensive income
Derivative qualifying as a cash flow hedge, taxes	$ 0	$ 0
Employee pension plan adjustments, taxes	$ 1	$ 1

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Common Stock [Member]	Additional Paid-in Capital [Member]	Treasury Stock [Member]	Retained Earnings (Accumulated Deficit) [Member]	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Member]	Total	Series A Convertible Preferred Stock [Member]
BALANCE at Dec. 31, 2018	$ 141,377	$ 29,484	$ (82,860)	$ (44,073)	$ (4,062)	$ 39,866	$ 0
BALANCE (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2018	24,641,792						0
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity [Roll Forward]
Net income	$ 0	0	0	2,015	0	2,015	$ 0
Employee pension plan adjustments	0	0	0	0	780	780	0
Derivative qualifying as cash flow hedge	0	0	0	0	(174)	(174)	0
Issuance of series A convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs	$ 0	0	0	0	0	0	$ 11,982
Issuance of series A convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs (in shares)	0						12,700
Stock-based compensation expense
Restricted stock	$ 0	679	0	0	0	679	$ 0
Restricted stock (in shares)	595,436						0
Net share settlement for equity-based compensation	$ 0	(18)	0	0	0	(18)	$ 0
Net share settlement for equity-based compensation (in shares)	(5,518)						0
BALANCE at Dec. 31, 2019	$ 141,377	30,145	(82,860)	(42,058)	(3,456)	43,148	$ 11,982
BALANCE (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2019	25,231,710						12,700
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity [Roll Forward]
Net income	$ 0	0	0	48,565	0	48,565	$ 0
Preferred stock dividends	0	(1,074)	0	(304)	0	(1,378)	0
Employee pension plan adjustments	0	0	0	0	(6)	(6)	0
Derivative qualifying as cash flow hedge	0	0	0	0	(703)	(703)	0
Stock-based compensation expense
Restricted stock	$ 0	1,686	0	0	0	1,686	$ 0
Restricted stock (in shares)	1,319,734						0
Net share settlement for equity-based compensation	$ 0	(245)	0	0	0	(245)	$ 0
Net share settlement for equity-based compensation (in shares)	(75,115)						0
BALANCE at Dec. 31, 2020	$ 141,377	$ 30,512	$ (82,860)	$ 6,203	$ (4,165)	$ 91,067	$ 11,982
BALANCE (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2020	26,476,329						12,700

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income	$ 48,565	$ 2,015
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	7,400	8,116
Amortization of deferred finance fees	181	190
Write-off of deferred finance fees	0	512
Deferred income taxes	(35,871)	153
Gain on disposition of assets	(81)	(567)
Fixed asset donation	(334)	(1,084)
Provision for doubtful accounts	26,888	20,847
Stock-based compensation expense	1,686	679
(Increase) decrease in assets:
Accounts receivable	(37,383)	(25,986)
Inventories	(786)	(157)
Prepaid income taxes and income taxes receivable	383	219
Prepaid expenses and current assets	158	(502)
Other assets	193	(1,368)
Increase (decrease) in liabilities:
Accounts payable	856	444
Accrued expenses	8,823	(1,687)
Unearned tuition	42	866
Income taxes payable	491	0
Other liabilities	2,274	(1,702)
Total adjustments	(25,080)	(1,027)
Net cash provided by operating activities	23,485	988
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Capital expenditures	(5,580)	(5,385)
Proceeds from insurance settlement	97	575
Net cash used in investing activities	(5,483)	(4,810)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from borrowings	11,000	40,045
Payments on borrowings	(28,000)	(54,514)
Credit (payment) of deferred finance fees	3	(975)
Net share settlement for equity-based compensation	(245)	(18)
Dividend payment for preferred stock	(1,378)	0
Proceeds from sale of convertible preferred stock	0	12,700
Payment of convertible preferred stock issuance costs	0	(718)
Net cash used in financing activities	(18,620)	(3,480)
NET DECREASE IN CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH	(618)	(7,302)
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH - Beginning of year	38,644	45,946
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH - End of year	38,026	38,644
Cash paid during the year for:
Interest	1,110	2,155
Income taxes	179	118
SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Liabilities accrued for or noncash purchases of property and equipment	$ 975	$ 2,852

XML

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES [Abstract]

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Business Activities—Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”, “we”, “our” and “us”, as applicable) provide diversified career-oriented post-secondary education to recent high school graduates and working adults.  The Company, which currently operates 22 schools in 14 states, offers programs in automotive technology, skilled trades (which include HVAC, welding and computerized numerical control and electronic systems technology, among other programs), healthcare services (which include nursing, dental assistant and medical administrative assistant, among other programs), hospitality services (which include culinary, therapeutic massage, cosmetology and aesthetics) and information technology.  The schools operate under Lincoln Technical Institute, Lincoln College of Technology, Lincoln Culinary Institute, and Euphoria Institute of Beauty Arts and Sciences and associated brand names.  Most of the campuses serve major metropolitan markets and each typically offers courses in multiple areas of study.  Five of the campuses are destination schools, which attract students from across the United States and, in some cases, from abroad. The Company’s other campuses primarily attract students from their local communities and surrounding areas.  All of the campuses are nationally or regionally accredited and are eligible to participate in federal financial aid programs by the U.S. Department of Education (the “DOE”) and applicable state education agencies and accrediting commissions which allow students to apply for and access federal student loans as well as other forms of financial aid.

The Company’s business is organized into three reportable business segments: (a) Transportation and Skilled Trades, (b) Healthcare and Other Professions (“HOPS”), and (c) Transitional, which refers to our campus operations which have been closed.

COVID-19 Pandemic— During the first quarter of 2020, the coronavirus disease (“COVID-19”) began to spread worldwide and has caused significant disruptions to the U.S. and world economies.  In early March 2020, the Company began seeing the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business. The impact was primarily related to transitioning classes from in-person, hands-on learning to online, remote learning.  As part of this transition, the Company has incurred additional expenses.  In addition, some students were placed on leave of absence as they could not complete their externships and some students chose not to participate in online learning. Additionally, certain programs were extended due to restricted access to externship sites and classroom labs.  Due to state and local provisions, our schools reopened on a phased basis from May through August 2020.  Currently, all of our schools have re-opened and the majority of the students who were placed on leave or otherwise deferred their programs are actively working to finish their programs over the next few months.  As COVID-19 continues to affect many states and its course is unpredictable, the full impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements remains uncertain.

On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) was signed into law which includes a $2 trillion federal economic relief package providing financial assistance and other relief to individuals and businesses impacted by the spread of COVID-19. The CARES Act includes provisions for financial assistance and other regulatory relief benefitting students and their postsecondary institutions.  The Company has and will continue to evaluate the impact of the CARES Act on the Company’s results of operations and cash flows.  See Note 16 – COVID-19 Pandemic and CARES Act for additional discussion about the CARES Act.

Liquidity—As of December 31, 2020, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $38.0 million.  As of December 31, 2020, the Company had a net cash balance of $20.8 million calculated as cash and cash equivalents, less both the short-term and long-term portions of the Company’s Credit Facility (defined below). As of December 31, 2020, the Company also can borrow an additional $21.0 million under its Credit Facility.  As of December 31, 2019, the Company had a net cash balance of $4.6 million.  The Company believes that its likely sources of cash should be sufficient to fund operations for the next twelve months and thereafter for the foreseeable future. However, the circumstances relating to COVID-19 and its evolution are unpredictable and, if circumstances surrounding COVID-19 should evolve in a significantly adverse manner it is possible our liquidity could be materially and adversely affected.

Principles of Consolidation—The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Cash and Cash Equivalents—Cash and cash equivalents include all cash balances and highly liquid short-term investments, which contain original maturities within three months of purchase.  Pursuant to the DOE’s cash management requirements, the Company retains funds from financial aid programs under Title IV of the Higher Education Act in segregated cash management accounts.  The segregated accounts do not require a restriction on use of the cash and, as such, these amounts are classified as cash and cash equivalents on the consolidated balance sheet.

Restricted Cash—Restricted cash consists of deposits that were maintained at financial institutions under a cash collateral agreement pursuant to the Company’s prior credit facility.  The amounts of zero and $15.0 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, of restricted cash is included in long-term assets in the consolidated balance sheets as the restrictions were greater than one year, respectively.  Refer to Note 9 for more information on the Company’s credit facility.

Accounts Receivable—The Company reports accounts receivable at net realizable value, which is equal to the gross receivable less an estimated allowance for uncollectible accounts.  Noncurrent accounts receivable represent amounts due from graduates in excess of 12 months from the balance sheet date.

Allowance for Uncollectible Accounts—Based upon experience and judgment, an allowance is established for uncollectible accounts with respect to tuition receivables. In establishing the allowance for uncollectible accounts, the Company considers, among other things, current and expected economic conditions, a student’s status (in-school or out-of-school), whether or not a student is currently making payments, and overall collection history. Changes in trends in any of these areas may impact the allowance for uncollectible accounts. The receivables balances of withdrawn students with delinquent obligations are reserved for based on our collection history.

Inventories—Inventories consist mainly of textbooks, computers, tools and supplies. Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market on a first-in, first-out basis.

Property, Equipment and Facilities—Depreciation and Amortization—Property, equipment and facilities are stated at cost. Major renewals and improvements are capitalized, while repairs and maintenance are expensed when incurred. Upon the retirement, sale or other disposition of assets, costs and related accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the accounts and any gain or loss is reflected in operating income (loss). For financial statement purposes, depreciation of property and equipment is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, and amortization of leasehold improvements is computed over the lesser of the term of the lease or its estimated useful life.

Advertising Costs—Costs related to advertising are expensed as incurred and approximated $31.2 million and $29.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. These amounts are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets— The Company tests its goodwill for impairment annually, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate an impairment may have occurred, by comparing its reporting unit’s carrying value to its implied fair value. Impairment may result from, among other things, deterioration in the performance of the acquired business, adverse market conditions, adverse changes in applicable laws or regulations, reductions in market value of the Company, and changes that restrict the activities of the acquired business, and a variety of other circumstances. If the Company determines that an impairment has occurred, it is required to record a write-down of the carrying value and charge the impairment as an operating expense in the period the determination is made. In evaluating the recoverability of the carrying value of goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets, the Company must make assumptions regarding estimated future cash flows and other factors to determine the fair value of the acquired assets. Changes in strategy or market conditions could significantly impact these judgments in the future and require an adjustment to the recorded balances.  The goodwill is allocated among nine reporting units within the Transportation and Skilled Trades Segment.

When we test goodwill balances for impairment, we determine the fair value of each of our reporting units using an equal weighting of the discounted cash flow model and the market approach. The determination of fair value using the discounted cash flow model requires significant estimates and assumptions related to forecasts of future revenues, which is driven by student start growth, EBITDA (Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation, and Amortization) margins, the long-term growth rate used in the calculation of the terminal value, and the discount rate to apply against each reporting unit’s financial metrics.  The determination of fair value using the market approach requires significant estimates and assumptions related to the selection of EBITDA multiples and the control premiums. Changes in these assumptions could have a significant impact on either the fair value, the amount of any goodwill impairment charge, or both.

Although we believe our projected future operating results and cash flows and related estimates regarding fair values are based on reasonable assumptions, historically projected operating results and cash flows have not always been achieved. The failure of one of our reporting units to achieve projected operating results and cash flows in the near term or long term may reduce the estimated fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying value and result in the recognition of a goodwill impairment charge. Significant management judgment is necessary to evaluate the impact of operating and macroeconomic changes and to estimate future cash flows. Assumptions used in our impairment evaluations, such as forecasted growth rates and our cost of capital, are based on the best available market information and are consistent with our internal forecasts and operating plans. In addition to cash flow estimates, our valuations are sensitive to the rate used to discount cash flows and future growth assumptions.

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, we conducted our annual test for goodwill impairment and determined we did not have an impairment.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets—The Company reviews the carrying value of its long-lived assets and identifiable intangibles for possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. The Company evaluates long-lived assets for impairment by examining estimated future cash flows using Level 3 inputs. These cash flows are evaluated by using weighted probability techniques as well as comparisons of past performance against projections. Assets may also be evaluated by identifying independent market values. If the Company determines that an asset’s carrying value is impaired, it will record a write-down of the carrying value of the asset and charge the impairment as an operating expense in the period in which the determination is made.

The Company concluded that for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, there were no long-lived asset impairments.

Concentration of Credit Risk—Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of temporary cash investments.  The Company places its cash and cash equivalents with high credit quality financial institutions. The Company’s cash balances with financial institutions typically exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) limit of $0.25 million. The Company’s cash balances on deposit at December 31, 2020, exceeded the balance insured by the FDIC by approximately $37.75 million. The Company has not experienced any losses to date on its invested cash.

The Company extends credit for tuition and fees to many of its students. The credit risk with respect to these accounts receivable is mitigated through the students’ participation in federally funded financial aid programs unless students withdraw prior to the receipt of federal funds for those students. In addition, the remaining tuition receivables are primarily comprised of smaller individual amounts due from students.

With respect to student receivables, the Company had no significant concentrations of credit risk as of December 31, 2020 and 2019.

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements—The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP’) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates the estimates and assumptions, including those used to determine the incremental borrowing rate to calculate lease liabilities and right-of-use (“ROU”) assets, lease term to calculate lease cost, revenue recognition, bad debts, impairments, fixed assets, income taxes, benefit plans and certain accruals.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Income Taxes—The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 740, “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”). This statement requires an asset and a liability approach for measuring deferred taxes based on temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities existing at each balance sheet date using enacted tax rates for years in which taxes are expected to be paid or recovered.

In accordance with ASC 740, the Company assesses our deferred tax asset to determine whether all or any portion of the asset is more likely than not unrealizable.  A valuation allowance is required to be established or maintained when, based on currently available information, it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. In accordance with ASC 740, our assessment considers whether there has been sufficient income in recent years and whether sufficient income is expected in future years in order to utilize the deferred tax asset. In evaluating the realizability of deferred income tax assets, the Company considered, among other things, historical levels of income, expected future income, the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary reporting differences, and the expected impact of tax planning strategies that may be implemented to prevent the potential loss of future income tax benefits. Significant judgment is required in determining the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our consolidated financial statements and/or tax returns.  Differences between anticipated and actual outcomes of these future tax consequences could have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.  Changes in, among other things, income tax legislation, statutory income tax rates, or future income levels could materially impact the Company’s valuation of income tax assets and liabilities and could cause our income tax provision to vary significantly among financial reporting periods.

The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.  During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, we did not record any interest and penalties expense associated with uncertain tax positions.

Derivative Instruments—The Company records the fair value of derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities on the balance sheet. The accounting for gains and losses resulting from changes in fair value is dependent on the use of the derivative and whether it is designated and qualifies for hedge accounting.

All qualifying hedging activities are documented at the inception of the hedge and must meet the definition of highly effective in offsetting changes to future cash. The Company utilizes the change in variable cash flows method to evaluate hedge effectiveness quarterly. We record the fair value of the qualifying hedges in other long-term liabilities (for derivative liabilities) and other assets (for derivative assets). All unrealized gains and losses on derivatives that are designated and qualify for hedge accounting are reported in other comprehensive income (loss) and recognized when the underlying hedged transaction affects earnings. Changes in the fair value of these derivatives are recognized in other comprehensive income.  The Company classifies the cash flows from a cash flow hedge within the same category as the cash flows from the items being hedged.

Start-up Costs—Costs related to the start of new campuses are expensed as incurred.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In October 2020, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2020-10, “Codification Improvements”, which makes minor technical corrections and clarifications to the ASU. The amendments in Sections B and C of the ASU are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2020, for public business entities. For all other entities, the amendments are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2022. This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06, “Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity”. This ASU simplifies the accounting for certain financial instruments with characteristics of liabilities and equity, including convertible instruments and contracts on an entity’s own equity. The ASU removes separation models for (1) convertible debt with a cash conversion feature and (2) convertible instruments with a beneficial conversion feature and hence most of the instruments will be accounted for as a single model (either debt or equity). The ASU also states that entities must apply the if-converted method to all convertible instruments for calculation of diluted EPS and the treasury stock method is no longer available. An entity can use either a full or modified retrospective approach to adopt the ASU’s guidance. ASU No. 2020-06 is effective for the Company as a smaller reporting company for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods within those fiscal years. For convertible instruments that include a down-round feature, entities may early adopt the amendments that apply to the down-round features if they have not yet adopted the amendments in ASU 2017-11. The Company is currently assessing the impact that this ASU will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-03, “Codification Improvements to Financial Instruments” (“ASU 2020-03”). ASU 2020-03 improves and clarifies various financial instruments topics. ASU 2020-03 includes seven different issues that describe the areas of improvement and the related amendments to GAAP. The Company adopted ASU 2020-03 upon issuance, which did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, “Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes”, which simplifies the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to the general principles of ASC 740, “Income Taxes”. ASU 2019-12 also clarifies and amends GAAP for other areas of Topic 740. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020 and early adoption is permitted. Depending on the amendment, adoption may be applied on a retrospective, modified retrospective or prospective basis. The Company is currently assessing the impact that this ASU will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU  2018-14, “Compensation – Retirement Benefits – Defined Benefit Plans – General (Subtopic 715-20): Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Defined Benefit Plans”. This ASU adds, modifies and clarifies several disclosure requirements for employers that sponsor defined benefit pension or other postretirement plans. This guidance is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact that this ASU will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. The Company adopted ASU 2018-14 on January 1, 2020, which did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

 In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments” and subsequently issued additional guidance that modified ASU 2016-13. ASU 2016-13 and the subsequent modifications are identified as Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 326. The standard requires an entity to change its accounting approach in determining impairment of certain financial instruments, including trade receivables, from an “incurred loss” to a “current expected credit loss” model. Further, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-04, ASU No. 2019-05 and ASU 2019-11 to provide additional guidance on the credit losses standard. In November 2019, FASB issued ASU No. 2019-10, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326), Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815), and Leases (Topic 842)”.  This ASU defers the effective date of ASU 2016-13 for public companies that are considered smaller reporting companies as defined by the SEC to fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years.  Additionally, in February and March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-02, “Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326) and Leases (Topic 842): Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 119 and Update to SEC Section on Effective Date Related to Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842)” ASU 2020-02 adds a SEC paragraph pursuant to the issuance of SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 119 on loan losses to FASB Codification Topic 326 and also updates the SEC section of the Codification for the change in the effective date of Topic 842. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently assessing the impact that these ASUs will have on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

XML

FINANCIAL AID AND REGULATORY COMPLIANCE

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

FINANCIAL AID AND REGULATORY COMPLIANCE [Abstract]

FINANCIAL AID AND REGULATORY COMPLIANCE

2. FINANCIAL AID AND REGULATORY COMPLIANCE

Financial Aid

The Company’s schools and students participate in a variety of government-sponsored financial aid programs that assist students in paying the cost of their education. The largest source of such support is the federal programs of student financial assistance under Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended, commonly referred to as the Title IV Programs, which are administered by the U.S. Department of Education (the “DOE”). During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, approximately 77% and 78%, respectively, of net revenues on a cash basis were indirectly derived from funds distributed under Title IV Programs.

For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company calculated that no individual DOE reporting entity received more than 90% of its revenue, determined on a cash basis under DOE regulations, from the Title IV Program funds.  The Company’s calculations may be subject to review by the DOE.  Under DOE regulations, a proprietary institution that derives more than 90% of its total revenue from the Title IV Programs for two consecutive fiscal years becomes immediately ineligible to participate in the Title IV Programs and may not reapply for eligibility until the end of two fiscal years. An institution with revenues exceeding 90% for a single fiscal year, will be placed on provisional certification and may be subject to other enforcement measures.  If one of the Company’s institutions violated the 90/10 Rule and became ineligible to participate in Title IV Programs but continued to disburse Title IV Program funds, the DOE would require the institution to repay all Title IV Program funds received by the institution after the effective date of the loss of eligibility.

Regulatory Compliance

To participate in Title IV Programs, a school must be authorized to offer its programs of instruction by relevant state education agencies, be accredited by an accrediting commission recognized by the DOE and be certified as an eligible institution by the DOE. For this reason, the schools are subject to extensive regulatory requirements imposed by all of these entities. After the schools receive the required certifications by the appropriate entities, the schools must demonstrate their compliance with the DOE regulations of the Title IV Programs on an ongoing basis. Included in these regulations is the requirement that the institution must satisfy specific standards of financial responsibility. The DOE evaluates institutions for compliance with these standards each year, based upon the institution’s annual audited financial statements, as well as following a change in ownership resulting in a change of control of the institution. The DOE calculates the institution’s composite score for financial responsibility based on its (i) equity ratio, which measures the institution’s capital resources, ability to borrow and financial viability; (ii) primary reserve ratio, which measures the institution’s ability to support current operations from expendable resources; and (iii) net income ratio, which measures the institution’s ability to operate at a profit. This composite score can range from -1 to +3.

The composite score must be at least 1.5 for the institution to be deemed financially responsible without the need for further oversight.  If an institution’s composite score is below 1.5, but is at least 1.0, it is in a category denominated by the DOE as “the zone.” Under the DOE regulations, institutions that are in the zone typically may be permitted by the DOE to continue to participate in the Title IV Programs by choosing one of two alternatives:  1) the “Zone Alternative” under which an institution is required to make disbursements to students under the Heightened Cash Monitoring 1 (“HCM1”) payment method, or a different payment method other than the advance payment method, and to notify the DOE within 10 days after the occurrence of certain oversight and financial events or 2) submit a letter of credit to the DOE equal to 50 percent of the Title IV Program funds received by the institution during its most recent fiscal year.  The DOE permits an institution to participate under the “Zone Alternative” for a period of up to three consecutive fiscal years.  Under the HCM1 payment method, the institution is required to make Title IV Program disbursements to eligible students and parents before it requests or receives funds for the amount of those disbursements from the DOE.  As long as the student accounts are credited before the funding requests are initiated, an institution is permitted to draw down funds through the DOE’s electronic system for grants management and payments for the amount of disbursements made to eligible students.  Unlike the Heightened Cash Monitoring 2 (“HCM2”) and the reimbursement payment methods, the HCM1 payment method typically does not require schools to submit documentation to the DOE and wait for DOE approval before drawing down Title IV Program funds.  Effective July 1, 2016, a school under HCM1, HCM2 or reimbursement payment methods must also pay any credit balances due to a student before drawing down funds for the amount of those disbursements from the DOE, even if the student or parent provides written authorization for the school to hold the credit balance.

If an institution’s composite score is below 1.0, the institution is considered by the DOE to lack financial responsibility. If the DOE determines that an institution does not satisfy the DOE’s financial responsibility standards, depending on its composite score and other factors, that institution may establish its eligibility to participate in the Title IV Programs on an alternative basis by, among other things:

• Posting a letter of credit in an amount equal to at least 50% of the total Title IV Program funds received by the institution during the institution’s most recently completed fiscal year; or

• Posting a letter of credit in an amount equal to at least 10% of the Title IV Program funds received by the institution during its most recently completed fiscal year accepting provisional certification; complying with additional DOE monitoring requirements and agreeing to receive Title IV Program funds under an arrangement other than the DOE’s standard advance funding arrangement.

The DOE has evaluated the financial responsibility of our institutions on a consolidated basis. We submitted to the DOE our audited financial statements for the 2018 fiscal years reflecting a composite score of 1.1, respectively, based upon our calculations. The DOE indicated in a January 13, 2020 letter its determination that our institutions are “in the zone” based on our composite scores for the 2018 fiscal year and that we are required to operate under the Zone Alternative requirements, including the requirement to make disbursements under the HCM1 payment method and to notify the DOE within 10 days of the occurrence of certain oversight and financial events. We also are required to submit to the DOE bi-weekly cash balance submissions outlining our available cash on hand, monthly actual and projected cash flow statements, and monthly student rosters.

Because of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, the DOE extended the deadline for institutions to submit audited financial statements.

We initially submitted to the DOE our audited financial statements for the 2019 fiscal year on July 2, 2020 and anticipated that our composite score for the year would be 1.6.  The DOE requested that we resubmit 2019 audited financials and composite score calculation utilizing new technical revisions to the composite score calculation that took effect on July 1, 2020.

We prepared an updated submission and composite score calculation in response to the DOE’s notice and resubmitted our financial statements for the 2019 fiscal year on November 13, 2020 with a recalculated composite score of 1.5. Subsequently, on February 16, 2021, we received a letter from the DOE confirming our composite score of 1.5 for fiscal year 2019 as well as removing the Company from the Zone Alternative requirements. However, the Company will remain on HCM1 until we meet certain requirements outlined by the DOE in its letter which we are hopeful will be complete within the next few months.

For the 2020 fiscal year, we calculated our composite score to be 2.7. This score is subject to determination by the DOE based on its review of our consolidated audited financial statements for the 2020 fiscal year, but we believe it is likely that the DOE will determine that our institutions comply with the composite score requirement.

On September 23, 2019, the DOE published final regulations with a general effective date of July 1, 2020 that, among other things, modified the list of triggering events that could result in the DOE determining that the institution lacks financial responsibility and must submit to the DOE a letter of credit or other form of acceptable financial protection and accept other conditions on the institution’s Title IV Program eligibility.  The regulations create lists of mandatory triggering events and discretionary triggering events.  An institution is not able to meet its financial or administrative obligations if a mandatory triggering event occurs.  The mandatory triggering events include:

• the institution’s recalculated composite score is less than 1.0 as determined by the DOE as a result of an institutional liability from a settlement, final judgment, or final determination in an administrative or judicial action or proceeding brought by a federal or state entity;

• the institution’s recalculated composite score goes from less than 1.5 to less than 1.0 as determined by the DOE as a result of a withdrawal of owner’s equity from the institution;

• the SEC takes certain actions against the institution or the institution fails to comply with certain filing requirements; or

• the occurrence of two or more discretionary triggering events (as described below) within a certain time period.

The DOE also may determine that an institution lacks financial responsibility if one of the following discretionary triggering events occurs and the event is likely to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of the institution:

• a show cause or similar order from the institution’s accrediting agency that could result in the withdrawal, revocation or suspension of institutional accreditation;

• a notice from the institution’s state licensing agency of an intent to withdraw or terminate the institution’s state licensure if the institution does not take steps to comply with state requirements;

• a default, delinquency, or other event occurs as a result of an institutional violation of a security or loan agreement that enables the creditor to require an increase in collateral, a change in contractual obligations, an increase in interest rates or payment, or other sanctions, penalties or fees;

• a failure to comply with the 90/10 Rule during the institution’s most recently completed fiscal year;

• high annual drop-out rates from the institution as determined by the DOE; or

• official cohort default rates of at least 30 percent for the two most recent years unless a pending appeal could sufficiently reduce one of the rates.

The regulations require the institution to notify the DOE of the occurrence of a mandatory or discretionary triggering event and to provide certain information to the DOE to demonstrate why the event does not establish the institution’s lack of financial responsibility or require the submission of a letter of credit or imposition of other requirements.

The expanded financial responsibility regulations could result in the DOE recalculating and reducing our composite score to account for DOE estimates of potential losses under one or more of the extensive list of triggering circumstances and also could result in the imposition of conditions and requirements including a requirement to provide a letter of credit or other form of financial protection.

It is difficult to predict the amount or duration of any letter of credit requirement that the DOE might impose under the regulation.  The requirement to submit a letter of credit or to accept other conditions or restrictions could have a material adverse effect on our schools’ business and results of operations.

Closed School Loan Discharges

The DOE may grant closed school loan discharges of federal student loans based upon applications by qualified students. The DOE also may initiate discharges on its own for students who have not reenrolled in another Title IV Program eligible school within three years after the closure and who attended campuses that closed on or after November 1, 2013, as did some of our former campuses. If the DOE discharges some or all of these loans, the DOE may seek to recover the cost of the loan discharges from us. On September 3, 2020, we received determination letters asserting liabilities for closed school loan discharges in connection with the closure of three campuses. We subsequently provided additional documentation to the DOE that support reductions in the liability amounts. The DOE subsequently issued letters reducing the liabilities for two of the campuses to approximately $81,000 and $46,000, respectively.  We have paid these amounts to the DOE.  We are currently waiting for the DOE to respond to our response for the third campus.  The DOE asserted liabilities of $412,000, but we provided documentation demonstrating that the liabilities should be reduced to $104,000.  On February 11, 2021, we received a determination letter from the DOE for closed school loan discharges for the closure of a fourth campus in the amount of approximately $74,000.  We expect to provide documentation demonstrating that the liabilities should be reduced to approximately $64,000.  We cannot predict the timing or amount of the outcome of the DOE’s consideration of our response for the third and fourth campuses, not can we predict any additional loan discharges that the DOE may approve or the liabilities that the DOE may seek from us for these campuses or other campuses that have closed in the past. We have the right to appeal any asserted liabilities under an administrative appeal process within the DOE. We cannot predict the timing or potential outcome of any administrative appeals of any such liabilities.

XML

NET INCOME PER SHARE

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

NET INCOME PER SHARE [Abstract]

NET INCOME PER SHARE

3. NET INCOME PER SHARE

The Company presents basic and diluted income per common share using the two-class method which requires all outstanding Series A Preferred Stock and unvested restricted stock that contain rights to non-forfeitable dividends and therefore participate in undistributed income with common shareholders to be included in computing income per common share. Under the two-class method, net income is reduced by the amount of dividends declared in the period for each class of common stock and participating security. The remaining undistributed income is then allocated to common stock and participating securities, based on their respective rights to receive dividends. Series A Preferred Stock and unvested restricted stock contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends on an if-converted basis and on the same basis as common shares, respectively, and are considered participating securities. The Series A Preferred Stock and unvested restricted stock are not included in the computation of basic income per common share in periods in which we have a net loss, as the Series A Preferred Stock and unvested restricted stock are not contractually obligated to share in our net losses. However, the cumulative dividends on preferred stock for the period decreases the income or increases the net loss allocated to common shareholders unless the dividend is paid in the period. Basic income per common share has been computed by dividing net income allocated to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding. The basic and diluted net income amounts are the same for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 as a result of the anti-dilutive impact of the potentially dilutive securities.

Net income (loss) per common share was calculated using the treasury stock method for September 30, 2019, June 30, 2019 and March 31, 2019. Dilutive potential common shares include outstanding stock options, unvested restricted stock and Series A Preferred Stock. The Company uses the more dilutive method of calculating the diluted income per share by applying the more dilutive of either (a) the treasury stock method, if-converted method, or (b) the two-class method in its diluted income (loss) per common share calculation. Potentially dilutive shares are determined by applying the treasury stock method to the assumed exercise of outstanding stock options and the assumed vesting of restricted stock. Potentially dilutive shares issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock are calculated using the if-converted method.

The following is a reconciliation of the numerator and denominator of the diluted net income per share computations for the periods presented below:

	Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands, except share data)	2020			2019
Numerator:
Net income	$	48,565		$	2,015
Less: preferred stock dividend		(1,378	)		-
Less: allocation to preferred stockholders		(8,224	)		(54	)
Less: allocation to restricted stockholders		(2,150	)		(38	)
Net income allocated to common stockholders	$	36,813		$	1,923
Basic net income per share:
Denominator:
Weighted average common shares outstanding		24,748,496			24,554,033
Basic net income per share	$	1.49		$	0.08
Diluted net income per share:
Denominator:
Weighted average number of:
Common shares outstanding		24,748,496			24,554,033
Dilutive potential common shares outstanding:
Series A Preferred Stocck		-			-
Unvested restricted stock		-			-
Stock options		-			-
Dilutive shares outstanding		24,748,496			24,554,033
Diluted net income per share	$	1.49		$	0.08

The following table summarizes the potential weighted average shares of common stock that were excluded from the determination of our diluted shares outstanding as they were anti-dilutive:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020		2019
Series A preferred stock		-		-
Unvested restricted stock		632,693		88,848
		632,693		88,848

XML

REVENUE RECOGNITION

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

REVENUE RECOGNITION [Abstract]

REVENUE RECOGNITION

4. REVENUE RECOGNITION

Substantially all of our revenues are considered to be revenues from contracts with students.  The related accounts receivable balances are recorded in our balance sheets as student accounts receivable.  We do not have significant revenue recognized from performance obligations that were satisfied in prior periods, and we do not have any transaction price allocated to unsatisfied performance obligations other than in our unearned tuition.  We record revenue for students who withdraw from our schools only to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur.  Unearned tuition represents contract liabilities primarily related to our tuition revenue. We have elected not to provide disclosure about transaction prices allocated to unsatisfied performance obligations if original contract durations are less than one-year, or if we have the right to consideration from a student in an amount that corresponds directly with the value provided to the student for performance obligations completed to date in accordance with ASC 606. We have assessed the costs incurred to obtain a contract with a student and determined them to be immaterial.

Unearned tuition in the amount of $23.5 million and $23.4 million is recorded in the current liabilities section of the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The change in this contract liability balance during the year ended December 31, 2020 is the result of payments received in advance of satisfying performance obligations, offset by revenue recognized during that period. Revenue recognized for the year ended December 31, 2020 that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the year was $23.4 million.

The following table depicts the timing of revenue recognition:

	Year ended December 31, 2020
	Transportation and Skilled Trades Segment		Healthcare and Other Professions Segment		Consolidated
Timing of Revenue Recognition
Services transferred at a point in time	$	12,519	$	4,718	$	17,237
Services transferred over time		194,915		80,943		275,858
Total revenues	$	207,434	$	85,661	$	293,095

	Year ended December 31, 2019
	Transportation and Skilled Trades Segment		Healthcare and Other Professions Segment		Consolidated
Timing of Revenue Recognition
Services transferred at a point in time	$	11,881	$	4,521	$	16,402
Services transferred over time		181,841		75,099		256,940
Total revenues	$	193,722	$	79,620	$	273,342

XML

LEASES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

LEASES [Abstract]

LEASES

5. LEASES

The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. The Company considers any contract where there is an identified asset and that it has the right to control the use of such asset in determining whether the contract contains a lease.  An operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) asset represents the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent its obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are to be recognized at the commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. As all of the Company’s operating leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses an incremental borrowing rate based on the information available on the adoption date in determining the present value of lease payments. We estimate the incremental borrowing rate based on a yield curve analysis, utilizing the interest rate derived from the fair value analysis of our credit facility and adjusting it for factors that appropriately reflect the profile of secured borrowing over the expected term of the lease. The operating lease ROU assets include any lease payments made prior to the rent commencement date and exclude lease incentives. Our leases have remaining lease terms of one year to 11 years. Lease terms may include options to extend the lease term used in determining the lease obligation when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option.  Lease expense for lease payments are recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term for operating leases.

Our operating lease cost for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $15.3 and $14.5 million, respectively.  Our variable lease cost for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $0.6 and $2.9 million, respectively.  The net change in ROU asset and operating lease liability are included in other assets in the consolidated cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company has withheld portions of and/or delayed payments to certain of its landlords as the Company sought to renegotiate payment terms, in order to further maintain liquidity given the temporary closures of its facilities. In some instances, the negotiations with landlords have led to agreements with landlords for rent abatements or rental deferrals, while, in other cases, negotiations are ongoing. Total payments withheld or deferred as of December 31, 2020 were approximately $0.5 million and are included in current liabilities.

In accordance with the FASB’s recent Staff Q&A regarding rent concessions related to the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, the Company has elected to account for agreed concessions by landlords that do not result in a substantial increase in the rights of the landlord or the obligations of the Company, as lessee, as though enforceable rights and obligations for those concessions existed in the original lease agreements and the Company has elected not to re-measure the related lease liabilities and right-of-use assets associated with rent concessions due to COVID-19. For qualifying rent abatement concessions, the Company has recorded negative lease expense for the amount of the concession during the period of relief, and for qualifying deferrals of rental payments, the Company has recognized a payable in lieu of recognizing a decrease in cash for the lease payment that would have been made based on the original terms of the lease agreement, which will be reduced when the deferred payment is made in the future. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recognized $0.6 million of negative lease expense related to rent abatement concessions.

Supplemental cash flow information and non-cash activity related to our operating leases are as follows:

	December 31,
	2020		2019
Operating cash flow information:
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of operating lease liabilities	$	15,390	$	12,926
Non-cash activity:
Lease liabilities arising from obtaining right-of-use assets*	$	14,890	$	63,911

* Includes effect of adoption of ASU 2016-02 and related amendments and a new lease entered into on January 1, 2019 of $5.6 million.

As of December 31, 2020, there were four lease modifications that resulted in noncash re-measurements of the related ROU asset and operating lease liability of $14.9 million.

Weighted-average remaining lease term and discount rate for our operating leases is as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020			2019
Weighted-average remaining lease term	6.11 years			6.22 years
Weighted-average discount rate		11.33	%		12.86	%

Maturities of lease liabilities by fiscal year for our operating leases as of December 31, 2020 are as follows:

Year ending December 31,
2021		14,705
2022		14,750
2023		13,451
2024		12,306
2025		10,748
Thereafter		18,380
Total lease payments		84,340
Less: imputed interest		(23,133	)
Present value of lease liabilities	$	61,207

XML

GOODWILL

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

GOODWILL [Abstract]

GOODWILL

6. GOODWILL

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows:

	Gross Goodwill Balance		Accumulated Impairment Losses		Net Goodwill Balance
Balance as of January 1, 2019	$	117,176	$	102,640	$	14,536
Adjustments		-		-		-
Balance as of December 31, 2019		117,176		102,640		14,536
Adjustments		-		-		-
Balance as of December 31, 2020	$	117,176	$	102,640	$	14,536

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the goodwill balance of $14.5 million is related to the Transportation and Skilled Trades segment.

XML

PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES [Abstract]

PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES

7. PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES

Property, equipment and facilities consist of the following:

	Useful life (years)		At December 31,
			2020			2019
Land		-	$	6,969		$	6,969
Buildings and improvements		1-25		134,526			131,739
Equipment, furniture and fixtures		1-7		82,133			81,900
Vehicles		3		733			825
Construction in progress		-		327			320
				224,688			221,753
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization				(176,300	)		(172,408	)
			$	48,388		$	49,345

Depreciation and amortization expense of property, equipment and facilities was $7.4 million and $8.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

XML

ACCRUED EXPENSES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

ACCRUED EXPENSES [Abstract]

ACCRUED EXPENSES

8. ACCRUED EXPENSES

Accrued expenses consist of the following:

	At December 31,
	2020		2019
Accrued compensation and benefits	$	12,476	$	3,785
Accrued real estate taxes		2,614		1,763
Other accrued expenses		1,602		2,321
	$	16,692	$	7,869

XML

LONG-TERM DEBT

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

LONG-TERM DEBT [Abstract]

LONG-TERM DEBT

9. LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt consists of the following:

	At December 31,
	2020			2019
Credit agreement	$	17,833		$	34,833
Deferred financing fees		(621	)		(805	)
		17,212			34,028
Less current maturities		(2,000	)		(2,000	)
	$	15,212		$	32,028

Credit Facility with Sterling National Bank

On November 14, 2019, the Company entered into a new senior secured credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with its lender, Sterling National Bank (the “Lender”), providing for borrowing in the aggregate principal amount of up to $60 million (the “Credit Facility”).

The Credit Facility is comprised of four facilities: (1) a $20 million senior secured term loan maturing on December 1, 2024 (the “Term Loan”), with monthly interest and principal payments based on 120-month amortization with the outstanding balance due on the maturity date; (2) a $10 million senior secured delayed draw term loan maturing on December 1, 2024 (the “Delayed Draw Term Loan”), with monthly interest payments for the first 18 months and thereafter monthly payments of interest and principal based on 120-month amortization and all balances due on the maturity date; (3) a $15 million senior secured committed revolving line of credit providing a sublimit of up to $10 million for standby letters of credit maturing on November 13, 2022 (the “Revolving Loan”), with monthly payments of interest only; and (4) a $15 million senior secured non-restoring line of credit maturing on January 31, 2021 (the “Line of Credit Loan”).  The Credit Agreement gives the Company the right to permanently terminate, in its entirety, the Revolving Loan or the Line of Credit Loan or permanently reduce the amount available for borrowing under the Revolving Loan or the Line of Credit Loan.  In April 2020, the Company terminated the Line of Credit Loan.  On November 10, 2020, the Company entered into an amendment to its Credit Agreement to extend the Delayed Draw Availability Period by one year to May 31, 2022 and to increase the amount of permitted cash dividends that the Company can pay on its Series A Preferred Stock during the first twenty-four months of the Credit Agreement from $1.7 million to $2.3 million.

The Credit Facility is secured by a first priority lien in favor of the Lender on substantially all of the personal property owned by the Company, as well as a pledge of the stock and other equity in the Company’s subsidiaries and mortgages on parcels of real property owned by the Company in Colorado, Tennessee and Texas, at which three of the Company’s schools are located, as well as a former school property owned by the Company located in Connecticut.

At the closing of the Credit Facility, the Lender advanced the Term Loan to the Company, the net proceeds of which were $19.7 million after deduction of the Lender’s origination fee in the amount of $0.3 million and other Lender fees and reimbursements to the Lender that are customary for facilities of this type.  The Company used the net proceeds of the Term Loan, together with cash on hand, to repay the existing credit facility and transaction expenses.

Pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, letters of credit issued under the Revolving Loan reduce dollar for dollar the availability of borrowings under the Revolving Loan.  Borrowings under the Line of Credit Loan are to be secured by cash collateral.

Under the Credit Agreement, borrowing under the Delayed Draw Term Loan was available through May 31, 2021 but an amendment to the Credit Agreement entered into on November 10, 2020 extended the period through May 31. 2022.

Accrued interest on each loan under the Credit Facility will be payable monthly in arrears.  The Term Loan and the Delayed Draw Term Loan bear interest at a floating interest rate based on the then one month London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 3.50%.  At the closing of the Credit Facility, the Company entered into a swap transaction with the Lender for 100% of the principal balance of the Term Loan, which matures on the same date as the Term Loan.  At the end of the borrowing availability period for the Delayed Draw Term Loan, the Company is required to enter into a swap transaction with the Lender for 100% of the principal balance of the Delayed Draw Term Loan, which will mature on the same date as the Delayed Draw Term Loan, pursuant to a swap agreement between the Company and the Lender or the Lender’s affiliate.  The Term Loan and Delayed Draw Term Loan are subject to a LIBOR interest rate floor of .25% if there is no swap agreement.

Revolving Loans bear interest at a floating interest rate based on the then LIBOR plus an indicative spread determined by the Company’s leverage as defined in the Credit Agreement or, if the borrowing of a Revolving Loan is to be repaid within 30 days of such borrowing, the Revolving Loan will accrue interest at the Lender’s prime rate plus .50% with a floor of 4.0%.  Line of Credit Loans will bear interest at a floating interest rate based on the Lender’s prime rate of interest.  Revolving Loans are subject to a LIBOR interest rate floor of .00%.

Letters of credit are charged an annual fee equal to (i) an applicable margin determined by the leverage ratio of the Company less (ii) .25%, paid quarterly in arrears, in addition to the Lender’s customary fees for issuance, amendment and other standard fees.  Letters of credit totaling $4 million that were outstanding under the existing credit facility are treated as letters of credit under the Revolving Loan.

Under the terms of the Credit Agreement, the Company may prepay the Term Loan and/or the Delayed Draw Term Loan in full or in part without penalty except for any amount required to compensate the Lender for any swap breakage or other costs incurred in connection with such prepayment.  The Lender receives an unused facility fee of 0.50% per annum payable quarterly in arrears on the unused portions of the Revolving Loan and the Line of Credit Loan.

In addition to the foregoing, the Credit Agreement contains customary representations, warranties and affirmative and negative covenants (including financial covenants that (i) restrict capital expenditures, (ii) restrict leverage, (iii) require maintaining minimum tangible net worth, (iv) require maintaining a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and (v) require the maintenance of a minimum of $5 million in quarterly average aggregate balances on deposit with the Lender, which, if not maintained, will result in the assessment of a quarterly fee of $12,500), as well as events of default customary for facilities of this type. As of December 31, 2020, the Company was in compliance with all debt covenants.  The Credit Agreement also limited the payment of cash dividends during the first twenty-four months of the agreement to $1.7 million but an amendment to the Credit Agreement entered into on November 10, 2020 raised the cash dividend limit to $2.3 million in such twenty-four-month period.

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had $17.8 million and $34.8 million, respectively, outstanding under the Credit Facility offset by $0.6 million and $0.8 million of deferred finance fees, respectively.  In January 2020, the Company repaid the $15.0 million outstanding on the Line of Credit Loan.  As of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, letters of credit in the aggregate outstanding principal amount of $4.0 million and $4.0 million, respectively, were outstanding under the Credit Facility.

Scheduled maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 2020 are as follows:

Year ending December 31,
2021	$	2,000
2022		2,000
2023		2,000
2024		11,833
	$	17,833

XML

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY [Abstract]

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

10. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Common Stock

Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends when and as declared by our Board of Directors and have the right to one vote per share on all matters requiring shareholder approval. The Company has not declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock since the Company’s Board of Directors discontinued our quarterly cash dividend program in February 2015.  The Company has no current intentions to resume the payment of cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

Preferred Stock

On November 14, 2019, the Company raised gross proceeds of $12.7 million from the sale of 12,700 shares of its newly designated Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, no par value per share (the “Series A Preferred Stock”).  The Series A Preferred Stock was designated by the Company’s Board of Directors pursuant to a certificate of amendment to the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation (the “Charter Amendment”). The liquidation preference associated with the Series A Preferred Stock was $1,000 per share at December 31, 2020.  Upon issuance each share of Series A Preferred Stock was convertible at $2.36 per share of common stock (as may be adjusted pursuant to the Charter Amendment, the “Conversion Price”) into 423,729 shares of common stock (the number of shares into which the Series A Preferred Stock is convertible at any time, the “Conversion Shares”).  The Company incurred issuance costs of $0.7 million as part of this transaction.

The description below provides a summary of certain material terms of the Series A Preferred Stock:

Securities Purchase Agreement.

The Series A Preferred Stock was sold by the Company pursuant to a Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of November 14, 2019 (the “SPA”) among the Company, Juniper Targeted Opportunity Fund, L.P. and Juniper Targeted Opportunities, L.P. (together, “Juniper Purchasers”) and Talanta Investment, Inc. (“Talanta,” together with Juniper Purchasers, the “Investors”). Among other things, the SPA includes covenants relating to the appointment of a director to the Company’s Board of Directors to be selected solely by the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock.

Dividends. Dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock (“Series A Dividends”), at the initial annual rate of 9.6% is to be paid, in arrears, from the date of issuance quarterly on each December 31, March 31, June 30 and September 30 with September 30, 2020 being the first dividend payment date.  The Company, at its option, may pay dividends either (a) in cash or (b) by increasing the number of Conversion Shares by the dollar amount of the dividend divided by the Conversion Price.  The dividend rate is subject to increase (a) 2.4% per annum on the fifth anniversary of the issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock (b) by 2% per annum but in no event above 14% per annum should the Company fail to perform certain obligations under the Charter Amendment.  The Series A Preferred Stock is not currently redeemable and may not become redeemable in the future. As a result, the Company is not required to re-measure the Series A Preferred Stock and does not accrete changes in the redemption value.  As of December 31, 2020, we paid a $1.4 million cash dividend on the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock rather than increasing the number of Conversion Shares.  Dividends are included in the consolidated balance sheets within additional paid-in-capital when the Company maintains an accumulated deficit.

Series A Preferred Stock Holders Right to Convert into Common Stock.  Each share of Series A Preferred Stock, at any time, is convertible into a number of shares of common stock equal to (i) the sum of (A) $1,000 (subject to adjustment as provided in the Charter Amendment) plus (B) the dollar amount of any declared Series A Dividends not paid in cash divided by (ii) the Conversion Price ($2.36 per share subject to anti-dilution adjustments) as of the applicable Conversion Date (as defined in the Charter Amendment). At all times, however, the number of Conversion Shares that can be issued to any Series A Preferred Stock Holder may not result in such holder and its affiliates owning more than 19.99% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding after giving effect to the conversion (the “Hard Cap”), unless prior shareholder approval is obtained or no longer required by the rules of the principal stock exchange on which the Company’s common stock trade.

Mandatory Conversion. If, at any time following November 14, 2022 the volume weighted average price of the Company’s common stock equals or exceeds 2.25 times the Conversion Price (currently $5.31 per share) for a period of 20 consecutive trading days and on each such trading day at least 20,000 shares of common stock was traded, the Company may, at its option and subject to the Hard Cap, require that any or all of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock be automatically converted into Conversion Shares.

Redemption. Beginning November 14, 2024, the Company may redeem all or any of the Series A Preferred Stock for a cash price equal to the greater of (“Liquidation Preference”) (i) the sum of $1,000 (subject to adjustment as provided in the Charter Amendment) plus the dollar amount of any declared Series A Dividends not paid in cash and (ii) the value of the Conversion Shares were such Series A Preferred Stock converted (as determined in the Charter Amendment) without regard to the Hard Cap.

Change of Control.  In the event of certain changes of control, some of which are not in the Company’s control, as defined in the Charter Amendment as a “Fundamental Change” or a “Liquidation” (as defined in the Charter Amendment), the holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive the Liquidation Preference, unless such Fundamental Change is a stock merger in which certain value and volume requirements are met, in which case the Series A Preferred Stock will be converted into common stock in connection with such stock merger.  The Company has classified the Series A Preferred Stock as mezzanine equity on the Consolidated Balance Sheet based upon the terms of a change of control which could be outside the Company’s control.

Voting. Holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock will be entitled to vote with the holders of shares of common stock and not as a separate class, at any annual or special meeting of shareholders of the Company, on an as-converted basis, in all cases subject to the Hard Cap.  In addition, a majority of the voting power of the Series A Preferred Stock must approve certain significant actions of the Company, including (i) declaring a dividend or otherwise redeeming or repurchasing any shares of common stock and other junior securities, if any, subject to certain exceptions, (ii) incurring indebtedness, except for certain permitted indebtedness and (iii) creating a subsidiary other than a wholly-owned subsidiary.

Additional Provisions.  The Series A Preferred Stock is perpetual and therefore does not have a maturity date.  The conversion price of the Series A Preferred Stock is subject to anti-dilution protections if the Company affects a stock split, stock dividend, subdivision, reclassification or combination of its common stock and certain other economically dilutive events.

Registration Rights Agreement. The Company also is a party to a Registration Rights Agreement (“RRA”) with the investors of the Series A Preferred Stock.  The RRA provides for unlimited demand registration rights, of which there can be two underwritten offerings each for at least $5 million in gross proceeds, and piggyback registration rights, with respect to the Conversion Shares. In addition, the RRA obligated the Company to register “for the shelf” the resale of the Conversion Shares through the filing of a registration statement to such effect (the “Resale Shelf Registration Statement”) and have such Resale Shelf Registration Statement declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).  The SEC declared the Resale Shelf Registration Statement effective on October 16, 2020.

Restricted Stock

The Company currently has three stock incentive plans: a Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “LTIP”), a Non-Employee Directors Restricted Stock Plan (the “Non-Employee Directors Plan”) and the Lincoln Educational Services Corporation 2020 Incentive Compensation Plan (the “2020 Plan”).

2020 Plan

On March 26, 2020, the Board adopted the 2020 Plan to provide an incentive to certain directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Company to align their interests in the Company’s success with those of its shareholders through the grant of equity-based awards. On June 16, 2020, the shareholders of the Company approved the 2020 Plan.  The 2020 Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board, or such other qualified committee appointed by the Board, who will, among other duties, have full power and authority to take all actions and to make all determinations required or provided for under the 2020 Plan. Pursuant to the 2020 Plan, the Company may grant options, share appreciation rights, restricted shares, restricted share units, incentive stock options and nonqualified stock options.  The Plan has a duration of 10 years.

Subject to adjustment as described in the 2020 Plan, the aggregate number of common shares available for issuance under the 2020 Plan is 2,000,000 shares.  As of December 31, 2020, 111,376 restricted shares have been issued to non-employee directors which vest on the first anniversary of the grant date.

On August 7, 2020, two non-employee directors were appointed to the Company’s Board of Directors and 17,096 restricted shares were granted to each non-employee director.  The restricted shares vest on June 16, 2021.

Also on August 7, 2020, a non-employee director retired from his position on the Company’s Board of Directors.  Accordingly, 12,762 shares were accelerated to vest effective August 7, 2020.

LTIP

Under the LTIP, certain employees have received awards of restricted shares of common stock based on service and performance.  The number of shares granted to each employee is based on the amount of the award and the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant. The 2020 Plan makes it clear that there will be no new grants under the LTIP effective as of the date of shareholder approval, June 16, 2020.  The 2020 Plan also states that the shares available under the 2020 Plan will be two million shares plus the number of shares remaining available under the LTIP.  As no shares remain available under the LTIP there can be no additional grants under the LTIP. Grants under the LTIP remain in effect according to their terms.  Therefore, those grants are subject to the particular award agreement relating thereto and to the LTIP to the extent that the prior plan provides rules relating to those grants.  The LTIP remains in effect only to that extent.

On February 20, 2020, performance-based restricted shares were granted to certain employees of the Company.  The shares vest 20%, 30% and 50% on the first, second and third anniversary dates, respectively, based upon the attainment of a financial target during each fiscal years ending December 31, 2020, 2021 and 2022, respectively, except in extraordinary circumstances.  There is no restriction on the right to vote or the right to receive dividends with respect to any of such restricted shares.  For the year ended December 31, 2020 the Company recorded expense of $0.5 million as the expectation of attainment of the target is probable.

On February 28, 2019, restricted shares were granted to certain employees of the Company, which shares ratably vest over three years.  There is no restriction on the right to vote or the right to receive dividends with respect to any of such restricted shares. For the years ending December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company recorded expense of $0.5 million and $0.4 million, respectively, in connection with this grant.

Non-Employee Directors Plan

Pursuant to the Non-Employee Directors Plan, each non-employee director of the Company receives an annual award of restricted shares of common stock on the date of the Company’s annual meeting of shareholders.  The number of shares granted to each non-employee director is based on the fair market value of a share of common stock on that date.  The restricted shares vest on the first anniversary of the grant date.  There is no restriction on the right to vote or the right to receive dividends with respect to any of such restricted shares.

For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company completed a net share settlement for 75,115 and 5,518 restricted shares, respectively, on behalf of certain employees that participate in the LTIP upon the vesting of the restricted shares pursuant to the terms of the LTIP.  The net share settlement was in connection with income taxes incurred on restricted shares that vested and were transferred to the employees during 2019 and/or 2018, creating taxable income for the employees.  At the employees’ request, the Company will pay these taxes on behalf of the employees in exchange for the employees returning an equivalent value of restricted shares to the Company.  These transactions resulted in a decrease of $0.2 million and less than $0.1 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, to equity on the consolidated balance sheets as the cash payment of the taxes effectively was a repurchase of the restricted shares granted in previous years.

The following is a summary of transactions pertaining to restricted stock:

	Shares			Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value Per Share
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2018		35,908		$	2.23
Granted		598,982			3.15
Cancelled		(3,546	)		3.17
Vested		(35,908	)		2.23
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2019		595,436			3.15
Granted		1,319,734			2.68
Cancelled		-			-
Vested		(343,011	)		3.40
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2020		1,572,159			2.77

The restricted stock expense for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $1.7 million and $0.7 million, respectively.  The unrecognized restricted stock expense as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $3.2 million and $1.2 million, respectively.  As of December 31, 2020, outstanding restricted shares under the LTIP had aggregate intrinsic value of $10.2 million.

Stock Options

The fair value of the stock options used to compute stock-based compensation is the estimated present value at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.  The following is a summary of transactions pertaining to stock options:

	Shares			Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding January 1, 2018		167,667		$	12.11	2.97 years	$	-
Cancelled		(28,667	)		11.98			-
Outstanding December 31, 2018		139,000			12.14	2.53 years		-
Cancelled		(23,000	)		20.15			-
Outstanding December 31, 2019		116,000			10.56	1.83 years		-
Cancelled		(35,000	)		16.95
Outstanding December 31, 2020		81,000			7.79	1.17 years		-
Vested as of December 31, 2020		81,000			7.79	1.17 years		-
Exercisable as of December 31, 2020		81,000			7.79	1.17 years		-

As of December 31, 2020, there was no unrecognized pre-tax compensation expense.

XML

PENSION PLAN

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

PENSION PLAN [Abstract]

PENSION PLAN

11. PENSION PLAN

The Company sponsors a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan covering substantially all of the Company’s union employees. Benefits are provided based on employees’ years of service and earnings. This plan was frozen on December 31, 1994 for non-union employees.

The following table sets forth the plan’s funded status and amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020			2019
CHANGES IN BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS:
Benefit obligation-beginning of year	$	22,832		$	21,105
Service cost		35			33
Interest cost		654			812
Actuarial loss		2,115			2,103
Benefits paid		(1,278	)		(1,221	)
Benefit obligation at end of year		24,358			22,832
CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS:
Fair value of plan assets-beginning of year		18,817			16,835
Actual return on plan assets		2,567			3,203
Benefits paid		(1,278	)		(1,221	)
Fair value of plan assets-end of year		20,106			18,817
BENEFIT OBLIGATION IN EXCESS OF FAIR VALUE FUNDED STATUS:	$	(4,252	)	$	(4,015	)

For the year ended December 31, 2020, the actuarial loss of $2.1 million was due to the decrease in the discount rate from 2.93% to 2.08%.

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consist of:

	At December 31,
	2020			2019
Noncurrent liabilities	$	(4,252	)	$	(4,015	)

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss consist of:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020			2019
Accumulated loss	$	(5,655	)	$	(5,648	)
Deferred income taxes		2,367			2,366
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	$	(3,288	)	$	(3,282	)

The accumulated benefit obligation was $24.4 million and $22.8 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

The following table provides the components of net periodic cost for the plan:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020			2019
COMPONENTS OF NET PERIODIC BENEFIT COST
Service cost	$	35		$	33
Interest cost		654			812
Expected return on plan assets		(1,044	)		(1,011	)
Recognized net actuarial loss		585			691
Net periodic benefit cost	$	230		$	525

The estimated net loss and prior service cost for the plan that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost over the next year is $0.5 million.

The following tables present plan assets using the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2020 and 2019.  The fair value hierarchy has three levels based on the reliability of inputs used to determine fair value.  Level 1 refers to fair values determined based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets.  Level 2 refers to fair values estimated using observable prices that are based on inputs not quoted in active markets but observable by market data, while Level 3 includes the fair values estimated using significant non-observable inputs.  The level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement falls is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.

	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total
Equity securities	$	6,688	$	-	$	-	$	6,688
Fixed income		6,739		-		-		6,739
International equities		4,480		-		-		4,480
Real estate		1,016		-		-		1,016
Cash and equivalents		1,183		-		-		1,183
Balance at December 31, 2020	$	20,106	$	-	$	-	$	20,106

	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total
Equity securities	$	6,259	$	-	$	-	$	6,259
Fixed income		6,313		-		-		6,313
International equities		4,165		-		-		4,165
Real estate		964		-		-		964
Cash and equivalents		1,116		-		-		1,116
Balance at December 31, 2019	$	18,817	$	-	$	-	$	18,817

Fair value of total plan assets by major asset category as of December 31:

	2020			2019
Equity securities		33	%		33	%
Fixed income		34	%		34	%
International equities		22	%		22	%
Real estate		5	%		5	%
Cash and equivalents		6	%		6	%
Total		100	%		100	%

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations as of December 31:

	2020			2019
Discount rate		2.08	%		2.93	%
Rate of compensation increase		2.75	%		2.75	%

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost for years ended December 31:

	2020			2019
Discount rate		2.08	%		2.93	%
Rate of compensation increase		2.75	%		2.75	%
Long-term rate of return		5.25	%		5.75	%

As this plan was frozen to non-union employees on December 31, 1994, the difference between the projected benefit obligation and accumulated benefit obligation is not significant in any year.

The Company invests plan assets based on a total return on investment approach, pursuant to which the plan assets include a diversified blend of equity and fixed income investments toward a goal of maximizing the long-term rate of return without assuming an unreasonable level of investment risk. The Company determines the level of risk based on an analysis of plan liabilities, the extent to which the value of the plan assets satisfies the plan liabilities and the plan’s financial condition. The investment policy includes target allocations ranging from 30% to 70% for equity investments, 20% to 60% for fixed income investments and 0% to 10% for cash equivalents. The equity portion of the plan assets represents growth and value stocks of small, medium and large companies. The Company measures and monitors the investment risk of the plan assets both on a quarterly basis and annually when the Company assesses plan liabilities.

The Company uses a building block approach to estimate the long-term rate of return on plan assets. This approach is based on the capital markets assumption that the greater the volatility, the greater the return over the long term. An analysis of the historical performance of equity and fixed income investments, together with current market factors such as the inflation and interest rates, are used to help make the assumptions necessary to estimate a long-term rate of return on plan assets. Once this estimate is made, the Company reviews the portfolio of plan assets and makes adjustments thereto that the Company believes are necessary to reflect a diversified blend of equity and fixed income investments that is capable of achieving the estimated long-term rate of return without assuming an unreasonable level of investment risk. The Company also compares the portfolio of plan assets to those of other pension plans to help assess the suitability and appropriateness of the plan’s investments.

The Company does not expect to make contributions to the plan in 2021.  However, after considering the funded status of the plan, movements in the discount rate, investment performance and related tax consequences, the Company may choose to make additional contributions to the plan in any given year.

The total amount of the Company’s contributions paid under its pension plan was zero for each of the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Information about the expected benefit payments for the plan is as follows:

Year Ending December 31,
2021	$	1,336
2022		1,356
2023		1,385
2024		1,401
2025		1,388
Years 2026-2030		6,743

The Company has a 401(k) defined contribution plan for all eligible employees. Employees may contribute up to 25% of their compensation into the plan. The Company may contribute up to an additional 30% of the employee’s contributed amount up to 6% of compensation.  For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company’s expense for the 401(k) plan amounted to $0.4 million and $0.1 million, respectively.

XML

INCOME TAXES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

INCOME TAXES [Abstract]

INCOME TAXES

12. INCOME TAXES

Components of the (benefit) provision for income taxes were as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020			2019
Current:
Federal	$	-		$	-
State		802			115
Total		802			115
Deferred:
Federal		(21,743	)		120
State		(14,118	)		33
Total		(35,861	)		153
Total (benefit) provision	$	(35,059	)	$	268

Effective Tax rate

The reconciliation of the effective tax rate to the U.S. Statutory Federal Income tax rate was:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020					2019
Income before taxes	$	13,506				$	2,283
Expected tax	$	2,836		21.0	%	$	479		21.0	%
State tax benefit (net of federal)		(10,513	)	-77.8	%		148		6.5
Valuation allowance		(27,420	)	-203.0	%		(428	)	(18.8	)
Other		38		0.2	%		69		3.0
Total	$	(35,059	)	-259.6	%	$	268		11.7	%

Our income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $35.1 million compared to an income tax provision of $0.3 million in the prior year.  The 2020 tax benefit primarily relates to a release of the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets.  After weighing all the evidence, management determined that it was more likely than not that the deferred tax assets were realizable and, therefore, the valuation allowance was no longer required. As a result, the Company released the full valuation allowance as of December 31, 2020.

Deferred Taxes and Valuation Allowance

The components of the non-current deferred tax assets/(liabilities) were as follows:

	At December 31,
	2020			2019
Gross noncurrent deferred tax assets (liabilities)
Allowance for bad debts	$	7,659		$	5,461
Accrued benefits		1,208			-
Stock-based compensation		317			178
Lease liability		16,369			14,822
Right-of-use asset		(14,759	)		(13,156	)
Depreciation		11,298			10,981
Goodwill		(1,091	)		(766	)
Other intangibles		100			135
Pension plan liabilities		1,137			1,286
Net operating loss carryforwards		13,480			18,261
Gross noncurrent deferred tax assets, net		35,718			37,202
Less valuation allowance		-			(37,355	)
Noncurrent deferred tax assets (liabilities), net	$	35,718		$	(153	)

Management assesses the available positive and negative evidence to estimate if sufficient future taxable income will be generated to use the existing deferred tax assets.

As of December 31, 2019, the Company recorded a valuation allowance of $37.4 million against its net deferred tax assets.

As of December 31, 2020, the Company has net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards of $43.1 million.  Of the $43.1 million NOL carryforwards, $29.3 million will start expiring in 2034 and ending in 2037 if unused.

The net operating losses generated in 2018 and beyond can be carried over indefinitely under the Tax Act. Utilization of the NOL carryforwards may be subject to a substantial limitation due to ownership change limitations that may occur in the future, as required by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), as well as similar state and foreign provisions.  These ownership changes may limit the amount of NOL and tax credit carryforwards that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income and tax, respectively.  In general, an “ownership change” as defined by Section 382 of the Code results from a transaction or series of transactions over a three-year period resulting in an ownership change of more than 50 percentage points of the outstanding stock of a company by certain shareholders or public groups.

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company no longer has any liability for uncertain tax positions.  The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense.

The Company or one of its subsidiaries files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and various states. The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examinations for years before 2017 and, generally, is no longer subject to state and local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2017 with few exceptions.

XML

FAIR VALUE

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

FAIR VALUE [Abstract]

FAIR VALUE

13. FAIR VALUE

The carrying amount and estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instrument assets and liabilities, which are not measured at fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, are listed in the table below:

	December 31, 2020
	Carrying		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
	Amount		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total
Financial Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	38,026	$	38,026	$	-	$	-	$	38,026
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		3,723		-		3,723		-		3,723
Financial Liabilities:
Accrued expenses	$	16,692	$	-	$	16,692	$	-	$	16,692
Other short term liabilities		26		-		26		-		26
Derivative qualifying as cash flow hedge		703		-		703		-		703
Credit facility		17,212		-		15,487		-		15,487

	December 31, 2019
	Carrying		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
	Amount		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total
Financial Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	23,644	$	23,644	$	-	$	-	$	23,644
Restricted cash		15,000		15,000		-		-		15,000
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		4,190		-		4,190		-		4,190
Financial Liabilities:
Accrued expenses	$	7,869	$	-	$	7,869	$	-	$	7,869
Other short term liabilities		199		-		199		-		199
Derivative qualifying as cash flow hedge		174		-		174		-		174
Credit facility		34,028		-		34,028		-		34,028

As of December 31, 2020, we estimated the fair value of the Credit Facility based on a present value analysis utilizing aggregate market yields obtained from independent pricing sources for similar financial instruments. As of December 31, 2019, we estimated that the carrying value of the Credit Facility approximates the fair value due to the fact that the Credit Facility was entered into in close proximity to December 31, 2019.

The carrying amounts reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheets for Cash and cash equivalents, Restricted cash and Noncurrent restricted cash approximate fair value because they are highly liquid.

The carrying amounts reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheets for Prepaid expenses and Other current assets, Accrued expenses and Other short term liabilities approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these items.

Qualifying Hedge Derivative

On November 14, 2019, the Company entered into an interest rate swap for the Term Loan with a notional amount of $20 million which expires on December 1, 2024.  The loan has a 10-year straight line amortization.  A principal amount of $0.2 million is paid monthly.  This interest rate swap converts the floating interest rate Term Loan to a fixed rate, plus a borrowing spread.  The interest rate is variable based on LIBOR plus 3.50% and the Company’s fixed rate is 5.36%. The Company designated this interest rate swap as a cash flow hedge.

The Company entered into this interest rate swap to hedge exposure resulting from the interest rate risk. The purpose of this hedge is to reduce the variability of the interest rate based on LIBOR.  The Company manages these exposures within specified guidelines through the use of derivatives. All of our derivative instruments are utilized for risk management purposes, and the Company does not use derivatives for speculative trading purposes.

The following summarizes the fair value of the outstanding derivative:

	December 31, 2020				December 31, 2019
	Liability(1)				Liability(1)
	Notional		Fair Value		Notional		Fair Value
Derivative derived as a hedging instrument:
Interest Rate Swap	$	17,800	$	700	$	19,800	$	100

(1) The Company’s derivative liability is measured at fair value using observable market inputs such as interest rates and our own credit risk as well as an evaluation of our counterparty’s credit risk.  Based on these inputs the derivative liability is classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. The liability is included in other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

The following summarizes the financial statement classification and amount of interest expense recognized on hedging instruments:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020		2019
	Interest expense
Interest Rate Swap	$	100	$	100

The following summarizes the effect of derivative instruments designated as hedging instruments in Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020		2019
Derivative qualifying as cash flow hedge
Interest rate swap loss	$	700	$	200

XML

SEGMENT REPORTING

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

SEGMENT REPORTING [Abstract]

SEGMENT REPORTING

14. SEGMENT REPORTING

We operate our business in three reportable segments: (a) the Transportation and Skilled Trades segment; (b) the Healthcare and Other Professions segment; and (c) the Transitional segment.  Our reportable segments have been determined based on a method by which we now evaluate performance and allocate resources.  Each reportable segment represents a group of post-secondary education providers that offer a variety of degree and non-degree academic programs.  These segments are organized by key market segments to enhance operational alignment within each segment to more effectively execute our strategic plan.  Each of the Company’s schools is a reporting unit and an operating segment.  Our operating segments are described below.

Transportation and Skilled Trades – The Transportation and Skilled Trades segment offers academic programs mainly in the career-oriented disciplines of transportation and skilled trades (e.g. automotive, diesel, HVAC, welding and manufacturing).

Healthcare and Other Professions – The Healthcare and Other Professions segment offers academic programs in the career-oriented disciplines of health sciences, hospitality and business and information technology (e.g. dental assistant, medical assistant, practical nursing, culinary arts and cosmetology).

Transitional – The Transitional segment refers to our campus operations which have been closed.  The schools in the Transitional segment employed a gradual teach-out process that enabled the schools to continue to operate to allow their current students to complete their course of study.

The Company continually evaluates each campus for profitability, earning potential, and customer satisfaction.  This evaluation takes several factors into consideration, including the campus’s geographic location and program offerings, as well as skillsets required of our students by their potential employers.  The purpose of this evaluation is to ensure that our programs provide our students with the best possible opportunity to succeed in the marketplace with the goals of attracting more students to our programs and, ultimately, to provide our shareholders with the maximum return on their investment.  Campuses classified in the Transitional segment have been subject to this process and have been strategically identified for closure.  As of December 31 of each of 2020 and 2019, no campuses were categorized in the Transitional segment.

We evaluate segment performance based on operating results.  Adjustments to reconcile segment results to consolidated results are included under the caption “Corporate,” which primarily includes unallocated corporate activity.

Summary financial information by reporting segment is as follows:

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	Revenue										Operating Income (Loss)
	2020		% of Total			2019		% of Total			2020			2019
Transportation and Skilled Trades	$	207,434		70.8	%	$	193,722		70.9	%	$	34,458		$	21,979
Healthcare and Other Professions		85,661		29.2	%		79,620		29.1	%		11,068			7,588
Corporate		-		0.0	%		-		0.0	%		(30,745	)		(24,329	)
Total	$	293,095		100	%	$	273,342		100	%	$	14,781		$	5,238

	Total Assets
	December 31, 2020		December 31, 2019
Transportation and Skilled Trades	$	133,078	$	121,611
Healthcare and Other Professions		32,753		27,945
Corporate		79,359		45,207
Total	$	245,190	$	194,763

XML

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES [Abstract]

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

15. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Litigation and Regulatory Matters— In the ordinary conduct of our business, we are subject to periodic lawsuits, investigations and claims, including, but not limited to, claims involving students or graduates and routine employment matters.  Although we cannot predict with certainty the ultimate resolution of lawsuits, investigations and claims asserted against us, we do not believe that any currently pending legal proceeding to which we are a party will have a material effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Following a wave of hundreds of class action lawsuits being served upon colleges and universities across the country in connection with transitioning from in-person to online classes due to COVID-19, a class action lawsuit was filed against the Company in New Jersey Federal District Court and served on December 21, 2020.  Like most of the other lawsuits across the country, the suit alleges breach of contract, unjust enrichment and conversion.  In lieu of an answer, on January 25, 2021 the Company filed a Motion to Dismiss Plaintiff’s Complaint for Failure to State a Claim. The Motion remains pending before the Court.  On February 17, 2021, Plaintiff’s counsel notified the Company that it would be amending its complaint to address deficiencies the Company outlined in its Motion to Dismiss.

As previously reported, on July 6, 2018, the Company received an administrative subpoena from the Office of the Attorney General of the State of New Jersey (“NJ OAG”).  Pursuant to the subpoena, the NJ OAG requested certain documents and detailed information relating to the November 21, 2012 Civil Investigative Demand letter addressed to the Company by the Massachusetts Office of the Attorney General (“MOAG”) that resulted in a previously reported Final Judgment by Consent between the Company and the MOAG dated July 13, 2015.  The Company responded to this request and, the NJ OAG issued two supplemental subpoenas requesting additional information.  The Company has responded to these requests and has received no further communications from the NJ OAG to date.

Student Financing Plans—At December 31, 2020, the Company had outstanding net financing commitments to its students to assist them in financing their education of approximately $21.7 million, net of interest.

Executive Employment Agreements—The Company entered into employment contracts with key executives that provide for continued salary payments if the executives are terminated for reasons other than cause, as defined in the agreements. The future employment contract commitments for such employees were approximately $7.6 million at December 31, 2020.

Change in Control Agreements—In the event of a change of control several key executives will receive continued salary payments based on their employment agreements.

Surety Bonds—Each of the Company’s campuses must be authorized by the applicable state education agency in which the campus is located to operate and to grant degrees, diplomas or certificates to its students. The campuses are subject to extensive, ongoing regulation by each of these states. In addition, the Company’s campuses are required to be authorized by the applicable state education agencies of certain other states in which the campuses recruit students. The Company is required to post surety bonds on behalf of its campuses and education representatives with multiple states to maintain authorization to conduct its business. At December 31, 2020, the Company has posted surety bonds in the total amount of approximately $12.3 million.

XML

COVID-19 PANDEMIC AND CARES ACT

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

COVID-19 PANDEMIC AND CARES ACT [Abstract]

COVID-19 PANDEMIC AND CARES ACT

16. COVID-19 PANDEMIC AND CARES ACT

The Company began seeing the impact of the global COVID-19 pandemic on its business in early March and some effects of the pandemic have continued.  The spread of COVID-19 has had an unprecedented impact on higher educational institutions across the country, including our schools, and has led to the closure of campuses and the transition of academic programs from in-person to online delivery.  The impact for the Company was primarily related to transitioning classes from in-person, hands-on learning to online, remote learning.  As part of this transition, the Company has incurred additional expenses.  Related to this transition, some students have been placed on leave of absence as they could not complete their externships and some students chose not to participate in online learning. Additionally, certain programs were extended due to restricted access to externship sites and classroom labs which did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.  In accordance with phased re-opening as applied on a state-by-state basis, all of our schools have now re-opened and the majority of the students who were on leave of absence or have deferred their programs returned to school to finish their programs.  The Company expects to continue to be impacted by COVID-19 as the situation remains dynamic and evolving and subject to rapid and possibly material change. Additional impacts may arise of which the Company is not currently aware. The nature and extent of such impacts will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted.

On March 27, 2020, the CARES Act was signed into law, which includes a $2 trillion federal economic relief package providing financial assistance and other relief to individuals and businesses impacted by the spread of COVID-19.  The CARES Act includes provisions for financial assistance and other regulatory relief benefitting students and their postsecondary institutions.

Among other things, the CARES Act includes a $14 billion higher education emergency relief fund (“HEERF”) for the DOE to distribute directly to institutions of higher education.  Institutions are required to use at least half of the HEERF funds for emergency grants to students for expenses related to disruptions in campus operations (e.g., food, housing, etc.).  Institutions are permitted to use the remainder of the funds for additional emergency grants to students or to cover institutional costs associated with significant changes to the delivery of instruction due to the COVID-19 emergency, provided that those costs do not include payment to contractors for the provision of pre-enrollment recruitment activities, endowments, or capital outlays associated with facilities related to athletics, sectarian instruction, or religious worship.  The law requires institutions receiving funds to continue to the greatest extent practicable to pay its employees and contractors during the period of any disruptions or closures related to the COVID-19 emergency.

The DOE has allocated funds to each institution of higher education based on a formula contained in the CARES Act. The formula is heavily weighted toward institutions with large numbers of Pell Grant recipients.  The DOE allocated $27.4 million to our schools to be distributed in two equal installments and must be utilized by April 30, 2021.  The Company had available $13.7 million in the first installment which was intended for emergency grants to students.  As of December 31, 2020, the Company has distributed $13.3 million to the students and remainder was distributed in January 2021.  As of December 31, 2020, the Company had available $13.7 million from the second installment which is intended for institutional costs and additional emergency grants to students.  As of December 31, 2020, the Company has utilized $5.8 million of these funds for permitted expenses which was netted against the original expenses included in selling, general and administrative on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.  As of December 31, 2020, the remaining funds are held by the DOE and the Company receives them as they are utilized.  The DOE also has published guidance regarding permitted and prohibited use of these funds and requirements for reporting the use of these funds.  If the funds are not spent or accounted for in accordance with applicable requirements, we could be required to return funds or be subject to other sanctions.

The CARES Act also contains separate educational provisions that relieve both institutions and students from complying with the requirement to repay Title IV funds following a student’s withdrawal as a result of the COVID-19 emergency.  Ordinarily, when a student withdraws, the institution (and, in some cases, the student) may be required to return unearned portions of the Title IV grant and loan funds awarded for the period.  Institutions will be required to report to the DOE the total amount of grant and loan funds the institution has not returned due to the waiver.  For federal loan borrowers, the CARES Act also directs the DOE to cancel the borrower’s obligation to repay any Direct Loan associated with the relevant period.  The law also expands the options to avoid student withdrawals due to a cessation of attendance by placing students on an approved leave of absence and waives certain requirements normally applicable to a leave of absence.    The CARES Act also allows institutions to exclude from the calculation of a student’s satisfactory academic progress any attempted credits not completed due to the COVID-19 emergency.

The Company is also permitted to delay payment of FICA payroll taxes until January 1, 2021. The Company will have to repay 50% of the deferred payments by December 31, 2021, and the remaining 50% by December 31, 2022. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had deferred payments of $4.5 million.

On December 27, 2020, the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 was signed into law.  This annual appropriations bill contained the Coronavirus Response and Relief Supplemental Appropriations Act, 2021 (“CRRSAA”).  CRRSAA provided an additional $81.9 billion to the Education Stabilization Fund including $22.7 billion for the HEERF, which were originally created by the CARES Act in March 2020.  The higher education provisions of the CRRSAA are intended in part to provide additional financial assistance benefitting students and their postsecondary institutions in the wake of the spread of COVID-19 across the country and its impact on higher educational institutions.

Like the CARES Act, the CRRSAA directs the majority of HEERF funds to a general program providing direct grants to institutions.  Institutions generally must designate “at least the same amount” of the funds for direct grants to students as was required under the CARES Act.  However, for-profit institutions may only use the new HEERF funds for grants to students. The student grants must prioritize students with exceptional need and may be used for any component of the student’s cost of attendance or for emergency costs that arise due to coronavirus, such as tuition, food, housing, health care (including mental health care), or child care.  Public and nonprofit institutions may use the remaining HEERF funds to (1) defray expenses associated with coronavirus (including lost revenue, reimbursement for expenses already incurred, technology costs associated with a transition to distance education, faculty and staff trainings, and payroll); (2) carry out student support activities authorized by the Higher Education Act that address needs related to coronavirus; or (3) for additional financial aid grants to students.

Upon the passage of the CRRSAA, DOE began allocating the funds to each institution of higher education based on a formula contained in the law.  The DOE has allocated a total of $15.4 million to our schools and the funds became available in February 2021.  The DOE has begun releasing guidance relating to the use of these funds and is expected to provide additional information in the coming weeks.  Failure to comply with requirements for the usage and reporting of these funds could result in requirements to repay some or all of the allocated funds and in other sanctions.

XML

Schedule II-Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Schedule II-Valuation and Qualifying Accounts [Abstract]

Schedule II-Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

(in thousands)

Description	Balance at Beginning of Period		Charged to Expense		Accounts Written-off			Balance at End of Period
Allowance accounts for the year ended:
December 31, 2020
Student receivable allowance	$	20,367	$	26,887	$	(18,615	)	$	28,639
December 31, 2019
Student receivable allowance	$	16,993	$	20,847	$	(17,473	)	$	20,367

XML

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES [Abstract]

Business Activities

Business Activities—Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”, “we”, “our” and “us”, as applicable) provide diversified career-oriented post-secondary education to recent high school graduates and working adults.  The Company, which currently operates 22 schools in 14 states, offers programs in automotive technology, skilled trades (which include HVAC, welding and computerized numerical control and electronic systems technology, among other programs), healthcare services (which include nursing, dental assistant and medical administrative assistant, among other programs), hospitality services (which include culinary, therapeutic massage, cosmetology and aesthetics) and information technology.  The schools operate under Lincoln Technical Institute, Lincoln College of Technology, Lincoln Culinary Institute, and Euphoria Institute of Beauty Arts and Sciences and associated brand names.  Most of the campuses serve major metropolitan markets and each typically offers courses in multiple areas of study.  Five of the campuses are destination schools, which attract students from across the United States and, in some cases, from abroad. The Company’s other campuses primarily attract students from their local communities and surrounding areas.  All of the campuses are nationally or regionally accredited and are eligible to participate in federal financial aid programs by the U.S. Department of Education (the “DOE”) and applicable state education agencies and accrediting commissions which allow students to apply for and access federal student loans as well as other forms of financial aid.

The Company’s business is organized into three reportable business segments: (a) Transportation and Skilled Trades, (b) Healthcare and Other Professions (“HOPS”), and (c) Transitional, which refers to our campus operations which have been closed.

Liquidity

Liquidity—As of December 31, 2020, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $38.0 million.  As of December 31, 2020, the Company had a net cash balance of $20.8 million calculated as cash and cash equivalents, less both the short-term and long-term portions of the Company’s Credit Facility (defined below). As of December 31, 2020, the Company also can borrow an additional $21.0 million under its Credit Facility.  As of December 31, 2019, the Company had a net cash balance of $4.6 million.  The Company believes that its likely sources of cash should be sufficient to fund operations for the next twelve months and thereafter for the foreseeable future. However, the circumstances relating to COVID-19 and its evolution are unpredictable and, if circumstances surrounding COVID-19 should evolve in a significantly adverse manner it is possible our liquidity could be materially and adversely affected.

Principles of Consolidation

Principles of Consolidation—The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and Cash Equivalents—Cash and cash equivalents include all cash balances and highly liquid short-term investments, which contain original maturities within three months of purchase.  Pursuant to the DOE’s cash management requirements, the Company retains funds from financial aid programs under Title IV of the Higher Education Act in segregated cash management accounts.  The segregated accounts do not require a restriction on use of the cash and, as such, these amounts are classified as cash and cash equivalents on the consolidated balance sheet.

Restricted Cash

Restricted Cash—Restricted cash consists of deposits that were maintained at financial institutions under a cash collateral agreement pursuant to the Company’s prior credit facility.  The amounts of zero and $15.0 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, of restricted cash is included in long-term assets in the consolidated balance sheets as the restrictions were greater than one year, respectively.  Refer to Note 9 for more information on the Company’s credit facility.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts Receivable—The Company reports accounts receivable at net realizable value, which is equal to the gross receivable less an estimated allowance for uncollectible accounts.  Noncurrent accounts receivable represent amounts due from graduates in excess of 12 months from the balance sheet date.

Allowance for Uncollectible Accounts

Allowance for Uncollectible Accounts—Based upon experience and judgment, an allowance is established for uncollectible accounts with respect to tuition receivables. In establishing the allowance for uncollectible accounts, the Company considers, among other things, current and expected economic conditions, a student’s status (in-school or out-of-school), whether or not a student is currently making payments, and overall collection history. Changes in trends in any of these areas may impact the allowance for uncollectible accounts. The receivables balances of withdrawn students with delinquent obligations are reserved for based on our collection history.

Inventories

Inventories—Inventories consist mainly of textbooks, computers, tools and supplies. Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market on a first-in, first-out basis.

Property, Equipment and Facilities - Depreciation and Amortization

Property, Equipment and Facilities—Depreciation and Amortization—Property, equipment and facilities are stated at cost. Major renewals and improvements are capitalized, while repairs and maintenance are expensed when incurred. Upon the retirement, sale or other disposition of assets, costs and related accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the accounts and any gain or loss is reflected in operating income (loss). For financial statement purposes, depreciation of property and equipment is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, and amortization of leasehold improvements is computed over the lesser of the term of the lease or its estimated useful life.

Advertising Costs

Advertising Costs—Costs related to advertising are expensed as incurred and approximated $31.2 million and $29.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. These amounts are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets— The Company tests its goodwill for impairment annually, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate an impairment may have occurred, by comparing its reporting unit’s carrying value to its implied fair value. Impairment may result from, among other things, deterioration in the performance of the acquired business, adverse market conditions, adverse changes in applicable laws or regulations, reductions in market value of the Company, and changes that restrict the activities of the acquired business, and a variety of other circumstances. If the Company determines that an impairment has occurred, it is required to record a write-down of the carrying value and charge the impairment as an operating expense in the period the determination is made. In evaluating the recoverability of the carrying value of goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets, the Company must make assumptions regarding estimated future cash flows and other factors to determine the fair value of the acquired assets. Changes in strategy or market conditions could significantly impact these judgments in the future and require an adjustment to the recorded balances.  The goodwill is allocated among nine reporting units within the Transportation and Skilled Trades Segment.

When we test goodwill balances for impairment, we determine the fair value of each of our reporting units using an equal weighting of the discounted cash flow model and the market approach. The determination of fair value using the discounted cash flow model requires significant estimates and assumptions related to forecasts of future revenues, which is driven by student start growth, EBITDA (Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation, and Amortization) margins, the long-term growth rate used in the calculation of the terminal value, and the discount rate to apply against each reporting unit’s financial metrics.  The determination of fair value using the market approach requires significant estimates and assumptions related to the selection of EBITDA multiples and the control premiums. Changes in these assumptions could have a significant impact on either the fair value, the amount of any goodwill impairment charge, or both.

Although we believe our projected future operating results and cash flows and related estimates regarding fair values are based on reasonable assumptions, historically projected operating results and cash flows have not always been achieved. The failure of one of our reporting units to achieve projected operating results and cash flows in the near term or long term may reduce the estimated fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying value and result in the recognition of a goodwill impairment charge. Significant management judgment is necessary to evaluate the impact of operating and macroeconomic changes and to estimate future cash flows. Assumptions used in our impairment evaluations, such as forecasted growth rates and our cost of capital, are based on the best available market information and are consistent with our internal forecasts and operating plans. In addition to cash flow estimates, our valuations are sensitive to the rate used to discount cash flows and future growth assumptions.

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, we conducted our annual test for goodwill impairment and determined we did not have an impairment.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets—The Company reviews the carrying value of its long-lived assets and identifiable intangibles for possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. The Company evaluates long-lived assets for impairment by examining estimated future cash flows using Level 3 inputs. These cash flows are evaluated by using weighted probability techniques as well as comparisons of past performance against projections. Assets may also be evaluated by identifying independent market values. If the Company determines that an asset’s carrying value is impaired, it will record a write-down of the carrying value of the asset and charge the impairment as an operating expense in the period in which the determination is made.

The Company concluded that for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, there were no long-lived asset impairments.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Concentration of Credit Risk—Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of temporary cash investments.  The Company places its cash and cash equivalents with high credit quality financial institutions. The Company’s cash balances with financial institutions typically exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) limit of $0.25 million. The Company’s cash balances on deposit at December 31, 2020, exceeded the balance insured by the FDIC by approximately $37.75 million. The Company has not experienced any losses to date on its invested cash.

The Company extends credit for tuition and fees to many of its students. The credit risk with respect to these accounts receivable is mitigated through the students’ participation in federally funded financial aid programs unless students withdraw prior to the receipt of federal funds for those students. In addition, the remaining tuition receivables are primarily comprised of smaller individual amounts due from students.

With respect to student receivables, the Company had no significant concentrations of credit risk as of December 31, 2020 and 2019.

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements—The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP’) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates the estimates and assumptions, including those used to determine the incremental borrowing rate to calculate lease liabilities and right-of-use (“ROU”) assets, lease term to calculate lease cost, revenue recognition, bad debts, impairments, fixed assets, income taxes, benefit plans and certain accruals.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Income Taxes

Income Taxes—The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 740, “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”). This statement requires an asset and a liability approach for measuring deferred taxes based on temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities existing at each balance sheet date using enacted tax rates for years in which taxes are expected to be paid or recovered.

In accordance with ASC 740, the Company assesses our deferred tax asset to determine whether all or any portion of the asset is more likely than not unrealizable.  A valuation allowance is required to be established or maintained when, based on currently available information, it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. In accordance with ASC 740, our assessment considers whether there has been sufficient income in recent years and whether sufficient income is expected in future years in order to utilize the deferred tax asset. In evaluating the realizability of deferred income tax assets, the Company considered, among other things, historical levels of income, expected future income, the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary reporting differences, and the expected impact of tax planning strategies that may be implemented to prevent the potential loss of future income tax benefits. Significant judgment is required in determining the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our consolidated financial statements and/or tax returns.  Differences between anticipated and actual outcomes of these future tax consequences could have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.  Changes in, among other things, income tax legislation, statutory income tax rates, or future income levels could materially impact the Company’s valuation of income tax assets and liabilities and could cause our income tax provision to vary significantly among financial reporting periods.

The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.  During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, we did not record any interest and penalties expense associated with uncertain tax positions.

Derivative Instruments

Derivative Instruments—The Company records the fair value of derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities on the balance sheet. The accounting for gains and losses resulting from changes in fair value is dependent on the use of the derivative and whether it is designated and qualifies for hedge accounting.

All qualifying hedging activities are documented at the inception of the hedge and must meet the definition of highly effective in offsetting changes to future cash. The Company utilizes the change in variable cash flows method to evaluate hedge effectiveness quarterly. We record the fair value of the qualifying hedges in other long-term liabilities (for derivative liabilities) and other assets (for derivative assets). All unrealized gains and losses on derivatives that are designated and qualify for hedge accounting are reported in other comprehensive income (loss) and recognized when the underlying hedged transaction affects earnings. Changes in the fair value of these derivatives are recognized in other comprehensive income.  The Company classifies the cash flows from a cash flow hedge within the same category as the cash flows from the items being hedged.

Start-up Costs

Start-up Costs—Costs related to the start of new campuses are expensed as incurred.

New Accounting Pronouncements

New Accounting Pronouncements

In October 2020, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2020-10, “Codification Improvements”, which makes minor technical corrections and clarifications to the ASU. The amendments in Sections B and C of the ASU are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2020, for public business entities. For all other entities, the amendments are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2022. This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06, “Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity”. This ASU simplifies the accounting for certain financial instruments with characteristics of liabilities and equity, including convertible instruments and contracts on an entity’s own equity. The ASU removes separation models for (1) convertible debt with a cash conversion feature and (2) convertible instruments with a beneficial conversion feature and hence most of the instruments will be accounted for as a single model (either debt or equity). The ASU also states that entities must apply the if-converted method to all convertible instruments for calculation of diluted EPS and the treasury stock method is no longer available. An entity can use either a full or modified retrospective approach to adopt the ASU’s guidance. ASU No. 2020-06 is effective for the Company as a smaller reporting company for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods within those fiscal years. For convertible instruments that include a down-round feature, entities may early adopt the amendments that apply to the down-round features if they have not yet adopted the amendments in ASU 2017-11. The Company is currently assessing the impact that this ASU will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-03, “Codification Improvements to Financial Instruments” (“ASU 2020-03”). ASU 2020-03 improves and clarifies various financial instruments topics. ASU 2020-03 includes seven different issues that describe the areas of improvement and the related amendments to GAAP. The Company adopted ASU 2020-03 upon issuance, which did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, “Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes”, which simplifies the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to the general principles of ASC 740, “Income Taxes”. ASU 2019-12 also clarifies and amends GAAP for other areas of Topic 740. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020 and early adoption is permitted. Depending on the amendment, adoption may be applied on a retrospective, modified retrospective or prospective basis. The Company is currently assessing the impact that this ASU will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU  2018-14, “Compensation – Retirement Benefits – Defined Benefit Plans – General (Subtopic 715-20): Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Defined Benefit Plans”. This ASU adds, modifies and clarifies several disclosure requirements for employers that sponsor defined benefit pension or other postretirement plans. This guidance is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact that this ASU will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. The Company adopted ASU 2018-14 on January 1, 2020, which did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

 In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments” and subsequently issued additional guidance that modified ASU 2016-13. ASU 2016-13 and the subsequent modifications are identified as Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 326. The standard requires an entity to change its accounting approach in determining impairment of certain financial instruments, including trade receivables, from an “incurred loss” to a “current expected credit loss” model. Further, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-04, ASU No. 2019-05 and ASU 2019-11 to provide additional guidance on the credit losses standard. In November 2019, FASB issued ASU No. 2019-10, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326), Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815), and Leases (Topic 842)”.  This ASU defers the effective date of ASU 2016-13 for public companies that are considered smaller reporting companies as defined by the SEC to fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years.  Additionally, in February and March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-02, “Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326) and Leases (Topic 842): Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 119 and Update to SEC Section on Effective Date Related to Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842)” ASU 2020-02 adds a SEC paragraph pursuant to the issuance of SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 119 on loan losses to FASB Codification Topic 326 and also updates the SEC section of the Codification for the change in the effective date of Topic 842. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently assessing the impact that these ASUs will have on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

XML

NET INCOME PER SHARE (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

NET INCOME PER SHARE [Abstract]

Reconciliation of Numerator and Denominator of Diluted Net Income Per Share Computations

The following is a reconciliation of the numerator and denominator of the diluted net income per share computations for the periods presented below:

	Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands, except share data)	2020			2019
Numerator:
Net income	$	48,565		$	2,015
Less: preferred stock dividend		(1,378	)		-
Less: allocation to preferred stockholders		(8,224	)		(54	)
Less: allocation to restricted stockholders		(2,150	)		(38	)
Net income allocated to common stockholders	$	36,813		$	1,923
Basic net income per share:
Denominator:
Weighted average common shares outstanding		24,748,496			24,554,033
Basic net income per share	$	1.49		$	0.08
Diluted net income per share:
Denominator:
Weighted average number of:
Common shares outstanding		24,748,496			24,554,033
Dilutive potential common shares outstanding:
Series A Preferred Stocck		-			-
Unvested restricted stock		-			-
Stock options		-			-
Dilutive shares outstanding		24,748,496			24,554,033
Diluted net income per share	$	1.49		$	0.08

Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share

The following table summarizes the potential weighted average shares of common stock that were excluded from the determination of our diluted shares outstanding as they were anti-dilutive:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020		2019
Series A preferred stock		-		-
Unvested restricted stock		632,693		88,848
		632,693		88,848

XML

REVENUE RECOGNITION (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

REVENUE RECOGNITION [Abstract]

Depicts Timing of Revenue Recognition

The following table depicts the timing of revenue recognition:

	Year ended December 31, 2020
	Transportation and Skilled Trades Segment		Healthcare and Other Professions Segment		Consolidated
Timing of Revenue Recognition
Services transferred at a point in time	$	12,519	$	4,718	$	17,237
Services transferred over time		194,915		80,943		275,858
Total revenues	$	207,434	$	85,661	$	293,095

	Year ended December 31, 2019
	Transportation and Skilled Trades Segment		Healthcare and Other Professions Segment		Consolidated
Timing of Revenue Recognition
Services transferred at a point in time	$	11,881	$	4,521	$	16,402
Services transferred over time		181,841		75,099		256,940
Total revenues	$	193,722	$	79,620	$	273,342

XML

LEASES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

LEASES [Abstract]

Supplemental Cash Flow Information and Non-cash Activity Related to Operating Leases

Supplemental cash flow information and non-cash activity related to our operating leases are as follows:

	December 31,
	2020		2019
Operating cash flow information:
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of operating lease liabilities	$	15,390	$	12,926
Non-cash activity:
Lease liabilities arising from obtaining right-of-use assets*	$	14,890	$	63,911

* Includes effect of adoption of ASU 2016-02 and related amendments and a new lease entered into on January 1, 2019 of $5.6 million.

Weighted Average Remaining Lease Term and Discount Rate

Weighted-average remaining lease term and discount rate for our operating leases is as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020			2019
Weighted-average remaining lease term	6.11 years			6.22 years
Weighted-average discount rate		11.33	%		12.86	%

Maturities of Lease Liabilities

Maturities of lease liabilities by fiscal year for our operating leases as of December 31, 2020 are as follows:

Year ending December 31,
2021		14,705
2022		14,750
2023		13,451
2024		12,306
2025		10,748
Thereafter		18,380
Total lease payments		84,340
Less: imputed interest		(23,133	)
Present value of lease liabilities	$	61,207

XML

GOODWILL (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

GOODWILL [Abstract]

Changes in Carrying Amount of Goodwill

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows:

	Gross Goodwill Balance		Accumulated Impairment Losses		Net Goodwill Balance
Balance as of January 1, 2019	$	117,176	$	102,640	$	14,536
Adjustments		-		-		-
Balance as of December 31, 2019		117,176		102,640		14,536
Adjustments		-		-		-
Balance as of December 31, 2020	$	117,176	$	102,640	$	14,536

XML

PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES [Abstract]

Property, Equipment and Facilities

Property, equipment and facilities consist of the following:

	Useful life (years)		At December 31,
			2020			2019
Land		-	$	6,969		$	6,969
Buildings and improvements		1-25		134,526			131,739
Equipment, furniture and fixtures		1-7		82,133			81,900
Vehicles		3		733			825
Construction in progress		-		327			320
				224,688			221,753
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization				(176,300	)		(172,408	)
			$	48,388		$	49,345

XML

ACCRUED EXPENSES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

ACCRUED EXPENSES [Abstract]

Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the following:

	At December 31,
	2020		2019
Accrued compensation and benefits	$	12,476	$	3,785
Accrued real estate taxes		2,614		1,763
Other accrued expenses		1,602		2,321
	$	16,692	$	7,869

XML

LONG-TERM DEBT (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

LONG-TERM DEBT [Abstract]

Long-term Debt

Long-term debt consists of the following:

	At December 31,
	2020			2019
Credit agreement	$	17,833		$	34,833
Deferred financing fees		(621	)		(805	)
		17,212			34,028
Less current maturities		(2,000	)		(2,000	)
	$	15,212		$	32,028

Maturities of Long-term Debt

Scheduled maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 2020 are as follows:

Year ending December 31,
2021	$	2,000
2022		2,000
2023		2,000
2024		11,833
	$	17,833

XML

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY [Abstract]

Transactions Pertaining to Restricted Stock

The following is a summary of transactions pertaining to restricted stock:

	Shares			Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value Per Share
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2018		35,908		$	2.23
Granted		598,982			3.15
Cancelled		(3,546	)		3.17
Vested		(35,908	)		2.23
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2019		595,436			3.15
Granted		1,319,734			2.68
Cancelled		-			-
Vested		(343,011	)		3.40
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2020		1,572,159			2.77

Transactions Pertaining to Option Plans

The following is a summary of transactions pertaining to stock options:

	Shares			Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding January 1, 2018		167,667		$	12.11	2.97 years	$	-
Cancelled		(28,667	)		11.98			-
Outstanding December 31, 2018		139,000			12.14	2.53 years		-
Cancelled		(23,000	)		20.15			-
Outstanding December 31, 2019		116,000			10.56	1.83 years		-
Cancelled		(35,000	)		16.95
Outstanding December 31, 2020		81,000			7.79	1.17 years		-
Vested as of December 31, 2020		81,000			7.79	1.17 years		-
Exercisable as of December 31, 2020		81,000			7.79	1.17 years		-

XML

PENSION PLAN (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

PENSION PLAN [Abstract]

Plan's Funded Status

The following table sets forth the plan’s funded status and amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020			2019
CHANGES IN BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS:
Benefit obligation-beginning of year	$	22,832		$	21,105
Service cost		35			33
Interest cost		654			812
Actuarial loss		2,115			2,103
Benefits paid		(1,278	)		(1,221	)
Benefit obligation at end of year		24,358			22,832
CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS:
Fair value of plan assets-beginning of year		18,817			16,835
Actual return on plan assets		2,567			3,203
Benefits paid		(1,278	)		(1,221	)
Fair value of plan assets-end of year		20,106			18,817
BENEFIT OBLIGATION IN EXCESS OF FAIR VALUE FUNDED STATUS:	$	(4,252	)	$	(4,015	)

Amounts Recognized in Consolidated Balance Sheets

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consist of:

	At December 31,
	2020			2019
Noncurrent liabilities	$	(4,252	)	$	(4,015	)

Amounts Recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss consist of:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020			2019
Accumulated loss	$	(5,655	)	$	(5,648	)
Deferred income taxes		2,367			2,366
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	$	(3,288	)	$	(3,282	)

Components of Net Periodic Cost for Plan

The following table provides the components of net periodic cost for the plan:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020			2019
COMPONENTS OF NET PERIODIC BENEFIT COST
Service cost	$	35		$	33
Interest cost		654			812
Expected return on plan assets		(1,044	)		(1,011	)
Recognized net actuarial loss		585			691
Net periodic benefit cost	$	230		$	525

Plan Assets using Fair Value Hierarchy

The level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement falls is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.

	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total
Equity securities	$	6,688	$	-	$	-	$	6,688
Fixed income		6,739		-		-		6,739
International equities		4,480		-		-		4,480
Real estate		1,016		-		-		1,016
Cash and equivalents		1,183		-		-		1,183
Balance at December 31, 2020	$	20,106	$	-	$	-	$	20,106

	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total
Equity securities	$	6,259	$	-	$	-	$	6,259
Fixed income		6,313		-		-		6,313
International equities		4,165		-		-		4,165
Real estate		964		-		-		964
Cash and equivalents		1,116		-		-		1,116
Balance at December 31, 2019	$	18,817	$	-	$	-	$	18,817

Fair Value of Total Plan Assets by Major Asset Category

Fair value of total plan assets by major asset category as of December 31:

	2020			2019
Equity securities		33	%		33	%
Fixed income		34	%		34	%
International equities		22	%		22	%
Real estate		5	%		5	%
Cash and equivalents		6	%		6	%
Total		100	%		100	%

Expected Benefit Payments for Plan

Information about the expected benefit payments for the plan is as follows:

Year Ending December 31,
2021	$	1,336
2022		1,356
2023		1,385
2024		1,401
2025		1,388
Years 2026-2030		6,743

Benefit Obligations [Member]

Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans Table Text Block [Line Items]

Weighted Average Assumptions

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations as of December 31:

	2020			2019
Discount rate		2.08	%		2.93	%
Rate of compensation increase		2.75	%		2.75	%

Periodic Pension Cost [Member]

Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans Table Text Block [Line Items]

Weighted Average Assumptions

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost for years ended December 31:

	2020			2019
Discount rate		2.08	%		2.93	%
Rate of compensation increase		2.75	%		2.75	%
Long-term rate of return		5.25	%		5.75	%

XML

INCOME TAXES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

INCOME TAXES [Abstract]

Components of the Provision for Income Taxes

Components of the (benefit) provision for income taxes were as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020			2019
Current:
Federal	$	-		$	-
State		802			115
Total		802			115
Deferred:
Federal		(21,743	)		120
State		(14,118	)		33
Total		(35,861	)		153
Total (benefit) provision	$	(35,059	)	$	268

Reconciliation of Effective Tax Rate to U.S. Statutory Federal Income Tax Rate

The reconciliation of the effective tax rate to the U.S. Statutory Federal Income tax rate was:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020					2019
Income before taxes	$	13,506				$	2,283
Expected tax	$	2,836		21.0	%	$	479		21.0	%
State tax benefit (net of federal)		(10,513	)	-77.8	%		148		6.5
Valuation allowance		(27,420	)	-203.0	%		(428	)	(18.8	)
Other		38		0.2	%		69		3.0
Total	$	(35,059	)	-259.6	%	$	268		11.7	%

Components of Non-current Deferred Tax Assets/(Liabilities)

The components of the non-current deferred tax assets/(liabilities) were as follows:

	At December 31,
	2020			2019
Gross noncurrent deferred tax assets (liabilities)
Allowance for bad debts	$	7,659		$	5,461
Accrued benefits		1,208			-
Stock-based compensation		317			178
Lease liability		16,369			14,822
Right-of-use asset		(14,759	)		(13,156	)
Depreciation		11,298			10,981
Goodwill		(1,091	)		(766	)
Other intangibles		100			135
Pension plan liabilities		1,137			1,286
Net operating loss carryforwards		13,480			18,261
Gross noncurrent deferred tax assets, net		35,718			37,202
Less valuation allowance		-			(37,355	)
Noncurrent deferred tax assets (liabilities), net	$	35,718		$	(153	)

XML

FAIR VALUE (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

FAIR VALUE [Abstract]

Fair Value, by Balance Sheet Grouping

The carrying amount and estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instrument assets and liabilities, which are not measured at fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, are listed in the table below:

	December 31, 2020
	Carrying		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
	Amount		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total
Financial Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	38,026	$	38,026	$	-	$	-	$	38,026
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		3,723		-		3,723		-		3,723
Financial Liabilities:
Accrued expenses	$	16,692	$	-	$	16,692	$	-	$	16,692
Other short term liabilities		26		-		26		-		26
Derivative qualifying as cash flow hedge		703		-		703		-		703
Credit facility		17,212		-		15,487		-		15,487

	December 31, 2019
	Carrying		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
	Amount		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total
Financial Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	23,644	$	23,644	$	-	$	-	$	23,644
Restricted cash		15,000		15,000		-		-		15,000
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		4,190		-		4,190		-		4,190
Financial Liabilities:
Accrued expenses	$	7,869	$	-	$	7,869	$	-	$	7,869
Other short term liabilities		199		-		199		-		199
Derivative qualifying as cash flow hedge		174		-		174		-		174
Credit facility		34,028		-		34,028		-		34,028

Fair Value of the Outstanding Derivative

The following summarizes the fair value of the outstanding derivative:

	December 31, 2020				December 31, 2019
	Liability(1)				Liability(1)
	Notional		Fair Value		Notional		Fair Value
Derivative derived as a hedging instrument:
Interest Rate Swap	$	17,800	$	700	$	19,800	$	100

(1) The Company’s derivative liability is measured at fair value using observable market inputs such as interest rates and our own credit risk as well as an evaluation of our counterparty’s credit risk.  Based on these inputs the derivative liability is classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. The liability is included in other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

Financial Statement Classification and Amount of Interest Expense Recognized on Hedging Instruments

The following summarizes the financial statement classification and amount of interest expense recognized on hedging instruments:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020		2019
	Interest expense
Interest Rate Swap	$	100	$	100

Derivative Instruments Designated as Hedging Instruments in Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss)

The following summarizes the effect of derivative instruments designated as hedging instruments in Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2020		2019
Derivative qualifying as cash flow hedge
Interest rate swap loss	$	700	$	200

XML

SEGMENT REPORTING (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

SEGMENT REPORTING [Abstract]

Financial Information by Reporting Segment

Summary financial information by reporting segment is as follows:

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	Revenue										Operating Income (Loss)
	2020		% of Total			2019		% of Total			2020			2019
Transportation and Skilled Trades	$	207,434		70.8	%	$	193,722		70.9	%	$	34,458		$	21,979
Healthcare and Other Professions		85,661		29.2	%		79,620		29.1	%		11,068			7,588
Corporate		-		0.0	%		-		0.0	%		(30,745	)		(24,329	)
Total	$	293,095		100	%	$	273,342		100	%	$	14,781		$	5,238

	Total Assets
	December 31, 2020		December 31, 2019
Transportation and Skilled Trades	$	133,078	$	121,611
Healthcare and Other Professions		32,753		27,945
Corporate		79,359		45,207
Total	$	245,190	$	194,763

XML

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Details) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020 USD ($) School State Campus Segment Unit	Dec. 31, 2019 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2018 USD ($)
Business Activities [Abstract]
Number of schools | School	22
Number of states in which schools operate across the United States | State	14
Number of campuses treated as destination schools | Campus	5
Number of reportable segments | Segment	3
Liquidity [Abstract]
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash	$ 38,026	$ 38,644	$ 45,946
Cash balance	20,800	4,600
Line of credit facility, remaining borrowing capacity	$ 21,000
Cash and Cash Equivalents [Abstract]
Maximum maturity period for classification of cash equivalents	3 months
Restricted Cash [Abstract]
Restricted cash in long-term assets	$ 0	15,000
Advertising Costs [Abstract]
Advertising expense	$ 31,200	29,800
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets [Abstract]
Number of reporting units | Unit	9
Number of reporting units failing to achieve projected operating results | Unit	1
Amount of goodwill impairment	$ 0	0
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets [Abstract]
Impairment of long-lived assets	0	0
Concentration of Credit Risk [Abstract]
Federal deposit insurance limit	250
Excess cash, FDIC uninsured amount	37,750
Income Taxes [Abstract]
Interest and penalties expense	$ 0	$ 0

XML

FINANCIAL AID AND REGULATORY COMPLIANCE (Details) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020 USD ($) Unit Campus	Dec. 31, 2019 Unit	Dec. 31, 2018 Unit	Feb. 11, 2021 USD ($)
Financial Aid [Abstract]
Percentage of net revenues on cash basis indirectly derived from funds	77.00%	78.00%
Maximum specified percentage of net revenues on cash basis indirectly derived from funds	90.00%	90.00%
Period over which entity became ineligible after receiving specified percentage as revenue from funds	2 years
Period for which entity may not reapply for eligibility	2 years
Regulatory Compliance [Abstract]
Minimum Composite required for financial responsibility | Unit	1.5
Composite score for financial responsibility | Unit	2.7	1.5	1.1
Maximum Period for institution to participate under the Zone Alternative	3 years
Minimum [Member]
Regulatory Compliance [Abstract]
Standard composite score for financial responsibility	-1
Percentage of official cohort default rates	30.00%
Maximum [Member]
Regulatory Compliance [Abstract]
Standard composite score for financial responsibility	3
U.S. Department of Education [Member]
Regulatory Compliance [Abstract]
Minimum Composite required for financial responsibility | Unit		1.6
Maximum notification period	10 days
Minimum percentage Letter of credit amount equal Total Title IV Program funds	50.00%
Minimum percentage Letter of credit amount equal Prior Years Total Title IV Program funds	10.00%
Closed School Loan Discharges [Abstract]
Required period for reenrolling in another Title IV Program eligible school	3 years
Number of campuses for which received determination letters asserting liabilities for closed school loan discharges | Campus	3
Number of campuses received letters to reduce liabilities | Campus	2
Liability amount reduced subsequently for campus one	$ 81,000
Liability amount reduced subsequently for campus two	46,000
Asserted liabilities amount	412,000
Reduced liabilities amount	$ 104,000
U.S. Department of Education [Member] | Subsequent Event [Member]
Closed School Loan Discharges [Abstract]
Asserted liabilities amount				$ 74,000
Reduced liabilities amount				$ 64,000
U.S. Department of Education [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Regulatory Compliance [Abstract]
Minimum Composite required for financial responsibility | Unit	1.0
U.S. Department of Education [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Regulatory Compliance [Abstract]
Minimum Composite required for financial responsibility | Unit	1.5

XML

NET INCOME PER SHARE (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018
Numerator [Abstract]
Net income	$ 48,565	$ 2,015	$ (11,484)
Less: preferred stock dividend	(1,378)	0	0
Less: allocation to preferred stockholders	(8,224)	(54)	0
Less: allocation to restricted stockholders	(2,150)	(38)	0
Net income allocated to common stockholders	$ 36,813	$ 1,923	$ (11,484)
Denominator [Abstract]
Weighted average common shares outstanding (in shares)	24,748,496	24,554,033	23,906,395
Basic net income per share (in dollars per share)	$ 1.49	$ 0.08	$ (0.48)
Denominator [Abstract]
Weighted average common shares outstanding (in shares)	24,748,496	24,554,033	23,906,395
Diluted shares outstanding (in shares)	24,748,496	24,554,033	23,906,395
Diluted net income per share (in dollars per share)	$ 1.49	$ 0.08	$ (0.48)
Antidilutive Shares [Abstract]
Antidilutive shares excluded from computation of earnings (loss) per share (in shares)	632,693	88,848
Unvested Restricted Stock [Member]
Denominator [Abstract]
Dilutive potential common shares outstanding (in shares)	0	0	0
Antidilutive Shares [Abstract]
Antidilutive shares excluded from computation of earnings (loss) per share (in shares)	632,693	88,848
Stock Options [Member]
Denominator [Abstract]
Dilutive potential common shares outstanding (in shares)	0	0	0
Series A Preferred Stock [Member]
Denominator [Abstract]
Dilutive potential common shares outstanding (in shares)	0	0	0
Antidilutive Shares [Abstract]
Antidilutive shares excluded from computation of earnings (loss) per share (in shares)	0	0

XML

REVENUE RECOGNITION (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019
REVENUE RECOGNITION [Abstract]
Unearned tuition	$ 23,453	$ 23,411
Revenue recognized included in contract liability	23,400
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Total revenues	293,095	273,342
Services Transferred at a Point in Time [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Total revenues	17,237	16,402
Services Transferred over Time [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Total revenues	275,858	256,940
Transportation and Skilled Trades Segment [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Total revenues	207,434	193,722
Transportation and Skilled Trades Segment [Member] | Services Transferred at a Point in Time [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Total revenues	12,519	11,881
Transportation and Skilled Trades Segment [Member] | Services Transferred over Time [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Total revenues	194,915	181,841
Healthcare and Other Professions Segment [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Total revenues	85,661	79,620
Healthcare and Other Professions Segment [Member] | Services Transferred at a Point in Time [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Total revenues	4,718	4,521
Healthcare and Other Professions Segment [Member] | Services Transferred over Time [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Total revenues	$ 80,943	$ 75,099

XML

LEASES (Details) $ in Thousands		12 Months Ended
		Dec. 31, 2020 USD ($) Lease	Dec. 31, 2019 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2018 USD ($)
Operating Leases [Abstract]
Operating lease cost		$ 15,300	$ 14,500
Variable lease cost		600	2,900
Rental payments withheld or deferred		500
Recognition of negative lease expense		600
Operating cash flow information [Abstract]
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of operating lease liabilities		15,390	12,926
Non-cash activity [Abstract]
Lease liabilities arising from obtaining right-of-use assets	[1]	$ 14,890	$ 63,911
Number of lease modifications | Lease		4
Weighted Average Remaining Lease Term and Discount Rate [Abstract]
Weighted-average remaining lease term		6 years 1 month 10 days	6 years 2 months 19 days
Weighted-average discount rate		11.33%	12.86%
Maturities of Lease Liabilities [Abstract]
2021		$ 14,705
2022		14,750
2023		13,451
2024		12,306
2025		10,748
Thereafter		18,380
Total lease payments		84,340
Less: imputed interest		(23,133)
Present value of lease liabilities		$ 61,207		$ 5,600
Minimum [Member]
Operating Leases [Abstract]
Remaining lease term		1 year
Maximum [Member]
Operating Leases [Abstract]
Remaining lease term		11 years

[1] Includes effect of adoption of ASU 2016-02 and related amendments and a new lease entered into on January 1, 2019 of $5.6 million.

XML

GOODWILL (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018
Changes in Carrying Amount of Goodwill [Abstract]
Gross Goodwill Balance	$ 117,176	$ 117,176	$ 117,176
Accumulated Impairment Losses	102,640	102,640	102,640
Net Goodwill Balance	14,536	14,536	$ 14,536
Adjustments	0	0
Transportation and Skilled Trades [Member]
Changes in Carrying Amount of Goodwill [Abstract]
Net Goodwill Balance	$ 14,500	$ 14,500

XML

PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019
Property, equipment and facilities net [Abstract]
Property, equipment and facilities, Gross	$ 224,688	$ 221,753
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization	(176,300)	(172,408)
Property, equipment and facilities, Net	48,388	49,345
Depreciation and amortization expense	7,400	8,100
Land [Member]
Property, equipment and facilities net [Abstract]
Property, equipment and facilities, Gross	6,969	6,969
Buildings and Improvements [Member]
Property, equipment and facilities net [Abstract]
Property, equipment and facilities, Gross	$ 134,526	131,739
Buildings and Improvements [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Property, equipment and facilities net [Abstract]
Useful life	1 year
Buildings and Improvements [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Property, equipment and facilities net [Abstract]
Useful life	25 years
Equipment, Furniture and Fixtures [Member]
Property, equipment and facilities net [Abstract]
Property, equipment and facilities, Gross	$ 82,133	81,900
Equipment, Furniture and Fixtures [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Property, equipment and facilities net [Abstract]
Useful life	1 year
Equipment, Furniture and Fixtures [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Property, equipment and facilities net [Abstract]
Useful life	7 years
Vehicles [Member]
Property, equipment and facilities net [Abstract]
Useful life	3 years
Property, equipment and facilities, Gross	$ 733	825
Construction in Progress [Member]
Property, equipment and facilities net [Abstract]
Property, equipment and facilities, Gross	$ 327	$ 320

XML

ACCRUED EXPENSES (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019
ACCRUED EXPENSES [Abstract]
Accrued compensation and benefits	$ 12,476	$ 3,785
Accrued real estate taxes	2,614	1,763
Other accrued expenses	1,602	2,321
Accrued expenses	$ 16,692	$ 7,869

XML

LONG-TERM DEBT (Details) $ in Thousands				1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Nov. 11, 2020 USD ($)	Nov. 10, 2020 USD ($)	Nov. 14, 2019 USD ($) Facility	Jan. 31, 2020 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2020 USD ($) School	Dec. 31, 2019 USD ($)
Long-term debt [Abstract]
Deferred financing fees					$ (621)	$ (805)
Long term debt					17,212	34,028
Less current maturities					(2,000)	(2,000)
Long-term debt, excluding current maturities					15,212	32,028
Lender's origination fee					621	805
Letters of credit outstanding					4,000	4,000
Line of credit facility, repayment				$ 15,000
Scheduled maturities of long-term debt [Abstract]
2021					2,000
2022					2,000
2023					2,000
2024					11,833
Long term debt					17,833	34,800
Credit Agreement [Member]
Long-term debt [Abstract]
Credit agreement					$ 17,833	$ 34,833
Term to extend delayed draw availability period					1 year
Period consideration for payment of cash dividend					24 months
Limit on payment of cash dividends	$ 2,300	$ 1,700
Minimum quarterly average aggregate balances to be maintained					$ 5,000
Bank fees if minimum quarterly average aggregate balances is not maintained					$ 12,500
Credit Agreement [Member] | Series A Preferred Stock [Member]
Long-term debt [Abstract]
Period consideration for payment of cash dividend					24 months
Limit on payment of cash dividends	$ 2,300	$ 1,700
Credit Facility [Member]
Long-term debt [Abstract]
Line of credit facility, maximum borrowing capacity			$ 60,000
Number of facilities available in 2019 credit agreement | Facility			4
Number of schools in states covered under first priority lien | School					3
Credit Facility [Member] | Letter of Credit [Member]
Long-term debt [Abstract]
Percentage of letter of credit fee, quarterly installment			0.25%
Credit Facility [Member] | Term Loan [Member]
Long-term debt [Abstract]
Deferred financing fees			$ (300)
Line of credit facility, maximum borrowing capacity			20,000
Expiration date of credit facility					Dec. 01, 2024
Line of credit facility, amortization schedule based period for interest and principal payments					120 months
Net proceeds from term loan			19,700
Lender's origination fee			$ 300
Percentage of swap transaction of principal balance			100.00%
Credit Facility [Member] | Term Loan [Member] | LIBOR [Member]
Long-term debt [Abstract]
Term of variable rate					1 month
Interest rate on credit facility			3.50%
Credit Facility [Member] | Term Loan [Member] | LIBOR [Member] | Interest Rate Floor [Member]
Long-term debt [Abstract]
Interest rate on credit facility			0.25%
Credit Facility [Member] | Delayed Draw Term Loan [Member]
Long-term debt [Abstract]
Line of credit facility, maximum borrowing capacity			$ 10,000
Expiration date of credit facility					Dec. 01, 2024
Line of credit facility, amortization schedule based period for interest and principal payments					120 months
Line of credit facility, monthly interest payment period					18 months
Percentage of swap transaction of principal balance			100.00%
Credit Facility [Member] | Delayed Draw Term Loan [Member] | LIBOR [Member]
Long-term debt [Abstract]
Term of variable rate					1 month
Interest rate on credit facility			3.50%
Credit Facility [Member] | Delayed Draw Term Loan [Member] | LIBOR [Member] | Interest Rate Floor [Member]
Long-term debt [Abstract]
Interest rate on credit facility			0.25%
Credit Facility [Member] | Credit Agreement [Member]
Long-term debt [Abstract]
Line of credit facility, maximum borrowing capacity			$ 15,000
Expiration date of credit facility					Jan. 31, 2021
Credit Facility [Member] | Revolving Loan [Member]
Long-term debt [Abstract]
Line of credit facility, maximum borrowing capacity			$ 15,000
Expiration date of credit facility					Nov. 13, 2022
Line of credit facility, frequency of principal and interest periodic payment					Monthly
Loan repayment period					30 days
Credit Facility [Member] | Revolving Loan [Member] | Interest Rate Floor [Member]
Long-term debt [Abstract]
Interest rate on credit facility			4.00%
Credit Facility [Member] | Revolving Loan [Member] | LIBOR [Member] | Interest Rate Floor [Member]
Long-term debt [Abstract]
Interest rate on credit facility			0.00%
Credit Facility [Member] | Revolving Loan [Member] | Prime Rate [Member]
Long-term debt [Abstract]
Interest rate on credit facility			0.50%
Credit Facility [Member] | Revolving Loan [Member] | Letter of Credit [Member]
Long-term debt [Abstract]
Line of credit facility, maximum borrowing capacity			$ 10,000
Letters of credit outstanding			$ 4,000

XML

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY, Common Stock and Preferred Stock (Details) $ / shares in Units, $ in Thousands		12 Months Ended
	Nov. 14, 2019 USD ($) Number $ / shares shares	Dec. 31, 2020 USD ($) Vote $ / shares shares	Dec. 31, 2019 USD ($) $ / shares shares
Preferred Stock [Abstract]
Amount raised from issuance of stock			$ 0
Dividends [Abstract]
Dividends paid on shares of Series A preferred stock		$ 1,378	0
Common Stock [Member]
Common Stock [Abstract]
Common stock voting rights per share | Vote		1
Cash dividends declared or paid		$ 0
Preferred Stock [Abstract]
Number of shares issued upon conversion of preferred stock (in shares) | shares		423,729
Series A Preferred Stock [Member]
Preferred Stock [Abstract]
Amount raised from issuance of stock	$ 12,700		$ 11,982
Issuance of series A convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs (in shares) | shares	12,700		12,700
Preferred stock, par value (in dollars per share) | $ / shares	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0
Liquidation preference per share (in dollars per share) | $ / shares		1,000
Conversion price (in dollars per share) | $ / shares	$ 2.36	$ 5.31
Stock issuance cost		$ 700
Dividends [Abstract]
Dividend rate	9.60%
First dividend payment date		Sep. 30, 2020
Increase in dividend rate on fifth anniversary	2.40%
Dividends paid on shares of Series A preferred stock		$ 1,400
Preferred Stock Holders Right to Convert into Common Stock [Abstract]
Conversion amount	$ 1,000
Mandatory Conversion [Abstract]
Consecutive trading days, in which common stock exceeds the conversion price	20 days
Redemption [Abstract]
Amount of adjustment provided in charter agreement after fifth anniversary	$ 1,000
Registration Rights Agreement [Abstract]
Number of underwritten offerings | Number	2
Series A Preferred Stock [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Dividends [Abstract]
Dividend rate if failure to perform certain obligations	2.00%
Preferred Stock Holders Right to Convert into Common Stock [Abstract]
Percentage of common stock owned by holder and affiliates	19.99%
Mandatory Conversion [Abstract]
Weighted average price of common stock equals or exceeds the conversion price	2.25
Number of shares traded on each trading day (in shares) | shares	20,000
Registration Rights Agreement [Abstract]
Gross proceeds from underwritten offerings	$ 5,000
Series A Preferred Stock [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Dividends [Abstract]
Dividend rate if failure to perform certain obligations	14.00%

XML

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY, Restricted Stock and Stock Options (Details) $ / shares in Units, $ in Thousands			12 Months Ended
	Aug. 07, 2020 Director shares	Feb. 20, 2020	Dec. 31, 2020 USD ($) Plan $ / shares shares	Dec. 31, 2019 USD ($) $ / shares shares	Dec. 31, 2018 USD ($) $ / shares shares	Dec. 31, 2017 USD ($) $ / shares shares	Jun. 16, 2020 shares
Stockholders' Equity Note Details [Abstract]
Number of stock incentive plans | Plan			3
Shares [Abstract]
Outstanding, beginning balance (in shares)			116,000	139,000	167,667
Canceled (in shares)			(35,000)	(23,000)	(28,667)
Outstanding, ending balance (in shares)			81,000	116,000	139,000	167,667
Vested (in shares)			81,000
Exercisable, ending balance (in shares)			81,000
Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share [Abstract]
Outstanding, beginning balance (in dollars per share) | $ / shares			$ 10.56	$ 12.14	$ 12.11
Canceled (in dollars per share) | $ / shares			16.95	20.15	11.98
Outstanding, ending balance (in dollars per share) | $ / shares			7.79	$ 10.56	$ 12.14	$ 12.11
Vested (in dollars per share) | $ / shares			7.79
Exercisable, ending balance (in dollars per share) | $ / shares			$ 7.79
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term [Abstract]
Outstanding, balance			1 year 2 months 1 day	1 year 9 months 29 days	2 years 6 months 11 days	2 years 11 months 19 days
Vested			1 year 2 months 1 day
Exercisable, ending balance			1 year 2 months 1 day
Aggregate Intrinsic Value [Abstract]
Outstanding, beginning balance | $			$ 0	$ 0	$ 0
Cancelled | $				0	0
Outstanding, ending balance | $			0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0
Vested | $			0
Exercisable, ending balance | $			$ 0
First Anniversary Date [Member]
Stockholders' Equity Note Details [Abstract]
Percentage of vesting of performance-based shares		20.00%
Second Anniversary Date [Member]
Stockholders' Equity Note Details [Abstract]
Percentage of vesting of performance-based shares		30.00%
Third Anniversary Date [Member]
Stockholders' Equity Note Details [Abstract]
Percentage of vesting of performance-based shares		50.00%
Restricted Stock [Member]
Stockholders' Equity Note Details [Abstract]
Restricted shares granted to each director (in shares)	17,096
Shares [Abstract]
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding, beginning balance (in shares)			595,436	35,908
Granted (in shares)			1,319,734	598,982
Cancelled (in shares)			0	(3,546)
Vested (in shares)			(343,011)	(35,908)
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding, ending balance (in shares)			1,572,159	595,436	35,908
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value [Abstract]
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding, beginning balance (in dollars per share) | $ / shares			$ 3.15	$ 2.23
Granted (in dollars per share) | $ / shares			2.68	3.15
Cancelled (in dollars per share) | $ / shares			0	3.17
Vested (in dollars per share) | $ / shares			3.40	2.23
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding, ending balance (in dollars per share) | $ / shares			$ 2.77	$ 3.15	$ 2.23
Recognized restricted stock expense | $			$ 1,700	$ 700
Unrecognized restricted stock expense | $			3,200	1,200
Stock Options [Member]
Aggregate Intrinsic Value [Abstract]
Unrecognized pre-tax compensation expense | $			$ 0
2020 Plan [Member]
Stockholders' Equity Note Details [Abstract]
Number of shares available for issuance under incentive plan (in shares)							2,000,000
2020 Plan [Member] | June 16, 2020 [Member]
Stockholders' Equity Note Details [Abstract]
Stock option award issuance, plan duration			10 years
LTIP Plan [Member]
Stockholders' Equity Note Details [Abstract]
Number of shares available for issuance under incentive plan (in shares)							2,000,000
Performance-based restricted stock compensation expense | $			$ 500
LTIP Plan [Member] | February 28, 2019 [Member]
Stockholders' Equity Note Details [Abstract]
Vesting period of performance-based shares			3 years
LTIP Plan [Member] | Restricted Stock [Member]
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value [Abstract]
Outstanding restricted shares, intrinsic value | $			$ 10,200
LTIP Plan [Member] | Restricted Stock [Member] | February 28, 2019 [Member]
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value [Abstract]
Recognized restricted stock expense | $			$ 500	$ 400
Non Employee Directors Plan [Member]
Stockholders' Equity Note Details [Abstract]
Number of directors appointed | Director	2
Net share settlement for restricted stock (in shares)			75,115	5,518
Decrease in equity due to payment of tax for employee | $			$ 200
Non Employee Directors Plan [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Stockholders' Equity Note Details [Abstract]
Decrease in equity due to payment of tax for employee | $				$ 100
Non Employee Directors Plan [Member] | Restricted Stock [Member]
Stockholders' Equity Note Details [Abstract]
Number of shares issued under incentive plan (in shares)			111,376
Shares [Abstract]
Vested (in shares)	(12,762)

XML

PENSION PLAN, Plan's funded status (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019
CHANGES IN BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS [Roll Forward]
Benefit obligation-beginning of year	$ 22,832	$ 21,105
Service cost	35	33
Interest cost	654	812
Actuarial loss	2,115	2,103
Benefits paid	(1,278)	(1,221)
Benefit obligation at end of year	24,358	22,832
CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS [Roll Forward]
Fair value of plan assets-beginning of year	18,817	16,835
Actual return on plan assets	2,567	3,203
Benefits paid	(1,278)	(1,221)
Fair value of plan assets-end of year	20,106	18,817
BENEFIT OBLIGATION IN EXCESS OF FAIR VALUE FUNDED STATUS:	$ (4,252)	$ (4,015)
Discount rate	2.08%	2.93%

XML

PENSION PLAN (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018
Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets [Abstract]
Noncurrent liabilities	$ (4,252)	$ (4,015)
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss [Abstract]
Accumulated loss	(5,655)	(5,648)
Deferred income taxes	2,367	2,366
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(3,288)	(3,282)
Accumulated benefit obligation	24,400	22,800
COMPONENTS OF NET PERIODIC BENEFIT COST [Abstract]
Service cost	35	33
Interest cost	654	812
Expected return on plan assets	(1,044)	(1,011)
Recognized net actuarial loss	585	691
Net periodic benefit cost	230	525
Amortization of estimated net loss, transition obligation and prior service cost from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost	500
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	$ 20,106	$ 18,817	$ 16,835
Fair value of total plan assets by major asset category	100.00%	100.00%
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations [Abstract]
Discount rate	2.08%	2.93%
Rate of compensation increase	2.75%	2.75%
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost [Abstract]
Discount rate	2.08%	2.93%
Pension contributions	$ 0	$ 0
Expected benefit payments for the plan [Abstract]
Maximum contribution by employee specified as percentage of compensation	25.00%
Additional contribution by employer	30.00%
Maximum percentage of compensation contributed by employer as matching contribution	6.00%
Compensation expense for the 401(k) plan	$ 400	100
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member]
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	20,106	18,817
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) [Member]
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	0	0
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	0	0
Equity Securities [Member]
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	$ 6,688	$ 6,259
Fair value of total plan assets by major asset category	33.00%	33.00%
Equity Securities [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost [Abstract]
Target plan asset allocations	30.00%
Equity Securities [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost [Abstract]
Target plan asset allocations	70.00%
Equity Securities [Member] | Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member]
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	$ 6,688	$ 6,259
Equity Securities [Member] | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) [Member]
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	0	0
Equity Securities [Member] | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	0	0
Fixed Income [Member]
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	$ 6,739	$ 6,313
Fair value of total plan assets by major asset category	34.00%	34.00%
Fixed Income [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost [Abstract]
Target plan asset allocations	20.00%
Fixed Income [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost [Abstract]
Target plan asset allocations	60.00%
Fixed Income [Member] | Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member]
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	$ 6,739	$ 6,313
Fixed Income [Member] | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) [Member]
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	0	0
Fixed Income [Member] | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	0	0
International Equities [Member]
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	$ 4,480	$ 4,165
Fair value of total plan assets by major asset category	22.00%	22.00%
International Equities [Member] | Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member]
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	$ 4,480	$ 4,165
International Equities [Member] | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) [Member]
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	0	0
International Equities [Member] | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	0	0
Real Estate [Member]
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	$ 1,016	$ 964
Fair value of total plan assets by major asset category	5.00%	5.00%
Real Estate [Member] | Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member]
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	$ 1,016	$ 964
Real Estate [Member] | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) [Member]
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	0	0
Real Estate [Member] | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	0	0
Cash and Equivalents [Member]
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	$ 1,183	$ 1,116
Fair value of total plan assets by major asset category	6.00%	6.00%
Cash and Equivalents [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost [Abstract]
Target plan asset allocations	0.00%
Cash and Equivalents [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost [Abstract]
Target plan asset allocations	10.00%
Cash and Equivalents [Member] | Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member]
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	$ 1,183	$ 1,116
Cash and Equivalents [Member] | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) [Member]
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	0	0
Cash and Equivalents [Member] | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	$ 0	$ 0
Pension Plan [Member]
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost [Abstract]
Discount rate	2.08%	2.93%
Rate of compensation increase	2.75%	2.75%
Long-term rate of return	5.25%	5.75%
Expected benefit payments for the plan [Abstract]
2021	$ 1,336
2022	1,356
2023	1,385
2024	1,401
2025	1,388
Years 2026-2030	$ 6,743

XML

INCOME TAXES (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019
Current [Abstract]
Federal	$ 0	$ 0
State	802	115
Total	802	115
Deferred [Abstract]
Federal	(21,743)	120
State	(14,118)	33
Total	(35,861)	153
Total (benefit) provision	(35,059)	268
Effective income tax rate reconciliation, amount [Abstract]
Income before taxes	13,506	2,283
Expected tax	2,836	479
State tax benefit (net of federal)	(10,513)	148
Valuation allowance	(27,420)	(428)
Other	38	69
Total (benefit) provision	$ (35,059)	$ 268
Effective income tax rate reconciliation, percent [Abstract]
Federal corporate tax rate	21.00%	21.00%
State tax benefit (net of federal)	(77.80%)	6.50%
Valuation allowance	(203.00%)	(18.80%)
Other	0.20%	3.00%
Total	(259.60%)	11.70%
Gross noncurrent deferred tax assets (liabilities) [Abstract]
Allowance for bad debts	$ 7,659	$ 5,461
Accrued benefits	1,208	0
Stock-based compensation	317	178
Lease liability	16,369	14,822
Right-of-use asset	(14,759)	(13,156)
Depreciation	11,298	10,981
Goodwill	(1,091)	(766)
Other intangibles	100	135
Pension plan liabilities	1,137	1,286
Net operating loss carryforwards	13,480	18,261
Gross noncurrent deferred tax assets, net	35,718	37,202
Less valuation allowance	0	(37,355)
Noncurrent deferred tax (liabilities) assets, net	35,718
Noncurrent deferred tax assets (liabilities), net		$ (153)
Net operating loss carryforwards	43,100
Net operating loss carryforwards, subject to expiration	$ 29,300
Net operating loss carryforwards, period of ownership change	3 years
Net operating loss carryforwards, minimum percentage of ownership change	50.00%

XML

FAIR VALUE (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019
Carrying Amount [Member]
Financial Assets [Abstract]
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 38,026	$ 23,644
Restricted cash		15,000
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	3,723	4,190
Financial Liabilities [Abstract]
Accrued expenses	16,692	7,869
Other short term liabilities	26	199
Derivative qualifying as cash flow hedge	703	174
Credit facility	17,212	34,028
Fair Value [Member]
Financial Assets [Abstract]
Cash and cash equivalents	38,026	23,644
Restricted cash		15,000
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	3,723	4,190
Financial Liabilities [Abstract]
Accrued expenses	16,692	7,869
Other short term liabilities	26	199
Derivative qualifying as cash flow hedge	703	174
Credit facility	15,487	34,028
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member] | Fair Value [Member]
Financial Assets [Abstract]
Cash and cash equivalents	38,026	23,644
Restricted cash		15,000
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	0	0
Financial Liabilities [Abstract]
Accrued expenses	0	0
Other short term liabilities	0	0
Derivative qualifying as cash flow hedge	0	0
Credit facility	0	0
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) [Member] | Fair Value [Member]
Financial Assets [Abstract]
Cash and cash equivalents	0	0
Restricted cash		0
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	3,723	4,190
Financial Liabilities [Abstract]
Accrued expenses	16,692	7,869
Other short term liabilities	26	199
Derivative qualifying as cash flow hedge	703	174
Credit facility	15,487	34,028
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member] | Fair Value [Member]
Financial Assets [Abstract]
Cash and cash equivalents	0	0
Restricted cash		0
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	0	0
Financial Liabilities [Abstract]
Accrued expenses	0	0
Other short term liabilities	0	0
Derivative qualifying as cash flow hedge	0	0
Credit facility	$ 0	$ 0

XML

FAIR VALUE, Qualifying Hedge Derivative (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands		12 Months Ended
		Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019	Nov. 14, 2019
Term Loan [Member]
Derivative [Abstract]
Amortization period		10 years
Amount of principal payment		$ 200
Interest Rate Swap [Member]
Fair Value, Outstanding Derivative [Abstract]
Notional amount				$ 20,000
Interest Rate Swap [Member] | Term Loan [Member]
Derivative [Abstract]
Fixed rate		5.36%
Interest Rate Swap [Member] | Designated as Hedging Instrument [Member]
Fair Value, Outstanding Derivative [Abstract]
Notional amount	[1]	$ 17,800	$ 19,800
Fair value	[1]	700	100
Classification and Amount of Interest Expense Recognized on Hedging Instruments [Abstract]
Interest expense		100	100
Interest Rate Swap [Member] | Designated as Hedging Instrument [Member] | Cash Flow Hedging [Member]
Derivative Instruments Designated As Hedging Instruments In Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss) [Roll Forward]
Interest rate swap loss		$ 700	$ 200
LIBOR [Member] | Interest Rate Swap [Member] | Term Loan [Member]
Derivative [Abstract]
Variable rate		3.50%

[1] The Company's derivative liability is measured at fair value using observable market inputs such as interest rates and our own credit risk as well as an evaluation of our counterparty's credit risk. Based on these inputs the derivative liability is classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. The liability is included in other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

XML

SEGMENT REPORTING (Details) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020 USD ($) Segment	Dec. 31, 2019 USD ($)
SEGMENT REPORTING [Abstract]
Number of reportable segments | Segment	3
Summary financial information by reporting segment [Abstract]
Revenue	$ 293,095	$ 273,342
Percentage of Total Revenue	100.00%	100.00%
Operating Income (Loss)	$ 14,781	$ 5,238
Assets	245,190	194,763
Transportation and Skilled Trades [Member]
Summary financial information by reporting segment [Abstract]
Revenue	207,434	193,722
Healthcare and Other Professions [Member]
Summary financial information by reporting segment [Abstract]
Revenue	85,661	79,620
Reportable Segments [Member] | Transportation and Skilled Trades [Member]
Summary financial information by reporting segment [Abstract]
Revenue	$ 207,434	$ 193,722
Percentage of Total Revenue	70.80%	70.90%
Operating Income (Loss)	$ 34,458	$ 21,979
Assets	133,078	121,611
Reportable Segments [Member] | Healthcare and Other Professions [Member]
Summary financial information by reporting segment [Abstract]
Revenue	$ 85,661	$ 79,620
Percentage of Total Revenue	29.20%	29.10%
Operating Income (Loss)	$ 11,068	$ 7,588
Assets	32,753	27,945
Corporate [Member]
Summary financial information by reporting segment [Abstract]
Revenue	$ 0	$ 0
Percentage of Total Revenue	0.00%	0.00%
Operating Income (Loss)	$ (30,745)	$ (24,329)
Assets	$ 79,359	$ 45,207

XML

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Details) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020 USD ($) Subpoenas
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES [Abstract]
Number of supplemental subpoenas requesting additional information | Subpoenas	2
Outstanding net loan commitment	$ 21.7
Future employment contract commitments	7.6
Surety bonds	$ 12.3

XML

COVID-19 PANDEMIC AND CARES ACT (Details) $ in Millions		12 Months Ended
	Dec. 27, 2020 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2020 USD ($) Intallment
COVID-19 [Abstract]
Total amount expected to be received under CARES Act		$ 27.4
Number of installments used to allocated funds to schools | Intallment		2
Emergency grants available in first installment under CARES Act		$ 13.7
Emergency grants distributed to students under CARES Act		13.3
Emergency grants available in second installment under CARES Act		13.7
Utilized amount of permitted expenses		5.8
Deferred payments under CARES Act		4.5
CRRSAA provided an additional amount to Education Stabilization Fund	$ 81,900.0
Amount included in Education Stabilization Fund for HEERF	$ 22,700.0
DOE allocated amount to schools		$ 15.4

XML

Schedule II-Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019
Movement in Valuation Allowances and Reserves [Abstract]
Balance at beginning of period	$ 20,367	$ 16,993
Charged to expense	26,887	20,847
Accounts written-off	(18,615)	(17,473)
Balance at end of period	$ 28,639	$ 20,367